request for proposal selection of system integrator …

RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementation of Next Generation DWH Solution

of 360 Confidential & Proprietary

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL

SELECTION OF SYSTEM INTEGRATOR FOR

IMPLEMENTING NEXT GENERATION DATAWAREHOUSE SOLUTION FOR BANK OF INDIA

Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 Dated: 03/03/2021



Table of Contents

PART 1: INVITATION TO BID ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6 A. Introduction ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------6 B. Abbreviations -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------8

PART 2: DISCLAIMER ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10

PART 3: INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS (IFB) ------------------------------------------------- 13 A. Introduction ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13

3.1. Introduction ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 13 3.2. Challenges in the existing Data warehouse Solution ------------------------------------------------------------ 15 3.3. Need of Next Generation Data Warehouse Solution ------------------------------------------------------------ 17 3.4. Broad Scope of Work ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 18 3.5. Consortium ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 40 3.6. Eligibility Criteria for the Bidder --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 41 3.7. Eligibility Criteria for the OEM (As on the date of RFP) --------------------------------------------------------- 43 3.8. Cost of Bidding ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43

B. Bidding Document ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43 3.9. The Bidding Documents ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 43 3.10. Clarification of Bidding Documents ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 3.11. Amendment of Bidding Documents ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44

C. Preparation of Bid ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44 3.12. Language of Bid ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 44 3.13. Format and Signing of Bid ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45 3.14. Documents Comprising the Bid ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45 3.15. Bid Submission ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46 3.16. Bid Prices -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 47 3.17. Bid Currencies -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 48 3.18. Documents Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications ----------------------------------------------- 48 3.19. Documents Establishing Eligibility of Products and Conformity to Bid Documents --------------------- 48 3.20. Bid Security------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 48 3.21. Period of Validity of Bids ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 49

D. Submission of Bids ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49 3.22. Sealing and Marking of Bids -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 49 3.23. Deadline for Submission of Bids --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 3.24. Late Bids --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50 3.25. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 50

E. Bid Opening and Evaluation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 3.26. Opening of Bids by the Bank ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 3.27. Clarification of Bids ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 51 3.28. Preliminary Examination ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 51 3.29. Technical Evaluation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 52 3.30. Opening of Price Bids / Reverse Auction ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 53 3.31. Bid Evaluation Process --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 54 3.32. Contacting the Bank ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 69

F. Award of Contract ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69 3.33. Post-qualification ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 69 3.34. Bank’s Right to Accept Any Bid and To Reject Any or All Bids. ------------------------------------------------ 70 3.35. Award Criteria -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70



3.36. Notification of Award ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70 3.37. Signing of Contract -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70 3.38. Performance Security ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 70 3.39. Independent External Monitors (IEM) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71 3.40. Integrity Pact (IP) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 71

PART 4: TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (TCC) ---------------------------------- 74 4.1. Definitions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 74 4.2. Use of Contract Documents and Information --------------------------------------------------------------------- 75 4.3. Patent Rights/Intellectual Property rights -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 75 4.4. Performance Security / Performance Bank Guarantee --------------------------------------------------------- 75 4.5. Inspection and Quality Control Tests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 76 4.6. System & Other Software: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78 4.7. Acceptance Tests and Certificates: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78 4.8. Delivery and Documents ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 78 4.9. Incidental Services -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 78 4.10. Annual Maintenance Contract/Support ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 79 4.11. Training: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80 4.12. Payment---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 80 4.13. Contract Amendments --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81 4.14. Assignment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 81 4.15. Delays in the Supplier’s Performance -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 81 4.16. Liquidated Damages ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 82 4.17. Termination for Default-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82 4.18. Force Majeure -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 82 4.19. Termination for Insolvency --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83 4.20. Termination for Convenience ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 83 4.21. Resolution of Disputes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 83 4.22. Governing Language ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 84 4.23. Applicable Law ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84 4.24. Addresses for Notices ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 84 4.25. Taxes and Duties ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85 4.26. Supplier’s Integrity -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85 4.27. Supplier’s obligations ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 85 4.28. Treatment of RFP Response/Deviation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 86 4.29. Site preparation and installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86 4.30. Commissioning of Solution --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86 4.31. Technical Documentation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 86 4.32. Right to use defective product ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87 4.33. Repeat Orders -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87 4.34. Limitation of Liability: ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87 4.35. Indemnity -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 87 4.36. Confidentiality: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 88 4.37. Re-location of site: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 89 4.38. Professionalism ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 89

PART 5: DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK------------------------------------------------------------ 90 5.1. Target State Technology Architecture ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 90 5.2. Next Generation Data Warehouse Target State Requirements ----------------------------------------------- 91 5.3. Development and Customization ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 95 5.4. Upgrade/ migrate of Oracle Exadata --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96 5.5. ATS for Informatica solution components -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 96



5.6. Central Infrastructure (Software and Hardware) Requirements --------------------------------------------- 96 5.7. Integration Requirements ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97 5.8. General Technology Requirements ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 97 5.9. Facility Management Services Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 98 5.10. Training Requirements --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 99 5.11. Other Items within scope --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100 5.12. Project Implementation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100 5.13. Hardware/Infrastructure Requirements -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 108 5.14. Network Requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 110 5.15. Business Continuity Requirements --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 110 5.16. Security Requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 111 5.17. Scalability Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112 5.18. Reporting Requirements ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 112 5.19. Governance Requirements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 113 5.20. Regulatory Requirements (during the contract period) ------------------------------------------------------- 114 5.21. Warranty ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 114 5.22. Operations and Maintenance Requirements -------------------------------------------------------------------- 115 5.23. Helpdesk Requirements (Internal Users)-------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117 5.24. Service Levels and Definitions --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 117 5.25. Availability SLR ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119 5.26. Deployment SLR --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 119 5.27. Helpdesk SLR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 120 5.28. Performance SLR -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121 5.29. Other SLR Requirements and Penalties --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 121 5.30. SLR Non-Compliance Penalty ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 123 5.31. Liquidation Damages/ Penalty for delay -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 5.32. On delay in Deployment of FMS ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 5.33. Quality Assurance Requirements ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 125 5.34. Monitoring and Audit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 127 5.35. Certifications -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 128

PART 6: BID FORM, PRICE SCHEDULES AND OTHER FORMATS (BF) ------------------ 129 FORMAT – 6.1. BID FORM ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130

FORMAT – 6.1.1. BIDFORM (TECHNICAL BID) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 130 FORMAT – 6.1.2. BID FORM (PRICE BID) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 131

FORMAT – 6.2. NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 132 FORMAT – 6.3. PRICE SCHEDULE ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 133 FORMAT – 6.5. CONTRACT FORM ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151 FORMAT – 6.6. PERFORMANCE SECURITY FORM ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 153 FORMAT – 6.7. BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT ----------------------------------------------------------- 155 FORMAT – 6.8. MANUFACTURERS'/PRODUCERS’ AUTHORIZATION FORM ------------------------------------------ 156 FORMAT – 6.9. PROFORMA OF CERTIFICATE FOR ISSUE BY THE PURCHASER AFTER SUCCESSFUL COMMISSIONING OF THE SOLUTION ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 157 FORMAT – 6.10. ORGANISATIONAL PROFILE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 159 FORMAT – 6.11. SERVICE SUPPORT DETAILS FORM ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 161 FORMAT – 6.12. FORMAT FOR BANK GUARANTEE AGAINST ANNUAL MAINTENANCE --------------------------- 162 FORMAT – 6.13. BILL OF QUANTITY --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 163 FORMAT – 6.14. UNDERTAKING FOR SUPPORT SERVICES ----------------------------------------------------------------- 165 FORMAT – 6.15. CONFORMITY TO ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA (BIDDER and OEM) ---------------------------------------- 166 FORMAT – 6.16. BUSINESS RULES AND TERMS & CONDITIONS OF REVERSE AUCTION --------------------------- 170 FORMAT – 6.17. PRE-CONTRACT INTEGRITY PACT -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 181 FORMAT – 6.18. SELF DECLARATION FOR NON-BLACKLISTING ---------------------------------------------------------- 189 FORMAT – 6.19. APPLICATION SOURCE CODE INTEGRITY STATEMENT ----------------------------------------------- 190



FORMAT – 6.20. KNOW YOUR EMPLOYEE (KYE) COMPLIANCE ---------------------------------------------------------- 191 FORMAT – 6.21. BID SECURITY DECLARATION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 192 FORMAT – 6.22. FORMAT OF CERTIFICATE FOR TENDERS FOR WORKS UNDER RULE 144 (XI) IN THE GENERAL FINANCIAL RULES (GFRs), 2017. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 193 FORMAT – 6.23. SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENT ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 196 FORMAT – 6.24. PAYMENT SCHEDULE BY THE BANK ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 203 FORMAT – 6.25. CERTIFICATE FOR NO DEVIATION -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 206 FORMAT – 6.26. CV FORMAT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 207 FORMAT – 6.27. UNDERTAKING FOR CONSORTIUM SUPPORT SERVICES --------------------------------------------- 209

PART 7: ANNEXURE --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 7.1. Business Requirement Document -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 210 7.1.1. BOI: Enterprise Data Warehouse To-Be Architecture: Functional Requirements -------------------------- 211 7.1.2. BOI: Enterprise Data Warehouse To-Be Architecture: Non - Functional Requirements ----------------- 266 7.1.3. BOI: Enterprise Data Warehouse To-Be Architecture: OFSAA Functional Requirements ---------------- 327 7.2. OFSAA: Change Requests and Licensing Requirement ------------------------------------------------------------ 360 7.3. Reports ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 360



PART 1: INVITATION TO BID

A. Introduction

Bank invites proposal from experienced and eligible entity (herein after called ‘Respondent’ or ‘Bidder’ or ‘Vendor’) to Build / Develop, Supply, Install, Implement, Customize, Maintain end-to-end Next Generation Data Warehouse Solution as per the scope of this RFP. The Bidders should note that the contract entered with the successful bidder will start from the date of signing the contract and will be valid for 5 Years and 10 months. You are requested to send your Technical and Price proposal as per the enclosed formats. The methodology for submission of the proposals is enumerated in Part 3 Instruction to Bidders. Terms and Conditions of Contract (TCC) are given in Part 4. The Bidding Document may be obtained from the Bank as under or downloaded from Bank’s Website http://www.bankofindia.co.in/tenders and the bid should be submitted to the office of Bank Of India , MIS Department - Datawarehouse , Head office, 7th floor, Star House-2 , C-4, G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East) Mumbai – 400 051 (Telephone No. 022- 61319814 / 9808), E-mail- [email protected].

For queries and clarification regarding the RFP, please feel free to contact us at the above-mentioned address or telephone number or e-mail id.

Please note that all the information requested in this RFP needs to be provided. Incomplete information may lead to non-selection.

All Bids must be accompanied by Bid Security as specified in the Bid document.

A non-refundable bid amount of Rs. 1,00,000/- to be paid by means of a demand draft /

pay order favoring “RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementation of Next Generation DWH Solution for BOI” payable in Mumbai. If the bid is downloaded from website, the cost of the bid may be paid along with the technical bid in a separate envelope.

Bank reserves the right to change the dates mentioned below or in the RFP, which will be communicated.

Date and Time of commencement of bid / Sale of Bid Document

03/03/2021

Last date for requesting any clarification

10/03/2021 up to 03.00 pm.

Pre - bid Meeting at Head Office, MIS Department, BKC, Mumbai 51

10/03/2021 from 03.00 pm to 4.00 pm $$

Last Date and Time for Receipt of Bids at Bank of India (Address as given below)

24/03/2021 by 3.00 p.m. on that day.

http://www.bankofindia.co.in/tenders



Date and Time of opening of Technical Bids

24/03/2021, 04.00 p.m.

Date and time of opening of Price Bids / Reverse Auction

Will be advised separately

Contact Person

1) Shri Vinodan PTK AGM, MIS Department Phone Numbers: 022 – 61319807 [email protected]

2) Shri Ganesh Murugan Chief Manager, MIS Department Phone Numbers: 022 – 61319805. [email protected] 3) Shri Prasanna Walavalkar Chief Manager, MIS Department Phone Numbers: 022 – 61319808 [email protected]

Address for Communication and submission of bid.

General Manager MIS Department, Datawarehouse, 7th Floor, Star House-2, C-4, G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai – 400 051. Phone Numbers: 022 – 61319801 Email- [email protected]

Cost of the Bid Documents (Non-Refundable)

Rs.1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lakh only) Demand Draft, issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India, drawn in favor of “Bank of India” payable at Mumbai.

Earnest Money deposit (EMD)/ EMD Declaration

Rs.10,00,000/- (Rupees Ten Lakh only) Demand Draft, issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India, drawn in favor of “Bank of India” payable at Mumbai. EMD is exempted for MSEs and companies registered with concerned ministries and government authorities.

Bid Document Availability Bidding document can be downloaded from Banks’ website. http://www.bankofindia.co.in/tenders

($$ In case Bank decides to conduct Pre-Bid meeting remotely instead of at our office premises, the change will be published with schedule date, time of the meeting & other details on our website under ‘Tenders’)

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.bankofindia.co.in/tenders



B. Abbreviations

Abbreviations Expansions BOI Bank of India

RBI Reserve Bank of India

RFP Request For Proposal

BOM Bills of Material

BRE Business Rule Engine

API Application Program Interface

STP Straight Through Processing

DC Data Center

DR Disaster Recovery

UAT User Acceptance Testing

SIT System Integration Testing

ATS Annual Technical Support

KYC Know Your Customer

EASE Enhanced Access and Service Excellence

NeSL National e-Governance Services Ltd

CRILIC Central Repository of Information on Large Credits

GST Good and Service Tax

GSTN Good and Service Tax Identification Number

CIC Credit Information Companies

MIS Management Information System

CISP Corporate Information Security Policy

DMS Document Management System

DAM Database Activity Monitoring

SSL Secure Socket Layer

PIM Privileged Identity Management

SIEM Security information and event management

OS Operating System

DBA Database Administrator

OEM Original Equipment Manufacture

TAT Turn Around Time

VAPT Vulnerability Assessment and Penetration Testing

IS Information Security

IBA Indian Banks' Association

IDRBT The Institute for Development & Research in Banking Technology

SMS Short Message Service

EMD Earnest Money Deposit

EWS Early Warning Signals

FIU Financial Intelligence Unit

AML Anti-Money Laundering

CBS Core Banking System

HO Head Office

ODS Operational Data Storage

EDW Enterprise Data Warehouse

FCBS Foreign Core Banking System

ADC Alternate Delivery Channels

DNS Domain Name Service



Abbreviations Expansions MSME Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises

PSU Public Sector Undertaking

PSE Public Sector Enterprise

LLP Limited Liability Partnerships

SEBI Securities and Exchange Board of India

NBFC Non-Banking Financial Company

BFSI Banking, financial services and insurance

ITB Invitation to Bid

IFB Instruction for Bidders

TCC Terms and Conditions of Contract

OTC Other Terms and Conditions

KYE Know Your Employee

CD Compact Disk

OCR Optical Character Recognition

UPI Unified Payment Interface

PG Payment Gateway

OTP One Time Password

ECS Electronic Clearing Service

DOB Date of Birth

SI System Integrator

FS Functional Specifications

BF Bid Form

PAN Permanent Account Number

INR Indian Rupee

RPO Recovery Point Objective (RPO)

RTO Recovery Time Objective

FMS Facility Management Services

BDL Big Data Lake

ETL Extract, Transform and Load

Bank BOI, Bank of India

AMC Annual Maintenance Support

ATS Annual Technical Support

MFTP Managed Fund Transfer Pricing

SLA Service Level Agreement

SLR Service Level Requirement

TCO Total Cost of Ownership

ALM Asset Liability Management

OFSAA Oracle Financial Services Analytical Application

LRM Liquidity Risk Management

PFT Profitability Management



PART 2: DISCLAIMER

The information contained in this Request for Proposal (RFP) document or information provided

subsequently to bidder(s) or applicants whether verbally or in documentary form by or on behalf

of Bank of India (Bank), is provided to the bidder(s) on the terms and conditions set out in this

RFP document and all other terms and conditions subject to which such information is provided.

This RFP is neither an agreement nor an offer and is only an invitation by Bank to the interested

parties for submission of bids. The purpose of this RFP is to provide the bidder(s) with

information to assist the formulation of their proposals. This RFP does not claim to contain all

the information each bidder may require. Each bidder should conduct its own investigations and

analysis and should check the accuracy, reliability and completeness of the information in this

RFP and where necessary obtain independent advice. Bank makes no representation or

warranty and shall incur no liability under any law, statute, rules or regulations as to the accuracy,

reliability or completeness of this RFP. Bank may in its absolute discretion, but without being

under any obligation to do so, update, amend or supplement the information in this RFP.

The activities listed that are to be performed by the Bank, are indicative only. Bank has the right

to continue with these activities, modify the sequence of activities, add new activities or remove

some of the activities, as dictated by the best interests of Bank.

The issue of this RFP does not imply that Bank is bound to select a Bidder or to appoint the

Successful Bidder for the Next Generation DWH Solution. Bank reserves the right to reject all or

any of the proposals without assigning any reasons whatsoever.

The Bidder shall bear all its costs associated with or relating to the preparation and submission

of its proposal including but not limited to preparation, copying, postage, delivery fees, expenses

associated with any demonstrations or presentations which may be required by the Bank or any

other costs incurred in connection with or relating to its proposal. All such costs and expenses

will remain with the Bidder and Bank shall not be liable in any manner whatsoever for the same

or for any other costs or other expenses incurred by the Bidder in preparation or submission of

the proposal, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the selection process.



INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS (IFB)

TABLE OF CLAUSES

Clause No. Topic

A. Introduction

3.1 Introduction

3.2 Challenges in the existing Data warehouse

3.3 Need for next Gen data warehousing solution

3.4 Broad Scope of Work

3.5 Consortium

3.6 Eligibility Criteria for the Bidder

3.7 Eligibility Criteria for the OEM

3.8 Cost of Bidding.

B. Bidding Documents

3.9 Content of Bidding Documents

3.10 Clarification of Bidding Documents

3.11 Amendment of Bidding Documents

C. Preparation of Bid

3.12 Language of Bid

3.13 Format and signing of the Bid

3.14 Documents comprising the Bid

3.15 Bid Form

3.16 Bid Prices

3.17 Bid Currencies

3.18 Documents establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications

3.19 Documents establishing eligibility of products & conformity to Bid Documents

3.20 Bid Security

3.21 Period of Validity of Bids



D. Submission of Bids

3.22 Sealing and Marking of Bids

3.23 Deadline for Submission of Bids

3.24 Late Bids

3.25 Modification & Withdrawal of Bids

E. Bid Opening and Evaluation

3.26 Opening of Bids by the Bank

3.27 Clarification of Bids

3.28 Preliminary Examination

3.29 Technical Evaluation

3.30 Opening of Price Bids

3.31 Bid Evaluation Process

3.32 Contacting the Bank

F. Award of Contract

3.33 Post qualification

3.34 Bank’s Right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids

3.35 Award Criteria

3.36 Notification of Award

3.37 Signing of Contract

3.38 Performance Security

3.39 Independent External Monitors & Integrity Pact



PART 3: INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS (IFB)

A. Introduction 3.1. Introduction

3.1.1. Bank of India is one of the largest public sector banks in India with a Branch network of more than 5000+ branches in India and 49 branches/offices in 21 countries overseas (18 overseas centres) serving over 150 million customers. Bank of India has Finacle of Infosys for Core Banking and TCS BaNCS for Treasury operations for its domestic and foreign branches. Bank has its own Private Cloud (VM setup). Bank’s Data Center (DC) site is at Belapur, Navi Mumbai and Disaster Recovery (DR) site at Bangalore.

3.1.2. Bank had upgraded its Datawarehouse (DWH) by implementing Enterprise Data-warehouse (EDW) in May 2014 with the procurement of Operational CRM, Analytical CRM, Enterprise Data Warehouse, Banking Data Model , Change Data Capture , Master Data Management , Meta Data Management , Data Quality, Business Intelligence Tool, Performance Monitoring Tool , XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language), Data Mining Tool solutions.

3.1.3. The existing data warehouse solution caters to operational MIS, regulatory reporting, ad-hoc reporting requirements and analytics supporting business needs. The bank intends to increase its market share by providing/ enhancing its product & services portfolio while better connecting with existing and potential customers. The bank further intends to leverage analytical capabilities of the data warehouse to optimize its operational processes, identify frauds and provide better customer service. The bank aims to achieve this by leveraging its data and implementing a Next Generation Enterprise Data Warehouse Solution (Next-Gen EDW). The Next-Gen EDW must cater to current and future MIS & Analytics requirements of the bank by ingesting, storing and processing structured, semi-structured, unstructured data and data streams. The solution must be on-premise and be capable of being seamlessly migrated to cloud in future. The solution must be robust & scalable to meet the Bank’s current and future requirements.

3.1.4. The Bank is using Oracle Exadata platform, OCRM, SAP Business Objects, OFSAA, Oracle Data Miner, PL-SQL, etc. for its day-to-day operations. It is integrated with the data information coming from our different business sources like Domestic CBS, Foreign CBS, Cards, Treasury, CAPS, Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, ATMs, Demat etc through Informatica- CDC and ETL tools. The various reports, MIS, etc. are being presently provided on near real-time & T-1 basis. The key activities of our Data-warehouse are as under:

Sr. No Activities

1 TOP Management Dashboard, SAP-BO

Monitoring and updating Dashboard

Monitoring & Scripting for SAP-BO

Availability of 750+ pre-defined reports in SAP-BO for HO/NBGs/Zos



Sr. No Activities

2 OFSAA – 4 modules MFTP, PFT, ALM, LRM

ETL, DQ of data, Upload of Manual Data

Processing & monitoring MFTP, PFT monthly

Processing & monitoring ALM, LRM weekly

Generating reports for MFTP, PFT, ALM, LRM

Generating TPM quarterly

3 OCRM

Lead Management,

Complaint Management,

Campaign Management,

On-boarding module,

Call Center access

4 Credit Information Companies (CICs) – CIBIL, EQUIFAX, EXPERIAN, CRIF-HIGHMARK

Weekly/Monthly ETL of data for 4 CICs

5 Go-Green Initiative – broadcasting e-statements to Customers on e-mails

CC, OD, CD, Privileged Customers (International, NRI, corporates, Diamond, Platinum customers) monthly statements

SB half yearly

Home Loan quarterly

Interest Certificate for Housing, Vehicle & Education yearly

6 XBRL – 27 taxonomy of RBI

7 IS, Audit Compliance, DC-DR Setup controls

VAPT, Risk Assessment, PUM, DAM alerts, User Access Review

DB admin/control/Inventory

Patch Management

CDC, MDM

8 CCIS

NPA Movement Reports

Priority ID Classification

Risk Categorization

Ad-hoc Reports to ARD

9 Quarterly Closing activities

NPA Provision

PWO Calculations

CA23 generation

RBS (Risk Based supervision)

SCA Auditor data

MOC Updation

10 Data Mining & Analytics

NPA Prediction

Cross Sell / Up Sell

11 RBI Projects

Automated Data Extraction Project (ADEPT)

Centralised Information Management System (CIMS) project of RBI

Automatic Data Flow (ADF)



Sr. No Activities

12 Contracts, Payments, SLR

13 Ad-hoc MIS – Average 60+ reports on daily basis

Priority Sector Classification

Maintaining CCIS

Early Warning signals (EWS)

DICGC, PMJDY, PMMY

AADHAR / Mobile seeding, KYC / Re-KYC

Demo auth Data

NRD-CSR

Regulatory returns: BSR, DSB, SMA 2, CRMS, GBM

NeSL

SLBC

Borrower Health Profile (BHP) Report

Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology (MeitY) Reporting

SMA Reports, DSB Returns and various other ad-hoc reports of Credit Monitoring Department.

RM Process and other ad-hoc data requirements of Risk Management Department

RBS reports, Industry wise Exposure, Disbursement data and other data requirements of C&IC Department

DICGC Half Yearly Reports and other data requirements pertaining to Finance Department.

Audit Automation Project of I & A dept

3.1.5. Bank is in the process of implementing Fraud Risk Management (FRM) solution by Fraud Risk Management Department (FRMD) and Early Warning Signal (EWS) solution by Credit Monitoring Department (CRMD)

3.1.6. Detailed information with respect to Datawarehouse products, modules, architecture, tools, data size & YoY / QoQ growth, MDM, data sources, inventory list, business functions etc. are provided in the respective sections of this RFP.

3.1.7. The bank will also be ingesting data from new identified sources such as Insurance companies - (9 Nos), Mutual Fund (3 RTA - REGISTAR AND TRANSFER AGENTS), National Pension Scheme (2 CRAs - Centralized record keeping agency) in the Next Generation EDW. Also, the bank plans to ingest ATM switch data in near real time basis instead of T-1 basis. The volumetric details for the same are provided in section 3.3.4

3.2. Challenges in the existing Data warehouse Solution

The business users are facing several challenges and there is a need to enhance the existing DWH Solution among several areas as below:

3.2.1. Data Availability / Quality / Consistency:



While a major chunk of relevant data is already being captured by the bank through the touchpoints with customers as well as vendors, there is a need to include market data and get rid of manual interventions for cross-system data transfer.

Furthermore, the data in the warehouse is prone to input errors and faces data loss due to incomplete inputs.

The current state needs to be strengthened to handle the exponential growth that is expected across volume, variety and complexity of data.

Business departments also faces data integrity and completeness issues which results in a significant amount of time invested in reconciling the data from reports with that on the source systems.

The gamut of Data Quality Checks needs to be increased and should be implemented comprehensively. The scope of the data cleansing and applying valid checks needs to be increased. Data Quality Checks are applied to data ingested only from the Domestic CBS Source Systems

3.2.2. Effort intensive reporting:

The Bank has implemented SAP BO reporting tool to generate business reports, MIS reports and other ad-hoc reports however for some of the business reporting, there still exists manual intervention for obtaining data, validating data, cleaning the data and representation of the data into consumable business reports.

The users invest considerable amount of time in cross-system data inputs. This is a time-consuming process which not only limits the bandwidth for users to mine the data for business insights, but also results in risks associated with the quality and accuracy of the data presented.

The data received from the data warehouse department in some cases does not match the end-use format which results in time spent in formatting changes.

Furthermore, data sanity checks for regulatory reports are run manually as there are no system-based provisions for the same.

The bank doesn’t have business specific data marts to generate specific reports

3.2.3. Lack of single view of customer:

The spread of customer data across various source systems coupled with issues around unique MDM id creation and limited interaction between source systems has resulted in the current state where there is limited visibility around the gamut of customer interactions with the bank in a single location.

The bank lacks a 360-degree view of the customer to be able to perform customer profitability analysis, cross-sell / up-sell analysis, customer segmentation and customer campaigns.

Currently the MDM solution has only been implemented on domestic CBS data because of which it is not possible to get a complete customer 360-degree view.

Bank is facing challenges is generating unique MDM identifier for a customer across all source systems.

3.2.4. Limited use of analytics:

The bank currently has implemented some analytical use cases and also is in process of implementing few more through Oracle Data Miner solution, but the user adoption of the analytical reports is quite low.

There is a lack of holistic analytical solutions which could enhance the banks capabilities across the entire value chain.

The bank also lacks analytics driven credit decisioning and monitoring models. The current underwriting models leverage traditional data sources from financial



statements limiting the efficacy of the model. Furthermore, sanctioning officers have limited insight into trends in key credit metrics such as repayment behavior and credit score limiting thereby the information available for decision making.

Bank has implemented some cross sell and up sell analytics use cases but its limited to Retail and MSME business segments.

3.2.5. Data Ownership and Data Access:

The user departments route all their data requirements in the form of requests to the data warehouse department and analytical requirements to the analytics team. This current state often results in delays in data received as well as data consistency issues due to the lack of standardization of SQL queries.

Data is residing in siloes in multiple sources as not all data from source system is available in data warehouse.

The Bank doesn’t have a tool for data governance

Currently there is no business glossary or insightful reports published by Metadata solution for data analysis on each business operations to make strategic, internal auditing and government auditing decisions

3.2.6. Lack of KPI’s for business performance analysis:

Several of the departments are yet to deploy the performance assessment systems to track the key performance metrics at geographical / product level. The paucity of market data limits the ability of the business departments to perform base-line analysis and benchmark the performance of the bank vis-à-vis competitors across product categories. Corporate Banking department doesn’t have access to real time dashboards for the bank’s exposure and analytics driven credit decisioning and monitoring models

3.2.7. Need of access of Reports and Dashboards at branches:

The dashboard access is currently limited to zonal offices and HO whereas now banks seek to provide access to these dashboards to branch managers to promote active and real time monitoring of branch performance.

The branch managers rely on static reports to ascertain (i). Business Achievements (Target Achievement, Projections, PSL, Disbursement trends and Gap Analysis), (ii). Financial Operational Metrics (High value transactions, flagged transactions, Deposits, Maturity profile of deposits, Advances repayment schedule), (iii). Non-Financial Operational Metrics (Non-KYC account operations, Dormant account operations), (iv). Customer Relationship Management Metrics (Customer sentiment through internal & external channels), (v). Operational Risk Metrics (news reports regarding key customers)

The dashboard can be accessed only within the BOI network; however, top management also need access to these dashboards outside the network.

3.3. Need of Next Generation Data Warehouse Solution

3.3.1. The Bank is generating and storing huge volume of data at DWH that mainly contains customers’ demographic & transactional data and financial accounting data. With huge growth in the internet-based enterprises and availability of many social networks, there is huge volume of data available outside the bank that remains untapped for analysis. Bank can no longer focus only on delivering best products or service; but also requires examining behaviour & insights of customers (both existing customers and non-customers) to deliver tangible business values to them and increase the profitability.



3.3.2. Bank requires a modern data-warehouse strategy to address both enterprise data and big data management that act at the speed of business, offering real-time insights that can be applied to massive volumes of data. Bank needs to leverage its Data warehouse, using data mining and advanced analytics techniques, for generating actionable insights, manage risk and to drive profitable growth. The existing Oracle Data Miner tool has limited features & functionality for analytics.

3.3.3. Advanced Risk modelling of modern data-warehouse would help the bank to make better credit risk decisions and monitor their portfolios for early identification of potential problems, detect financial crime and predict operational losses.

3.3.4. Regulators are moving fast from their existing data upload processes to Automated Data Flow to pull required data points directly (STP) from bank’s source data systems. More emphasis is given on ‘no manual’ intervention in getting the data and ensure data authenticity. Banks can reduce highly manual tasks by streamlining data extraction from source systems and standardizing data aggregation and reporting.

3.3.5. New and evolving analytical processing technologies are available in the market that make it possible to have

New systems that handle a wide variety of data from banking data to web and social media data. Improved analytical capabilities including event, predictive and text analytics, using various tools/technology like AI, ML etc.

Operational business intelligence that improves business agility by enabling automated real-time actions and intraday decision making.

Faster hardware ranging from faster multi-core processors and large memory spaces, to compact drives and virtual data storage for handling hot and cold data.

In view of above, Bank intends to engage a System Integrator to implement Next Generation Data-warehouse solution that will meet the business reporting and analytical needs. The bidder should propose & implement a technology solution that includes software, hardware, maintenance and management services that most optimally meet the business needs.

3.4. Broad Scope of Work

3.4.1. Continuity of Business

The Bank is currently using Oracle Exadata X4-2 & X6-2 for enterprise data warehouse solution. The bank generates business critical operational reports, regulatory reports, other MIS reports and e-statements from the EDW solution. The EDW solution also shares data with down-stream applications which are consumed by other departments. The bank’s contract with the existing SI is expiring on 30th June 2021. The new SI will have to take complete hand-over from the existing SI, seamlessly upgrade the EDW solution to Next-Gen EDW along with e-statements & IRIS solution while ensuring that there is no disruption in business continuity. The SI will be responsible for providing Facility Management services too from the day of onboarding for the existing and new solution stack as mentioned in the RFP. The SI must plan, implement and



manage EDW upgrade such that it is operational from the day of expiry of contract of the old SI and there is no disruption of business services.

3.4.2. The existing EDW solution stack is as below:

Application Details:

The details will be provided upon submission of signed hard copy of the NDA & Integrity Pact as per the format 6.2 & 6.17 respectively to the bank.

Hardware details:


Existing DC & DR Locations:

Sr. No. Description Location

1 Data Centre Navi Mumbai

2 Disaster Recovery Bangalore

Existing Source systems and data ingestion frequency:

The details will be provided upon submission of signed hard copy of the NDA & Integrity Pact as per the format 6.2 & 6.17 respectively to the bank. as per the format 6.2 & 6.17 respectively to the bank.

Existing Downstream applications:


Existing ITSM Tools:



Sr. No. Solution Name

1

Service Management

Ticketing

Service Desk

Change & Request Management

Incident & Problem Management

Knowledge Management

SLR Management

2 Workflow Management (Event-Correlation, Availability & Orchestration)

3 Capacity Management

4 Server Monitoring

5 DB Monitoring

6 Storage Monitoring

7 Configuration Management

8 Patch Management

9 Inventory (Asset) Management

10 Network Monitoring & Automation

11 Secure File Transfer solution (SFTP)

Existing Security Solutions - The following IT security solutions have been implemented by

the bank:

Sr. No. Description

1 Data Leakage Prevention

2 Server Security including Application Whitelisting, File Integrity Management

3 Packet Capture

4 Firewall Rule Analyser (FRA)

5 Deception Solution (Honey Pot)

6 End point Detection & Response Solution

7 Cyber Incident Management Solution

8 IT Risk Management Solution

9 SSL Inspection



Existing Analytical use case implemented by the bank

Sr. No. Model Type Focus Areas of the Model

1 Customer Segmentation Home Loan Customers

2 Customer Churn Home Loan Customers

3 Customer Value Retail Customers

4 Probability of Default Home Loan Customers

5 Cross Sell / Up Sell Home Loan Customers

6 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Home Loan Top Up

7 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Pre-Closed TD

8 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Home Loan Takeover

9 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Pre-Approved PL

10 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell Pre-Approved Letters

11 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell CCOD Renewal

12 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell Term Loan Renewal

Existing OFSAA Stack:


New Source systems and data ingestion frequency:


3.4.3. High-level Scope:

The high-level release across the 2 phases is depicted below. The SI should study the existing DWH solution set up and propose either to upgrade the existing platform or to replace the existing data warehousing platform with a suitable data warehousing platform for next generation data warehouse solution. Kindly note that due to space constraint in BOI Data centre, the upgrade or replacement of hardware should fit into a single RACK dimension same as Oracle Exadata Size (Height – 77 Inch , Length- 46 Inch, Breadth – 23 Inch) presently used for EDW in both DC & DR. Phase 1: High-level scope (Implementation Timeline of 10 months from SI Onboarding)

Sr. No. Architecture

Building Layer Solution

Component Scope

1 Transition/Take

over EDW

Transition and Take over from existing vendor pertain to EDW, ETLs, CDC, DQ, e-statements, IRIS software for ADF reporting, OFSAA (ALM/MFTP/PFT/LRM/ OFSAA-CRMS (Basel-III)), Exadata X8-2





Component Scope

maintenance, ACRM and other Operations.

2 Implementation e-Statements

Design, Install, Implement e-statements solution on or before the contract expiry date of the old SI.

Maintenance of e-statements solution till the end of contract period.

3 OFSAA OFSAA

Installation, Implementation, Config. of OFSAA components as per the RFP.

(RAROC, IndAS – 39)

Maintenance of OFSAA ALM, FTP, PFT, LRM, OFSAA-CRMS (Basel-III).

4 Solution Design EDW Submission of Solution Design

Architecture to bank, Sign off by bank

5 Migration Exadata, ODS, Datawarehouse, Data Marts

Migration of existing Staging area, ODS, DWH, Data Marts to Next Gen EDW. Migrating existing reports & dashboards (if new tool proposed). Migrating existing MDM to Next Gen EDW.

6 Maintenance EDW

Maintenance of the existing CDC, ETL, DQ, MDM, Analytical Models, executing existing standardized scripts (as required by bank) and other EDW components from the date of expiry of contract of old system integrator

7 Data Acquisition Informatica CDC & DQ

Development for new data sources and for existing sources as identified during detail functional requirement gathering

Development & Configuration of Informatica CDC & DQ to incorporate new data sources as per RFP

8 Data Acquisition CDC Tool Development & Configuration of CDC

tool to incorporate new data sources (ATM Switch)

9 Data Acquisition MFTP/ SFTP Implementing MFTP/ SFTP for new

data sources as per the RFP

10 Data Acquisition Informatica ETLs

Developing ETLs for new data sources as per the RFP

11 Data Acquisition Web APIs Developing Web APIs for new data

sources as per the RFP

12 Data Acquisition Analytical Solution

Implementing analytical use cases listed below & in the BRD of this RFP

13 Visualization Reporting Solution

Implementing new reports & dashboards as per requirements in the





Component Scope

BRD and detail functional requirement gathering

Reports sanitization & rationalization

14 Downstream Applications

Master Data Management

Development for new data sources, implementation of MDM with customization

Creating Golden copy of the customer

Integration with all downstream applications

15 Meta Data

Management & Data Lineage

Informatica Meta Data Management

Development of MDM & Data Lineage for new and existing data sources as per RFP

Maintenance of existing MDM & Data Lineage

16 Audit Based

Control All Components

Implementing audit-based controls in the new solution

17 ITSM ITSM Integration/Configuration with ITSM

tools as required

18 Data Backup &

Recovery

Informatica Data Backup & Recovery; Oracle Data Backup

Implementation & Maintenance of Data Backup & Recovery components

Disk-to-Disk Backup with new solution

19 Data Archival Informatica Data Archival

Implementation of Data Archival Solution

20 Data Security &

privacy Data Security & privacy

Integration/Configuration with Data Security tools as required

Implementation of Data Encryption Solution for data at rest and data at transit as per requirements of the BRD

Implementation of Data Masking solution as per requirements of BRD

Analytics use cases for Phase 1: The table below provides high level description of the existing analytical models. The details of the analytical models will be shared only with the selected bidder.


1 Customer Segmentation Home Loan Customers

2 Customer Churn Home Loan Customers

3 Customer Value Retail Customers

4 Probability of Default Home Loan Customers




5 Cross Sell / Up Sell Home Loan Customers

6 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Home Loan Top Up

7 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Pre-Closed TD

8 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Home Loan Takeover

9 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell Pre-Approved PL

10 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell Pre-Approved Letters

11 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell CCOD Renewal

12 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell Term Loan Renewal

In addition to above mentioned use cases, the table below provides a list of use cases to be implemented as part of Phase 1 along with their high-level description. Please refer to the Business requirement compliance document (Annexure 7.1) for more details.

Sr. No. Model Type Description

1 Channel Performance & Profitability, Channel Planning & Optimization

The SI should build models to generate Channel selection for sales and marketing for each customer segment based on channel usage, cost effectiveness, offerings, effectiveness for selling/up-selling/cross-selling, etc. SI to integrate with Call center application, ACD, IVR, and lead management system of OCRM, campaign management and any other system through API/ other modes/ methods to consume output of analytical reports/ models.

2 Delinquency management

The SI to implement AI/ML solution to Assign numerical value to the probability of an account to become delinquent using the factors like Credit Score/FICO Score, Interest Rate, Installment ,Annual Income, Debt-to-income ratio of the borrower, Number of days with a credit line that the borrower has had, Borrower’s revolving balance, Utilization rate of the borrower’s revolving line etc. The SI should build the required integrations with CIBIL, Data Aggregators, External data sources, existing service providers, NESL, etc. The SI should also Integrate with bank's Internal Rating model to obtain Probability of default.

3 Event Detection / Event Based Marketing

The SI to build analytics solution based on Credit bureau triggers. Leads can be identified by partnering with Credit Bureau and analyzing the data to approach the customer with right product. Credit Bureau data acts as trigger as it could provide insights as to when a customer approaches any other financial institution with credit requirement Capturing the event trigger (such as a prospective customer visiting bank’s website), mapping it with bank products/offers and triggering marketing message

4 Lead Allocation / Routing Analytics

The SI must build models that assess capability of sales staff, distribute leads basis the capability and availability and prioritize leads with high probability



Phase 2: High-level scope


Building Layer Solution Component High-Level Scope

1 Data Acquisition • Message Broker • Stream Analysis

Implementation of Message Broker & Stream Analysis components for ingesting un-structured data

2 Data Lake Data Lake

Implementing Data Lake for structured, semi-structured and un-structured data including but not limited to Common data platform, data ingestion, etc.

3 Data Analytics Analytics Sandbox Implementing Analytics Sandbox for identified use cases

4 Data Analytics Analytical Solution Implementing Advanced Analytical Use Cases as mentioned in the BRD of this RFP

5 Reporting DWH Ongoing Enhancements in Data Model and creation of data marts for business reporting needs

Analytics use cases for Phase 2: The table below provides high level description of the analytical models. Please refer to the Business requirement compliance document (Annexure 7.1) for more details.

Sr. No. Model Type Description

1

Asset / Security Selection The SI should build analytical models for selecting the best combination of assets based on the following factors such as interest rate in a type of asset (product), credit cost, capital cost (on the risk weighted portfolio), liquidity position, etc. These assets can be across various departments of the bank (e.g. MSME Products, Retail Lending Products, Corporate Loans, etc.)

2

Asset Quality Optimization The SI should develop model to assign numerical value to credit risk associated with each and every product using Analytical models based on Customer demographic data, loan data, transactions, interactions, loan performance data



3

ATM and Branch Cash Optimization The SI must build models for ATM and Branch cash optimization based on predicted ideal cash opening requirement for branch and ATM, inflow forecast from these channels, transaction trends, denomination-wise cash requirement, etc.

4

ATM and Branch Locations Optimization

The SI to develop and implement analytics model to perform ATM Location optimization by examining profitability of the ATM, tracking ATM usage by self and other bank customers in each region/branch, analyzing ATM outage reasons, and performance of each vendor in order to arrive at the optimal ATM network

5

ATM Replenishment optimization The SI should develop & implement optimal cash deployment model for a network of ATMs based on the analysis of logistics costs, inventory policies as well as of the routing of replenishment vehicles. The optimal cash deployment model focuses on the reduction of cash-related expenses provided that ATMs do not run out of cash

6

ATM Withdrawal Forecasting The SI must build models to Forecast the ATM withdrawals depending on the historical Transitions , trend and external factors

7

Branch Performance & Profitability The SI must build models to evaluate Branch performance in terms of profit, growth and risk, digital channel penetration, growth in comparison with similar aged and sized branches, transaction and acquisition trend, asset quality assessment, wallet share of branch customers, etc. and derive an objective branch scoring mechanism

8

Budget Forecasting & Target setting The SI should build analytical model to arrive at sales target by considering Budget forecasting using cost projections, sales forecast, market potential, etc. along with Assessment of geography, customer segment, product and channel-wise market potential, historical data, market share. The Sales Target must arrived for all regions, products, services and any combination thereof.



9

Call volume service optimization / Forecasting

The SI must build analytics model that should be able to Forecast call volume on different days based on historical data and also an Optimization model that suggests an appropriate number of operators for different peak periods of the working day, taking into consideration the following four performance measures: the expected waiting time, the expected number of waiting customers, the probability that a calling customer will have to wait, and the call center service level.

10

Collection agent assignment / visit plan based geo-location

The SI to develop and implement reports for weekly/monthly collection agent visit planning based on customer’s geolocation in order to optimize travel time and increase productivity

11

Concentration / Exposure Management

The SI should develop analytical model to monitor concentration risk in terms of all Customer segments, Sector, Geography, Product, Activity, Industry etc.

12

Contact tracing The SI should build Skip-trace tools to allow business users mine their repositories for alternative contacts and business location of a delinquent customer

13

Cross Sell Analytics The SI to develop and implement: 1) Analytics solution to automate identification of Fixed Deposits’ customers who could be eligible for a pre-approved credit cards against those fixed deposit based on defined criteria such as Fixed deposit amount, Fixed deposit maturity, Credit status, etc. and consequent intimation on the offering through the right channel 2) Automated identification of prospective customers for current account products based on POS transaction volume / value analysis and consequent intimation on the offering through the right channel 3) Automated lead generation for complementary products such as on conversion of Auto Loan, generation of lead for Auto Insurance 4) Market Basked Analysis: Technique based upon that if a customer buys a certain group of items, s/he is more (or less) likely to buy another group of items



14

Customer Acquisition Scorecard - Prioritization

The SI should build an analytical model in event of excess leads generated for a particular product, statistical score card helps ranking the customer on the purchase probability, thereby channelizing resources effectively. This could entail correlation of historical data with existing leads and machine learning to calculate probability of conversion (the model should cover all products and services offered by the bank)

15

Customer Churn Prediction The SI to develop and implement model to predict customer churn using customer behavior, past interactions, patterns, etc. and the information could be shared with the relationship managers for engaging the customer

16

Customer Dormancy Management The SI to build & implement analytics solution to manage dormant customers by assessment of root-cause and the best corrective action (such as rate reduction, etc.) to be taken

17

Customer feedback / Interaction analytics

The SI to build analytics solution to mine Customer feedback data to derive customer sentiment towards one or all bank products and social network platform data analysis to measure product level customer sentiment

18

Customer Life Time Value and Customer Loyalty Analysis

The SI to implement analytics solution to calculate CLV for each of the customer and segment them according to their loyalty bucket to offer specialized interest rates/ products according to their relationship with the bank and profitability score. This is an existing model and SI should look to enhance the existing model based on the parameters stipulated by the bank

19

Customer Profitability The SI to implement analytics solution to assess the customer’s current economic value as well as critical drivers of that value to estimate the customer profitability The SI to implement analytics solution to based on the output generated from OFSAA MFTP module to estimate the customer profitability.



20

Customer Risk Resilience Index The SI should build an Resilience Index model which is a data driven evaluation model that can be used for continuous evaluation of the customer across the lifecycle including acquisition, renewal, monitoring (EWS), collections and cross-sell for effective quick decision making. Evaluation could be based on dynamic parameters based on traditional and alternate data sources to account for one-off Covid-like events

21

Data mining and analysis for complaints management

The SI to implement Text analytics, automated classification using AI/ machine learning algorithms and configurable inputs that detect, assess and classify complaints

22

Design and track Campaigns for customer's based on various

customer analytical parameters.

The SI to develop and implement analytical models to identify product/ product bundles from a set of all products offered by the bank that can be effectively marketed to identified customer segments via designed targeted campaigns.

23

Down sell Analytics The SI to build AI/ML solution to Identify sales dropouts and offer vanilla / less-premium products

24

Implementation of early warning systems

The SI must build analytics driven model using social media feeds, customer payment records, credit score, industry/sector data, and triggers such as recently bounced/later payments, direct debit cancellation, sudden usage of card after period of inactivity, etc., to develop early warning systems

25

Implementation of self-cure identification model

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to develop self cure model to predict/identify high risk cases and assigning them to collecting agents helps increase in collector productivity. Early Warning Indicators must be built for Retail Loans, MSME Loans and Loans less than 1 Cr.

26

Lead Conversion Forecasting & Scoring

The SI should build models to assign a score to the newly generated lead by analyzing the potential and also identify the list of products that can be offered to the customer

27

Mitigate cyber security risks The SI must develop model using deep learning and other AI techniques, develop an ‘early warning system’ that detects Phishing campaigns, Trojans and malware



28

Next Best Action The SI must build models to identify of the next best action for a product or a service (e.g., provide ‘x’ offer to customer Pertaining to MUDRA loan, MSME Term Loan, corporate loan) to a customer based on customer’s products, service requests, channel usage, sentiments, location, etc.

29

Operational Risk Analytics The SI should leverage analytics to build models to identify and proactively manage the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems developing solutions such as fraud analytics, business process analytics, workplace safety analytics, regulatory analytics, etc.

30

Process Optimization in customer service

The SI must build models to Identify bottlenecks, simplify operations, enhance process consistency, reduce waiting time using data and statistical analysis SI to pull data from the source systems for the data points required for analysis

31

Product Penetration Analysis The SI must build models to analyze the market penetration rate of all products offered by the bank and compare it with the similar products penetration rate of our competitors. Also predict the Market penetration rate of newly launching product based on Market Basket Analysis, Sales Volume Forecasting

32

Product Profitability The SI must build models to evaluate profits on a per-product basis across all channels, measuring margin across channels and micro-customer segments to identify ideal channel / segment for each product

33

Profiling people using other bank ATM and send notification with

nearest BOI ATM location

The SI must build AI/ML based solution to Send notifications to BOI customers using other bank ATMs with nearest BOI ATM location

34

Sales Funnel Management The SI must develop and implement models for Casualty analysis and Process optimization(Predict likely reasons for lead casualty and improvise process to address issues) at each level of lead generation , product offerings based on Sales and geo-location data at customer level

35

Service Differentiation The SI must build & implement analytics solution to provide service differentiation based on perceived customer value



36

Spend Analytics The SI should develop analytical model by Analyzing the spending pattern of the customer in various channels and products and thereby understand customer preferences for customer engagement and interactions

37

Stress testing The SI must Leverage advanced analytics and develop simulations in order to accurately assess bank’s or investment portfolio’s performance (risk) in different economic scenarios. This can also be leveraged for market risk analysis, etc. With the aid of such stress testing models and balance sheet analysis, bank’s can undertake more informed action plan to mitigate risks and capture opportunities

38

Up sell Analytics The SI must build models to identify leads eligible for Top-Up loans based on defined criteria such as existing loan maturity, credit status, delinquency records, etc. Automated identification of a target set of leads for credit card limit enhancement (or card upgrade) based on defined rules such as average limit utilization and spends, payment history, tenure, etc. Also for MSME customers: The SI must build models to identify leads eligible for Top-Up loans , enhancement in Cash Credit and Overdraft Limit based on defined criteria such as existing loan maturity, credit status, delinquency records, GST Returns, Turn over in the account, Bank statement analysis, Financial Statement analysis i.e Networth/Net Profit, Financial Ratio etc, Internal/External Rating , average limit utilization and spends, payment history, tenure, etc.

39

Web Analytics - Optimizing website usage

The proposed solution should be able to convert raw web data into meaningful business information by capturing web usage and utilizing customer activities over internet and mobile banking

40

Win-Back Modelling The SI must build analytics model to Identify reason(s) for customer to quit, evaluate profitability of lost customer and design targeted value proposition and communication to win back



41

Propensity & Impact Modelling The ability to automatically select the most suitable campaign(s) for the customer based on the customer’s historic data e.g. loyal customer, bad payer, number of disconnections etc. Governed by: 1) Business priority set by business - i.e. highest expected growth impact, or highest expected ROI 2) Propensity modelling (i.e. scoring on the likelihood of a certain customer action to happen 3) Impact modelling (i.e. scoring on the likelihood of a customer to accept a proposal. So for example the system should prioritise what campaign to push to a customer on the basis of out desire to maximize growth on that segment, starting from the customers most at risk of churning and most likely to positively respond to a lock-in offer

42

Customer Behavior Analytics The ability to track customer activity over time by tracking interactions and integrating with social media channels - in order to deliver advertising targeted to the individual consumer’s interests and preferences

43 POS POS (Point of Sale) offer to current Account

customer/ Cash Credit Account Customer.

44 Profitability & Cost-Benefit Analysis Customer wise/Account wise profitability and

cost-benefit analysis report.

45 Yield on Advance Sector-wise scheme-wise Yield on Advance.

46 Cost on Deposit Scheme-wise Cost on Deposit

47

MSME The SI to enhance the Renewal model for term loan & working capital, etc. to enable the bank to identify accounts for auto-renewal of loans based on the parameters (customer history, etc.) mentioned by the bank. The high-level classification will be as follows: green/amber/ red zones. green - auto-renew the loan amber - enhancement/ reduction in the loan- branch approval required red - performance of loan is not good



48

Accounts for NPA Recovery The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to identify accounts to be targeted for recovery process such that the recovered amount and probability of recovery is maximum. The model must be able to group NPAs into user-defined buckets based on recovery amount and recovery probability.

49

NPA Collaterals & Provisioning The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to analyze securities/ collateral for the NPAs. The model must identify securities/ collaterals with high risk. The model must identify accounts which require additional provisioning.

50

NPA Settlement: Haircut The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to arrive at the optimum haircut to be applied in case of NPAs. The model must analyze the borrower's financials and act a decision support system for settlement officers during settlement process.

51

NPA Recovery The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to analyze the inputs received from collection agents on NPA accounts to optimize the recovery amount and process.

52

Collection agent Performance The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to monitor performance of recovery/ collection agents

53

Cross Sell/ Up Sell using Surrogate data

The SI must build analytical models to identify potential leads and/or verify lead information from the LOS for first sale, cross-sell/up-sell of products/ services. The SI must ingest Surrogate Data from various systems (e.g. Telecom service providers, Electricity bills, etc.) to perform the analysis in addition to data from EDW & other source system of the bank. The SI must implement integrations (APIs) with the Lead Origination System solution (assets & liabilities).

54

Additional Use Cases as per bank’s discretion (2 per year)

Additional Use Cases as per bank discretion’s (2 per year)



The high-level scope of work encompasses implementing and maintaining the following components of technology and related services for the Next Generation DWH solution: -

a. The Bank wants to select a System Integrator that will implement the Next generation EDW solution that meets bank’s Target State EDW architecture (section 5) and requirements as mentioned in the BRD (Annexure 7.1) The proposed solution architecture must support bank’s existing & future growth volumes and prescribed SLRs. It must fulfil the bank’s regulatory, operational & MIS requirements. It must fulfil the bank’s analytical requirements. It must adhere to bank’s InfoSec policies.

b. Bank, as part of Next Gen DWH solution, has decided to retain Informatica suite of products for the existing source systems. The SI can propose Informatica CDC or new CDC tool for ATM Switch source system. Bank will be upgrading the Informatica product version to 10.2.xx from existing 9.6.1 version and will also be procuring additional licenses from their existing SI based on its future volume requirements. The bank would need the new SI to provide ATS and AMC services for enhancing and maintaining the Informatica suite of products and the supporting hardware post expiry of 1-year warranty period with their existing SI. The new SI will have to provide ATS and AMC for 8 cores of Informatica ETL from the date of expiry of contract of the old System integrator and till end of contract period. For the new 8 cores of Informatica ETL licenses procured, the new SI has to provide ATS and AMC from 01st March 2022 till the end of contract period. For all other Informatica products: ATS & AMC from the date of expiry of contract of the old System integrator to contract end date of new SI. The new SI will be required to assess gaps in the ETL and CDC tool implemented and resolve these gaps. The bank would also need the SI to provide ATS and AMC services for new CDC tool (if proposed) from the start of the contract period for ingesting ATM data into DWH solution.

The additional Informatica ETL & CDC details will be provided upon submission of signed hard copy of the NDA & Integrity Pact as per the format 6.2 & 6.17 respectively to the bank.

Additional Hardware Details for the new Informatica Solution setup is as below:


c. As part of Next Gen EDW Solution, the SI would have the option to propose either a refresh of existing Oracle Exadata DWH appliance to latest version or propose a new EDW platform to support its business reporting needs. As part of the next gen EDW solution, the SI will have to procure, migrate, test and maintain the EDW platform for the entire contract period.

d. The SI needs to identify gaps in Informatica Master Data Management solution and assist the OCRM vendor to build 360-degree view of the customer. The SI needs to integrate with various Data Marts, Create Golden Copy of customer to facilitate 360 deg view of customer. The OCRM is currently being implemented by a third-party vendor.

e. Additional Source Systems that will be part of Next Generation DWH: The Bank wants the SI to ingest data from the additional source systems as



mentioned in the RFP into the EDW solution.

f. The Next Generation EDW solution should be as per latest industry standards consisting advanced Dashboard, Advanced Analytics, Forecasts & Predictions, Artificial Intelligence (AI), Machine Learning (ML), Robotic Process Automation (RPA), Decision Support systems (DSS) and Business Intelligence (BI), Data Protection, Information Security, Report / MIS & Monitoring Tools etc.

g. Propose & implement required hardware, software, tools middleware, APIs, ancillary components and support requirements to implement the target architecture (except for the purchase of Informatica suite of products). All hardware procured must be of the latest version.

h. Implementing the entire Next-Gen EDW solution at Bank of India premises

i. Examine data quality issues / gaps like accuracy, consistency, integrity, validity, completeness of the source data and suggest enrichment of the data at the source systems for advanced analysis and business reporting

j. Define requirements of capturing additional data fields at application level, further customization scope and capabilities as per the requirements of the Bank.

k. Implement advanced analytics use cases as mentioned in Functional Requirements section of the BRD

l. Integration with all downstream applications of the Bank to provide data as per required formats using various integration techniques including but not limited to APIs, SFTP, etc.

m. Implementation and maintenance services including hardware sizing, hardware procurement and installation of associated software and hardware related to Next Generation EDW Solution, across all data centre sites as primary and DR

n. Conducting training for different users of the MIS department of the bank and as well as business users on the Next Gen EDW Solution.

o. Implementing Big Data Lake Solution for structured, semi-structured & un-structured data.

p. Implementing tools to monitor the Next Gen EDW solution stack while leveraging the existing tool stack to the maximum extent possible.

q. Implementing appropriate Audit Based Controls and reporting.

r. Implementing the solution required to ensure business continuity as per bank’s BCP at the DR site(s) identified by the bank.

s. Implementing Data Archival, Data Backup & Retrieval and Data Encryption & data masking as per bank’s policies

t. Unit Testing, System Integration Testing of the implemented solution, supporting UAT for the implemented solution. The SI has to create test strategy, test scenarios and test cases for all the solution components being proposed as part of the target solution.

u. Usage of Licences: Bank reserves the right to extend software/application Licenses (except CDC & ETL Licenses) to Bank’s sponsored Regional Rural



Banks (RRBs), subsidiaries, associates with same terms and conditions. The SI should factor-in enterprise wide application licensing. Only new customization and implementation charges would be discussed if bank decides to deploy the same to its 3 RRBs, subsidiaries, associates or other offices.

v. The Bank has recently procured a separate Exadata appliance for OFSAA and migrated on to new appliance. Bank, however, needs SI to procure additional licenses for OFSAA modules and provide OFSAA support as per below. Refer to Annexure 7.2 OFSAA: Change Requests and Licencing Requirement for detailed license requirements.

Procurement of additional licenses (employee based / asset based) for existing following Modules:

MFTP (Employee based requirement of GAP license for 9257

employees)

PFT (Employee based requirement of GAP license for 9257

employees)

ALM (Employee based requirement of GAP license for 9257

employees)

LRM (Asset based GAP license for 20 billion $)

Procurement of required licenses for OFSAA RAROC & IndAS modules.

Procurement of OFSAA CRMS (Basel-III) licenses upon Migration from

existing Reveleus CRMS (Basel-II). Estimated additional licenses upon

migration from Reveleus is 36 billion $.

Procurement of ERWin Licenses

Implementation of New OFSAA Modules with licenses. Refer to Annexure

7.2 OFSAA: Change Requests and Licencing Requirement for detailed

license requirements

Ind-AS for Finance Department.

RAROC for RMD Department.

Procurement of AMC, ATC, DDR for Exadata X8-2 Quarter Rack at DC &

DR sites from 01 Sept 2025 till end of contract period. The bank has

agreed upon the ATC/AMC/DDR price with the OEM till 01 Sept 2025.

The SI will have to invoice the bank for the agreed amount and pay the

same to the OEM.

Managing Exadata X8-2 Quarter Rack at DC & DR throughout the

contract period.

The scope for OFSAA RAROC includes but is not limited to:

Implementation of Basel 3 IRB (FIRB & AIRB) Models [building,

hosting and maintaining of various credit risk models like,

including but not limited to, PD, LGD, EAD, Maturity (M) Models

and Retail Pooling] for computation of Risk-Weighted Assets



(RWA) under RBI’s Revised IRB Guidelines issued at any time

during the Next Gen EDW Project Period.

Please refer to the BRD compliance document (Annexure 7.1) &

Annexure 7.2 for further requirements

The scope for OFSAA IndAS includes but is not limited to:

Classification categories (IFRS9 Phase1) of the financial assets

based on the entity’s criteria (provided by bank) with reference to

Business Model & SPPI criteria. Solution to provide pre-configured

rules for Business Model and SPPI Test.

Classification of financial asset in the categories as defined in Ind

AS. System should enable classifications into three categories i.e.

Amortized cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income

(FVOCI) and Fair value through Profit and Loss account (FVTPL).

Pre-defined (out of box) rules for IFRS9 Stage 1, Stage 2 & Stage

3. The rules listed below for stage determination should be

supported out of the box: Rating Based, LTV Based, DPD Based,

New Account Origination Based, Industry Based, Country Based

etc.

Compute 12 months ECL & Lifetime ECL based on stage

assignment. Implement out of box methodologies for computation

of 12 months ECL & Lifetime ECL. Configure computation of ECL

using Cashflow Based Method, Provision Matrix Method,

Recovery Rate Method & Collateral Value Based Method.

Compute ECL at portfolio, legal entity, LOB, subsidiary & group

levels. System should support provisions based current RBI

norms, EIR calculation of credit impaired assets, calculation of

credit shortfall based on forecast cash flows, rating migration,

specific provisions.

Meet the banks reporting needs across Provision related, Stage

Determination related, Income Adjustment and ECL

Reconciliation. System should be able to drill down the ECL, PD,

LGD and EAD estimation into industry wise, vertical wise, product

wise, collateral wise, year wise/quarter wise/Other frequencies. o

System should support standard pre-packaged and customized

reports for IFRS9.

Support amortization of

fees/commission/costs/discounts/premiums as integral part of EIR

computation and provide for optimal utilization of available

collaterals at facility level as part of ECL computation in line with

the regulatory guidelines. The system should be able to use all

collaterals for Ind AS 109 including financial collaterals.



Capability to define, upload, and customize user defined model

methodology. Assessment of a significant increase in credit risk

(SICR) based on qualitative as well as quantitative parameters.

Support PD Term Structure for multiple Scenarios and interpolate

PD based on Bank’s Retail & Non-Retail Model definitions.

Ability to configure Through the Cycle (TTC) Probability of Default

(PD) term structure, 12 months and lifetime, at an exposure level,

based on user-defined mapping tables in the ECL model.

Build models for Asset Liability Management (Core vs. Non-Core,

Prepayments) and Probability of Default (PD) and Loss Given

Default (LGD) models for IND AS-109: Financial Instruments

Build a framework to manage models including designing, testing

and maintaining the models for the bank

End-to-end data management, modelling and machine learning

lifecycle can be established

Explanation of quantitative models and ability to write semantics

to support explanation of the model

Note: Please refer to the BRD compliance document (Annexure 7.1) &

Annexure 7.2 for further requirements.

The SI must support and maintain OFSAA solution implemented by the

bank. The activities include but are not limited to:

Generating OFSAA reports

Version upgrade

Deployment of patches, etc.

Performance tuning

Support ETLs required and data upload to OFSAA data base

Enhancements/ new reports required by the bank/ regulator

Development & Customizations to all OFSAA components as

required by the bank/ regulator

w. Providing Post-Implementation on-site support in accordance with the agreed SLRs for all activities including but not limited to:

Maintenance of the entire solution stack (hardware & software) for Next

Gen EDW solution and OFSAA solution

Maintenance of Exadata X8-2 Appliance for OFSAA.

Regular reporting of the solution’s performance in the format agreed with

the bank

Incident monitoring, resolution and reporting

Implementing any version upgrade, software upgrade, applying patches

& fixes, etc. for the implemented solution stack (hardware & software) at

no extra cost to the bank during the entire contract period.



The SI must perform Hardware and Firmware patching for application

server and database server at no extra cost to the bank during the entire

contract period.

Implementing any additional regulatory reports/ EASE requirements as

required by the bank

Implementing any ad-hoc reporting requirements of the bank

Implementing new analytical requirements of the bank

x. Managed Services: The SI must provide the below managed services:

VAPT: The SI to perform VAPT for the entire solution stack that will be managed by the SI

SI has to resolve VAPT gaps as per the InfoSec team guidelines

SI to apply all patches as per the InfoSec team guidelines & other requirements

y. Facility Management Services: Provide and maintain Facility Management services (FMS) at Bank’s office in Mumbai / Navi Mumbai as per Address for Communication mentioned in introduction section (part 1). Please refer to FMS scope for further details.

Note: Bidders must provide the list of all software and hardware that they intend to procure to

meet the requirements specified in this RFP. The BOQ must be as per the format specified in

the Format 6.13 of the RFP

3.4.4. Volumetric Details

Existing Approximate Data Volumes at DC for EDW:

The details will be provided upon submission of signed hard copy of the NDA & Integrity Pact as

per the format 6.2 & 6.17 respectively to the bank.

Existing Approximate Data Volumes at DC for OFSAA:



Existing Data Volumes at DR:

The existing data volumes at DR are same as data volumes at DC.

Existing ETL Volumes:



Existing CDC Volumes:





Existing Users Volumes:



Existing Reports & Dashboards:



Existing Network Bandwidth (DC-DR):



Existing e-Statements Data (CLICK-PS Solution):



Projected Volumes & Number of Users

Projected Users Volumes:



Projected Approximate Data Volumes at DC:



Estimated increase in Number of Reports & Dashboards:



Projected Big Data Lake Volumes:



3.5. Consortium

3.5.1. The shortlisted Bidder may have a tie-up with any OEM and/or service partner for



providing Next Generation EDW solution and solution components. However, the Bidder should have a relationship with the OEM and/or service partner and should have a back-to-back agreement to ensure that the total solution proposed is as a turnkey solution.

3.5.2. Bidder should have back-to-back support agreement with the OEM’s whose products are offered by the Bidder to the Bank. The bidder should have back-to-back support agreement with the service partner whose services are offered by the Bidder to the Bank.

3.5.3. The Bidder will have the sole responsibility for procurement, supply, installation, configuration, implementation, integration and operation of the entire solution stack. All contractual and commercial relationships shall be between the Bidder and the Bank.

No Bidder shall submit more than one Bid against this RFP. The OEM can participate with one/more bidders in the RFP.

3.6. Eligibility Criteria for the Bidder

a) The Bidder should be a registered company in India as per Companies Act 1956 / 2013

and must be in existence for the last 5 years on the date of RFP. (The Certificate of Incorporation issued by the Registrar of Companies along with the copies of Memorandum and Articles of Association have to be submitted along with the technical bid).

b) The Bidder must have minimum annual turnover of Rs.500 Crores for each of the last three (3) financial years, i.e. FY 2017-18, FY 2018-19 and FY 2019-20. This must be the individual company turnover and not that of any group of companies. The Bidder should also be in net profit or Positive Net worth after tax during these three financial years. (Certified / Audited Balance Sheets and P&L statements for last 3 years should be submitted in support of the turnover and profitability.) The Bidder should submit a Certificate from their Chartered Accountants regarding their financial capability.

c) The Auditor/ Firm/ Company/LLP or its group company / subsidiary company / holding

company /affiliate /associate company / partner of bidder should not have been black listed and/ or banned and / or barred and / or disqualified and /or prohibited by SEBI and /or RBI and /or NCLT and / or NCLAT and / or any court of law and / or quasi-judicial authority and / or any other statutory and / or regulatory authority.

(A self-declaration letter by the Bidder, on the Company’s letterhead should be submitted along with technical bid.)

d) The Bidder or OEM or Service Partner should have experience in delivery, integration, installation, management and maintenance of Data Platform in at least one Indian Public Sector Bank/Private Bank/BFSI customer with 3000 branches or business mix of



1 Lakh Crore on 31 March, 2020 or Outside India with a global bank with more that USD 40 billion business mix as on 31.03.2020. The reference must cover the following areas:

Data Warehouse and support

Date Lake Implementation and support.

Business Intelligence / Advanced Analytics

Data Security (Masking and Encryption)

(Bidder or OEM or Service Partners should submit documentary proof of implementation, maintenance & support services by providing masked copy of Purchase order or Completion Certificate or Reference Letter from Client in Letter head or Statement of Work or Master Service agreement copy and documentary proof or reference documents for business mix criteria issued by the client. POCs done will not be treated as implementation, experience of the Bidder. All the documentary evidence must be in English. In case the documents are not in English, the Bidder/ Service Partner and/or OEM must obtain a signed copy of the document in English from the client and/or a signed letter from the client on client’s letterhead in English endorsing & providing details of the services availed from the bidder/ OEM/ Service Partner. In the absence of the documentary evidence in English, the reference/ citation/ claim will not be valid.)

e) Bidder must have arrangements/back to back tie-ups with OEM & Service Partners to undertake all software upgrades / modifications necessary to conform to any changes or modifications required by the Bank and in compliance of RBI/ regulatory compliance (in time bound manner), from time to time, during the contract period (Bidder must submit a letter from the OEMs & Service Partners confirming the “Back-to-Back” agreement / arrangement along with Technical Bid)

f) Bidder to confirm that all the technical / functional requirements mentioned in this RFP are covered in totality in the proposal submitted by him. (Self-undertaking on company letter head to be provided)

g) Bidder, OEM & Service Partners should have atleast 500 resources on its rolls across areas like Analytics, Data Science, Data Warehouse / Data Lake Implementation, etc. for the respective services provided to the bank. (Undertaking from the bidder on bidder’s letter head signed by the authorized signatory of the bidder.

h) Bidder should have an office registered in India and support office in Mumbai (List of branch / service centre with full details of Name, Address / Telephone Numbers with escalation matrix should be attached.)

i) Bidder should be CMMI Level 5 and above certified organization in any one of the last

three years. (Bidder to provide a copy of CMMI level 5 Certification)



3.7. Eligibility Criteria for the OEM (As on the date of RFP)

a) The OEM should have a minimum annual turnover of at least Rs. 300 crores in each of the last three applicable financial years. (i.e. 2017-18, 2018-19 & 2019-20) with the exception of e-statement & ADF solution OEMs.

(Bidder to provide Audited financial statements indicating the annual turnover as set forth in the minimum eligibility criteria OR Auditor / Chartered Accountant Certificate)

b) The OEM should have a local presence of support Centre within India

(Bidder to submit List of branch / service centre with full details of Name, Address / Telephone Numbers with escalation matrix should be attached.)

c) Any of the proposed solution should have been implemented in atleast 2 Public/Private sector banks in India/abroad. The proposed solution should be the latest version.

(Bidder to submit Satisfaction / credential letter from the OEM clearly stating the scope of work, modules implemented, coverage, value of work and user base of the solution)

d) The Proposed Analytics and Reporting tool should appear in Gartner's Magic Quadrant

or Forrester wave report or any equivalent research report. (Bidder need to submit a copy of reference of such product.)

3.8. Cost of Bidding

3.8.1. The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Bank will in no case be responsible or liable for these costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the Bidding process.

B. Bidding Document 3.9. The Bidding Documents

3.9.1. Content of Bidding Documents

The products required, Bidding procedures, and contract terms are prescribed in the Bidding Documents. The Bidding Documents include:

(a) PART 1 - Invitation to Bid (ITB) (b) PART 2 - Disclaimer (c) PART 3 - Instruction for Bidders (IFB) (d) PART 4 - Terms and Conditions of Contract (TCC) (e) PART 5 - Detail Scope of Work (DSW) (f) PART 6 - Bid Forms, Price Schedules & Price Sheet and other formats (BF) (g) PART 7 - Annexure (ANNEX)

3.9.2. The bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all information required



by the Bidding Document or to submit a Bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Document in every respect will be at the Bidder’s risk and may result in the rejection of the Bid.

3.9.3. All the documentary evidence must be in English. In case the documents are not in English, the Bidder, Service Partner and/or OEM must obtain a signed copy of the document in English from the client and/or a signed letter from the client on client’s letterhead in English endorsing & providing details of the services availed from the Bidder/ OEM/ Service Partner. In the absence of the documentary evidence in English, the reference/ citation/ claim will not be valid.

3.10. Clarification of Bidding Documents

3.10.1. Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Document may notify the Bank in writing at the address or by e-mail indicated in Invitation to Bid on or before the date as mentioned in section A Introduction under Part 1: Invitation to Bid

Sr. No. Section No. in RFP Page No. in

RFP Particulars as mentioned in RFP

Query

3.10.2. A pre-bid meeting is scheduled as per the dates mentioned in section A Introduction under Part 1: Invitation to Bid

3.10.3. In case Bank decides to conduct Pre-Bid meeting remotely instead of at our office premises, the change will be published with schedule date, time of the meeting & other details on our website under ‘Tenders’)

3.11. Amendment of Bidding Documents

3.11.1. At any time prior to the deadline for submission of Bids, the Bank, for any reason, whether, at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder, may modify the Bidding Document, by amendment.

3.11.2. Notification of amendments will be put up on the Bank’s Website and will be binding on all Bidders.

3.11.3. In order to allow prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take the amendment into account in preparing their Bids, the Bank, at its discretion, may extend the deadline for a reasonable period as decided by the Bank for the submission of Bids.

C. Preparation of Bid 3.12. Language of Bid

3.12.1. The Bid prepared by the Bidder, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Bank and supporting



documents and printed literature shall be written in English.

3.13. Format and Signing of Bid

3.13.1. Each bid shall be in two parts: -

Part I- Technical Proposal.

Part II- Price / Commercial Proposal.

The two parts should be in two separate covers, each super-scribed with the name of the Project as well as “Technical Proposal” and “Price Proposal” as the case may be.

3.13.2. The Bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the Bidder to the Contract. The person or persons signing the Bids shall initial all pages of the Bids, except for un-amended printed literature.

3.13.3. Any inter-lineation’s, erasures or overwriting shall be valid only if they are initialled by the person signing the Bids. The Bank reserves the right to reject bids not confirming to above.

3.14. Documents Comprising the Bid

3.14.1. Documents comprising the Technical Bid Envelope, should contain the following:

a. Bid Form (Technical Bid) as per Format 6.1.1 and duly signed by the Bidder. b. Non-Disclosure Agreement as per Format 6.2. c. Bid Security deposit of Rs.10,00,000/- (Rupees Ten lakhs only) as specified

in Clause 3.19 and as per the Format 6.4 - Bid Security Form and Bid Security declaration as per the format 6.21 for MSEs and firms registered with concerned ministries/departments.

d. OEMs authorization form as per format 6.8 wherever applicable. e. Organizational Profile as per format 6.10. f. Service Support Details form as per Format 6.11 g. A Complete Bill of Material with quantity, module name, version etc. as per

format 6.13. Please note that no price should be mentioned in this Format. h. Bidders undertaking for support services as per format 6.14 that adequate

specialized expertise are available to ensure the fault free operation of the proposed solution and maintenance during the support period.

i. Conformity to Eligibility Criteria in accordance with clause 3.5 and clause 3.6 and as per format 6.15.

j. Business Rules and Terms & Conditions of Reverse Auction 6.16 with Annexure A, B, C

k. Integrity Pact – Format 6.17



l. Self-Declaration for Non-Blacklisting Format 6.18 m. Application Source Code Integrity Statement Format 6.19 n. Know Your Employee (KYE) Compliance Format 6.20 o. Format of Certificate for tenders for works under Rule 144 (XI) in the General

Financial Rules (GFR’s) 2017 – Format 6.22 p. Certificate for No Deviation – Format 6.25 q. Documentary evidence establishing that the products, systems and ancillary

services to be supplied by the Bidder are eligible products and services and conform to Part 5 of the Bidding Document.

r. Business Requirement Compliance as mentioned in this RFP – Annexure 7.1 s. A full description of the Technical Solution and its compliance, which must

provide an acceptable solution as described in PART 5: Detail Scope of Work in the form of literature, drawing, data, Proposed Methodology, Approach and Action Plan to implement the end-to-end project for the contract period.

t. Details of Projects Handled / Referral Letters as per Clause 3.5. u. Additionally, a Masked price bid should be kept with the Technical bid i.e. Bill

of Materials as per format 6.3, listing the components as listed in the Masked Price Schedule without indicating the price in another separate closed / sealed cover. Please note that no price should be mentioned in this format.

v. Project Team CV’s as per the format 6.26 w. Undertaking for Consortium Support Services – Format 6.27

Additionally, a Masked price bid should be kept with the Technical bid i.e. Bill of Materials as per format 6.13, listing the components as listed in the Masked Price Schedule without indicating the price in another separate closed / sealed cover. Please note that no price should be mentioned in this format.

While submitting the Bid, forms like those of Bid Security, MAF as mentioned above, etc. should form the main section and should be submitted in one lot, separate from the section containing literature on the proposed solution and annual accounts.

3.14.2. Documents comprising Price Bid Envelope, should be:

a) Price Bid Form as per Format 6.1.2 b) The Price Schedule as per Format 6.3 as furnished in the Bidding Documents

duly signed by the Bidder and completed. c) A Full Price List of the solution indicating all the components of the solution and

services with the prices as per the format listed in Annexure, in one separate closed sealed cover.

d) Price bids containing any deviations or similar clauses will be summarily rejected.

3.15. Bid Submission

The Bidder shall complete both the Envelopes of the Bid Forms furnished in the Bidding Document separately. Bids are liable to be rejected if only one (i.e. Technical Bid or Price Bid) is received. The Technical Bid MUST NOT contain any PRICE Information. Any Technical bid



with price information will be summarily rejected The Technical bids must be properly indexed as per the format prescribed for submission below.

Cover Page

Table of Contents

Executive Summary

Forms 6.1 to 6.27 (as applicable)

Eligibility Criteria fulfilment table

Documentary evidence of Bidder, OEM & Service Provide experience/ credentials

Bidder, OEM & Service Provider’s Financial statements as per the eligibility criteria mentioned in the RFP

Scope of work

Proposed solution architecture & its description

Description of solution components

Project Plan and Deliverables

Project Approach & Methodology

Post-Implementation support

Training

Proposed Team

Project Team CVs

Software BOQ

Hardware BOQ

Business Requirement Compliance Document (Annexure 7.1)

Masked Price Bid (No Price information must be included.)

Bidder/ OEM/ Service Provider’s Successfully Implemented & Live case studies for the solution components proposed

3.16. Bid Prices

3.16.1. The prices indicated in the Price Schedule shall be entered in the following manner:

a) The total price quoted must be inclusive of cost of providing services for installation, testing and commissioning of the Solution and support, all applicable taxes, duties, levies, charges etc., as also cost of incidental services such as transportation, insurance, training etc., but exclusive of GST/Sales/Service tax and /or VAT payable in the respective State and Octroi or entry-tax or such similar tax, payable to Local Government / Municipal authorities, which will be reimbursed on production of original receipts.

b) Prices quoted as above shall be valid for a minimum period of 180 days from last

date for submission of the tender.

The Vendor cannot quote for the project in part.

3.16.2. Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s performance of the Contract and shall not be subject to variation on any account, including exchange



rate fluctuations, changes in taxes, duties, levies, charges etc. A Bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation will be treated as non-responsive and will be rejected.

3.16.3. However, during the contract period, if the market price of services have been on the lower side, the Bank will request the vendor to revise the rates with mutual consent.

3.17. Bid Currencies

3.17.1. Bids are to be quoted in Indian Rupees only.

3.18. Documents Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications

3.18.1. The bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, documents establishing the bidder’s eligibility to Bid and its qualifications to perform the Contract, if its Bid is accepted.

3.18.2. The documentary evidence of the bidder’s qualifications to perform the Contract if its Bid is accepted, shall establish to the Bank’s satisfaction:

a) that, in the case of a bidder offering to supply products and/or systems under the Contract which the bidder did not produce, the bidder has been duly authorized as per authorization format 6.8 given in the Bid, by the products’ producer to supply the products and/or systems in India;

b) that the Bidder has the technical and production capability necessary to perform

the Contract as per format 6.10 (Organization Profile);

c) That adequate, specialized related software expertise is already available, to ensure that the support services are responsive, and the bidder will assume total responsibility for the fault-free operation of the solution proposed and maintenance till the end of the contract period.

3.19. Documents Establishing Eligibility of Products and Conformity to Bid

Documents

3.19.1. The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, documents establishing the eligibility and conformity to the bidding documents of all products and / or system and/or services, which the bidder proposes to supply under the Contract.

3.20. Bid Security

3.20.1. The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, a Bid Security as specified in Clause 3.11.1 (f).

3.20.2. The Bid security is required to protect the Bank against the risk of bidder’s conduct, which would warrant the security’s forfeiture.

3.20.3. The Bid security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees and shall be in one of the following forms:

a) a bank guarantee issued by a nationalized public sector/Private bank in India (other than Bank of India), acceptable to the Bank, in the form as per format 6.4 provided in the Bid, valid for one eighty (180) days beyond the validity of the Bid;



OR

b) a Banker’s Cheque / Demand Draft, issued by a nationalized/public/private sector

bank in India, drawn in favour of Bank of India and valid for six months.

3.20.4. Any Bid not secured, as above, will be rejected by the Bank, as non-responsive.

3.20.5. Unsuccessful bidders’ Bid security will be discharged or returned as promptly as possible but not later than sixty (60) days after the expiration of the period of Bid validity (i.e. not later than prescribed by the Bank).

3.20.6. The successful bidder’s Bid security will be discharged upon the bidder signing the Contract and furnishing the performance security as per format 6.6.

3.20.7. The Bid security may be forfeited:

a) if a bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of Bid validity specified by the bidder on the Bid Form; or

b) if a bidder makes any statement or encloses any form which turns out to be false

/ incorrect at any time prior to signing of Contract; or c) in the case of a successful bidder, if the bidder fails;

(i) to sign the Contract within 30 days from the PO issue date; OR

(ii) To furnish Performance Security, as mentioned in Clause 3.37 herein.

3.21. Period of Validity of Bids

3.21.1. Bids shall remain valid for a period of 180 days from the date of opening of the Bid. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Bank as non-responsive.

3.21.2. In exceptional circumstances, the Bank may solicit the bidders’ consent to an extension of the period of validity. The request and the responses thereto, shall be made in writing. The Bid security provided shall also be suitably extended. A bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid security.

D. Submission of Bids

3.22. Sealing and Marking of Bids

3.22.1. The Bidders shall seal the envelopes containing “Technical Bid” and “Price Bid” separately and the two envelopes shall be enclosed and sealed in an outer envelope. The Bidder should additionally submit soft copies of the Technical Specification in the form of USB Drive. Kindly ensure the document in USB drive before submission.

3.22.2. The inner and outer envelopes shall:

a) be addressed to the Bank at the address given; and b) Bear the Project Name " RFP for SI Selection for Implementation of Next



Generation DWH Solution”, and a statement: “DO NOT OPEN BEFORE (mention respective bid opening dates)”.

c) All envelopes should indicate on the cover the name and address of the bidder.

3.22.3. If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked, the Bank will assume no responsibility for the Bid’s misplacement or premature opening.

3.23. Deadline for Submission of Bids

3.23.1. Bids must be received by the Bank at the address specified, no later than the date and time specified in the Invitation to Bid.

3.23.2. The Bank may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for the submission of Bids by amending the Bid Documents, in which case, all rights and obligations of the Bank and bidders, previously subject to the deadline, will thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

3.24. Late Bids

3.24.1. Any Bid received by the Bank after the deadline for submission of Bids prescribed, will be rejected and returned unopened to the Bidder.

3.25. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids

3.25.1. The Bidder may modify or withdraw its Bid after the Bid’s submission, provided that written notice of the modification, including substitution or withdrawal of the Bids, is received by the Bank, prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of Bids.

3.25.2. The Bidder’s modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed, marked and dispatched. A withdrawal notice may also be sent by fax, but followed by a signed confirmation copy, postmarked not later than the deadline for submission of Bids.

3.25.3. No Bid may be modified after the deadline for submission of Bids.

3.25.4. No Bid may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission of Bids and the expiration of the period of Bid validity specified by the bidder on the Bid Form. Withdrawal of a Bid during this interval may result in the bidder’s forfeiture of its Bid security.



E. Bid Opening and Evaluation 3.26. Opening of Bids by the Bank

3.26.1. Bidder name, bid modifications or withdrawals and the presence or absence of requisite Bid Security and such other details as the Bank, at its discretion, may consider appropriate, will be announced at the Bid opening. No bid shall be rejected at bid opening, except for late bids, which shall be returned unopened to the Bidder.

3.26.2. Bids (and modifications sent) that are not opened at Bid Opening shall not be considered further for evaluation, irrespective of the circumstances. Withdrawn bids will be returned unopened to the Bidders.

3.27. Clarification of Bids

3.27.1. During evaluation of the Bids, the Bank, at its discretion, may ask the bidder for clarification of its Bid. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing, and no change in the prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted.

3.28. Preliminary Examination

3.28.1. The Bank will examine the Bids to determine whether they are complete, required formats have been furnished, the documents have been properly signed, and the Bids are generally in order.

3.28.2. The Bank may, at its discretion, waive any minor infirmity, non-conformity, or irregularity in a Bid, which does not constitute a material deviation.

3.28.3. The Bank will first examine whether the Bid and the bidder is eligible in terms of Clause 3.5.

3.28.4. Prior to the detailed evaluation, the Bank will determine the substantial responsiveness of each Bid to the Bidding Document. For purposes of these Clauses, a substantially responsive Bid is one, which conforms to all the terms and conditions of the Bidding Document, without material deviations. Deviations from, or objections or reservations to critical provisions, such as those concerning Bid Security, Applicable Law, Performance Security, Qualification Criteria, Insurance, AMC and Force Majeure will be deemed to be a material deviation. The Bank’s determination of a Bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the Bid itself, without recourse to extrinsic evidence. The Bank reserves the right to evaluate the bids on technical and functional parameters, including possible visit to inspect live site/s of the Vendor and witness demos of the system and verify functionalities, response times, etc.

3.28.5. If a Bid is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Bank and may not



subsequently be made responsive by the bidder by correction of the non-conformity. The technical evaluation will take into account the capability of the bidder to implement the proposed solution.

3.28.6. Only those bidders whose Technical bids have been found substantially responsive would be intimated by the Bank about their responsiveness and about the revised / updated Technical & Functional Specification (if any) arising out of normalization (if any). In case of normalization and/or revision, they would also be advised to submit fresh “Price Bid” which should either be equal to or less than the Prices quoted in the Original Price Bid. The Original and revised price bids as above would then be opened in the presence of the bidders’ representatives on a specified date and time to be intimated to the respective bidders. The lower of the two prices quoted by the bidders shall only be reckoned for the purpose of price evaluation.

3.29. Technical Evaluation

3.29.1. Only those bidders and Bids who have been found to be in the conformity of the eligibility terms and conditions during the preliminary evaluation, would be taken up by the Bank for further detailed evaluation. Those Bids, which do not qualify the eligibility criteria and all terms during preliminary examination, will not be taken up for further evaluation.

3.29.2. The Bank may use the services of external consultants for technical evaluation.

3.29.3. The Bank reserves the right to evaluate the bids on technical and functional parameters, including visit to inspect live site/s of the bidder and witness demos of the system and verify functionalities, response times, etc in which all the travelling/lodging etc. expenses will be borne by the Bidder.

3.29.4. The Bank will do the evaluation on the responses provided by the bidder in the Format 6.16.

3.29.5. Bank reserves the right to waive any of the Technical and Functional Specifications during technical evaluation, if in the Bank’s opinion it is found to be minor deviation or acceptable deviation.

3.29.6. Bill of Materials (with Masked Price Schedule) submitted along with Technical Bid will be first evaluated and if the Bank, during the evaluation, deems it fit, may request bidder to revise the bill of materials submitted originally in the pricing schedule. If the bidder does not agree to revise the same within 5 days from the date of notification to revise the price bid submitted, it will be considered non-responsive and accordingly rejected.



3.30. Opening of Price Bids / Reverse Auction

3.30.1. Only those bids which are found to be technically responsive will be informed of the date / time / venue of opening of price bids / reverse auction.

3.30.2. The Technical Bids will be evaluated as per eligibility criteria. Thereafter the Bank reserves the right of selection of vendor by opening of Commercial Bids or rates quoted by the vendors in reverse auction (who are found eligible after evaluation of Technical Bids).

3.30.3. After opening of price bids and declaring the prices, the Bank will evaluate and compare the Price Bids. Alternatively, the Bank may shortlist the vendors, who were found eligible after evaluation of Technical Bids, for participating in the reverse auction after opening the price bids.

3.30.4. Arithmetical errors will be rectified on the following basis. If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail, and the total price shall be corrected. If the Successful Bidder does not accept the correction of the errors, its Bid will be rejected, and its Bid security may be forfeited. If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words will prevail.

3.30.5. The Bank’s evaluation of a Price Bid will take into account, in addition to the Bid price quoted, one or more of the following factors:

a) Deviations in payment schedule & Delivery Schedule from that specified;

b) Deviation in prices quoted; c) Other specific criteria indicated in the Bid and/or in the Technical & Functional

Specifications & Price schedule.

3.30.6. For factors retained in the Bid, one or more of the following quantification methods will be applied:

(a) Payment schedule.

The Clause 6.24 stipulates the payment schedule offered by the Bank.

(b) Delivery Schedule:

The products and/or Systems and/or Services covered under this bid are to be supplied, installed and commissioned within timelines given for implementation of Phases. No credit will be given to early deliveries. For delayed deliveries an adjustment of 0.5% of the Bid price per week or part thereof will be added to the price bid for evaluation of Bids.



(c) Quotation of Prices for all Items

The Bidder should quote for complete consignment of items proposed / listed in

this Bid. In case, prices are not quoted by any bidder for any specific item / product / service for the purpose of evaluation, the highest of the prices quoted by other bidders, participating in the bidding process, will be reckoned as the notional price for that product / service, for that bidder. However, if selected, at the time of award of Contract, the lowest of the price(s) quoted by other bidders (whose Price Bids are also opened) for that product / service will be reckoned. This shall be binding on all the bidders. However, the Bank reserves the right to reject all such incomplete bids.

3.31. Bid Evaluation Process

3.31.1. Evaluation of Technical Bids

1. The Technical Bids would be evaluated by the Tender Evaluation Committee based on the

Technical evaluation criteria and sub criteria listed below.

2. When deemed necessary, the Tender Evaluation Committee may seek clarifications on

relevant aspects from the Bidder. However, that would not entitle the Bidder to change or

cause any change in the substance of the Bid submitted or price quoted.

3. Bids will be reviewed to assess compliance with the requirements set out in this RFP. Bids

that do not fully comply with the minimum requirements will be rejected without further

consideration.

4. To qualify in the technical round, the Bidder needs to score a minimum of 70 marks in the

technical evaluation

a. Overall Technical Bid Evaluation Parameters



b. Stage A Scoring

The Bidder should provide a response to each of the functionalities listed in BRD. The response must specify whether the solution proposed by the Bidder is compliant with the functional requirement or not. Compliance for each functional requirement may be marked as:

Compliant Out-of-Box functionality

Compliant with customization

Non-Compliant The Bidder’s response to the functional requirements stating how the proposed solution is compliant shall be evaluated. If a response has been filled in against a functional requirement under more than one head i.e. ‘Compliant Out-of-Box’, ‘Compliant with customization’, ‘Non-Compliant’, it shall be treated as non-compliant functionality. If any response is not filled, it shall be considered as ‘Non-Compliant’. Note 1: The functional and non-functional requirements mentioned in the BRD are the minimum requirements, the Bidder can suggest additional requirements as deemed necessary to cover the entire landscape of Next Generation DWH Solution. Note 2: All costs associated with the Out-of-Box and Customization of the solution will be borne by the Bidder

c. Functional Requirements Compliance (A1) Scoring

Functional Requirements Scoring Mechanism:

Functional Compliance Evaluation Score

Compliant as ‘Out of Box’ functionality

Evaluated as “Out of Box” functionality of the solution.

1

Compliant with customization

Evaluated as a functionality of the solution with customization.

0.75

Non-Compliant The functionality is not available in the solution.

0

1. The functional requirements are segregated across Architecture Building Layers 2. Bidders will be scored for functional compliance against the requirements under each

architecture layer. 3. 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑢𝑡𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 =

[1∗(𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑂𝑢𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑜𝑥 𝑅𝑒𝑞.)+0.75∗(𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐶𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑧𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑞.)]

𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝐵𝑅𝐷

4. The total compliance score for all the functional requirements segregated across architecture layers will be scaled to a maximum of 40 marks as shown below:

𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑒𝑞. 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 (𝑨𝟏) = 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 ∗ 40 Below is an illustration of Functional Requirement Scoring (A1)



Total No. of Requirements

No. of Requirements “Compliant Out of Box”

No. of Requirements “Compliant with Customization”

No. of Requirements “Not Compliant”

Scaled Compliance Score

96 35 45 16 [(1*35+0.75*45) *40)]

/96 = 28.64

d. Non-Functional Requirements Compliance (A2) Scoring

1. The non-functional requirements cover hardware, software solution, security, DC/DR to be

supplied as a part of the overall solution.

2. Bidder should clearly specify detailed year wise configuration, specifications, and quantities

of hardware, and software at various levels of performance. A detailed unpriced Bill of

Quantities (BOQ) with Part Numbers should be provided in the Technical Bid.

3. The Bidder should specify detailed solution architecture, deployment and integration

architecture covering logical and physical components and security architecture

4. The bidder should specify their proposed product names against each solution component

in the solution architecture in the format specified in BOQ.

5. The hardware should be scalable to support the business volume as specified in Volumetric

Details in the RFP

6. The application software that is being provided as a part of the solution offering is expected to comply with the non-functional requirements as specified in the BRD

Non-Functional Requirements Scoring Mechanism

Functional Compliance Evaluation Score

Compliant as standard ‘Out of Box’ functionality

Evaluated as standard “Out of Box” functionality of the solution.

1

Compliant with customization Evaluated as a standard functionality of the solution with customization.

0.75

Non-Compliant The functionality is not available in the solution.

0

1. Non-functional requirements are applicable to all Architecture Building Layers

2. 𝑁𝑜𝑛 − 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑢𝑡𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛: =[1∗(𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑂𝑢𝑡 𝑜𝑓 𝐵𝑜𝑥 𝑅𝑒𝑞.)+0.75∗(𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑡 𝑤𝑖𝑡ℎ 𝐶𝑢𝑠𝑡𝑜𝑚𝑖𝑧𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛 𝑅𝑒𝑞.)]

𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝑁𝑜𝑛−𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑟𝑒𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝐵𝑅𝐷

3. The total compliance score for all the Non-Functional requirements segregated across

all architecture layers will be scaled to a maximum of 60 marks as shown below:

𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑁𝑜𝑛 − 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑅𝑒𝑞. 𝐶𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 (𝐴2)

= 𝑁𝑜𝑛 − 𝐹𝑢𝑛𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙 𝑆𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑚𝑝𝑢𝑡𝑒𝑑 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒 ∗ 60

Below is an illustration of Non-Functional Requirement Scoring (A2)



Total No. of Requirements

No. of Requirements “Compliant Out of Box”

No. of Requirements “Compliant with Customization”

No. of Requirements “Not Compliant”

Scaled Compliance Score

159 75 60 24 [(1*75+0.75*60) * 60)]

/159 = 45.28

e. Final Score for Stage A

Score of Stage A = Score on compliance with Functional Requirements (A1) + Score on compliance with Non-Functional

Requirements (A2)

Below is an illustration of Final Score for Stage A

Score on compliance with Functional Requirements (A1)

Score on compliance with Non-Functional Requirements (A2)

Final Score (A1+A2)

28.64 45.28 73.92



f. Stage B Scoring

3.31.1.f.1. Bidder Experience (B1) Scoring

The Bidder shall be rated on its previous experience as per the criteria mentioned below in the table:

Sr. No

Criteria Marks Max. Score

Supporting Documentation

1

The Bidder or OEM or Service Partners should have experience in implementing the Proposed Data Platform Solution covering the below capabilities in India or abroad The concerned project should have been implemented and currently in production

1 Implementation

2 or more implementations

14 Copy of the Credential Letter or Copy of Purchase order or Email Confirmation from the client’s executive through corporate email id.

a) Enterprise Data Warehouse & Support management

1 3

b) Advanced Analytics

1 3

c) Business Intelligence and Decision Support System

1 3

d) Data Security (Encryption and Masking)

1 2

e) Data Lake and Support Management

1 3

2 Bidder or OEM or Service Partners must have implemented the use cases as per the list below in India or abroad

Copy of the Credential Letter or Copy of Purchase order or Email Confirmation from the client’s executive through

2.1 Customer Analytics

Any 12 out of the list (1 mark for each of the use cases)

12



2.1.1 Customer Segmentation

corporate email id.

2.1.2 Customer Lifetime Value Analysis

2.1.3 Churn Analytics

2.1.4 Next Best Action

2.1.5 Cross Sell Analytics

2.2 Operational Analytics

2.2.1 Performance Analysis

2.2.2 Agent optimization

2.2.3 Productivity Analytics

2.3 Financial Analytics

2.3.1 Delinquency/Default Analysis

2.3.2 Acquisition Analytics

2.3.3 Financial Statement Analytics

2.4 Channel Analytics

2.4.1 ATM and Branch Cash Optimization

2.4.2 Location based offers

2.4.3 Channel Affinity

2.4.4 Social media analytics

3 Bidder Must have implemented Analytics with AI / ML/RPA solution in Python, Scala, Java, Spark, R and Matlab environments

Two implementations of AI/ML/RPA (any two) will get 4 marks. One Implementation carries 2 marks

4 Copy of the Credential Letter or Copy of Purchase order or Email Confirmation from the client’s executive through corporate email id.

4 Bidder must have implemented MFTP, PFT, ALM, and LRM modules of OFSAA in at least one scheduled commercial bank in India

Each module of Implementation Carries 1 marks

6



5 Bidder or OEM or Service Partner must have implemented generation of e-statement i.e. Statement of account of customer in PDF file format with password protected including design and format

Implementation Carries 2 marks 2

6 Bidder or OEM or Service Partner must have implemented ADF reports of RBI in XBRL file format. Minimum 5 reports must have been implemented without any manual intervention.

Implementation Carries 2 marks 2

Total Marks 40

Note: Bank reserved the rights to use its channels/site visit/due diligence of bidder or OEM or service partners to check the authenticity of the certificates submitted by bidder or OEM or service partners The Bank may carry out Reference Site Visits and/or Telephonic interviews with the existing customers of the Bidder. The customer inputs and the real-world performance of the solution stack at the customer site would be considered by the Bank for assessment.

3.31.1.f.2. Team CVs (B2) Scoring

1. All members of the project team should have relevant and sufficient experience and

qualifications.

2. Names of core team members must be provided in the RFP response. The members must

be proposed for a minimum period of 24 months or till end of Phase 2 whichever comes later

for implementation.

3. The bank will not consider substitutions during contract negotiations except in cases of

incapacity of Named Resources (Project Lead, Project Manager and EDW / Big Data Lake

architect) for reasons of health/ separation from the organization. Similarly, after award of

contract the Bank expects all of the proposed Named Resources to be available during

implementation of the contract. For the reason where replacement is proposed by the Bidder

due to non-availability of the originally proposed Named Resources or in cases where



replacement has become necessary as a Named Resource proposed by the Bidder has

been found to be unsuitable for the project by Bank during contract negotiations/contract

implementation, the following shall apply:

a. The replacement shall have similar or better qualifications and experience. The Bank

reserves the right to interview the replacement candidate before giving its approval.

b. There should be a minimum of 2 weeks’ transition period between the outgoing Named

Resource and the incoming Named Resource. Any transition of less than 2 weeks will

attract a penalty of INR 100,000 per instance.

4. For the CVs proposed (other than Named Resources), the Bidder must provision proposed

resources or resources having similar or better qualification and experience mentioned in the CVs in the Bid. If required, the Bank may seek in person interview of the person being proposed.

5. In case any of the proposed resources are found to be not performing or not meeting the

expectations of Bank, the SI shall find a replacement for the resource with matching or better qualifications and experience within two weeks. Bank will evaluate the replacement profile and indicate the acceptance / rejection of the profile. If required, Bank may seek a personal interview of the person being proposed.

6. Named Resources should be present during the technical presentations.

7. Only one person can be proposed for the role of one Key Team Member. The Bidder must

provide the CVs in the format specified in section 6.27 of the RFP

8. The minimum experience/qualification requirements for the proposed key members and the

corresponding score for evaluation is mentioned below:

Sr. No.

Role Maximum Score

1 Project Lead: i. MBA / Engineer / Professionals from premier

institutes with at least 15+ years of work-

experience in leading large scale transformation

projects in BFSI Industry

ii. Minimum 10 years’ experience with a proven

record of accomplishment of handling Next

Generation EDW Solutions in BFSI Industry

iii. The candidate should have experience in

Advanced Analytics/AI/ML capabilities

3

2 Project Manager i. The candidate should have at least 10 years of

experience in project management for large

EDW/Big Data Lake Implementation projects in

BFSI Industry (also in Informatica suite

implementation) and OFSAA implementation.

ii. The candidate should have program managed

implementation of Next generation EDW

3



Sr. No.

Role Maximum Score

solution and should be an expert in program

management, project management, software

delivery and development of large-scale projects

iii. The candidate should hold a B.E / B.Tech.. or

equivalent degree.

3 EDW / Big Data Lake Solution Architect

i. The candidate should have at least 10 years of

hands-on design and implementation of Data

warehouse solutions and implementation of

Informatica CDC & Informatica ETL, Informatica

Meta Data Management, Informatica Master

Data Management), EDW solution, Oracle

Operational Data Store, Informatica Data

Quality & Data Governance with at least 5 years

of experience with large banks

ii. The candidate should have an extensive

understanding of handling Unstructured Data,

Big Data Lake Architecture and Platform and

should have implemented Big Data Lake in BFSI

industry

iii. The candidate should be able to own

governance of the data architecture and

technical delivery throughout the program

3

4 Data Scientist - AI/ML Specialist


hands on design and implementation of

Advanced Analytics, AI and ML Use Cases with

at least 5 years of experience for large banks


understanding of Advanced Analytics tools,

platform and should have worked on languages

such as Python, R, Scala, Java etc.

iii. The candidate should have advanced analytics

certification

iv. The candidate should hold a B.E / B.Tech.. or

equivalent degree.

3

5 Visualization SME


hands on design and implementation of Data

Visualization, Reporting and Dashboard with at

least 5 years of experience for large banks

2



Sr. No.

Role Maximum Score


understanding of Visualization Tools, KPI's for a

banking industry

iii. The candidate should hold a B.E/B. Tech or

equivalent degree

6 Database Administrator


hands on design and implementation databases

with at least 4 years of experience for large banks


understanding of RDBMS and different types of

data modelling methods viz. logical, physical and

multi-dimensional modelling

iii. The candidate should have experience in

database tuning and performance improvement of

large-scale data sets and high performance

solutions

iv. The candidate should be a B.E/B.Tech or an

equivalent degree holder

1.5

7 Banking Specialist & Functional Lead


hands on experience as a Functional Lead role in

Banking industry

ii. The candidate should have led activities of

building end to end functional and technology

requirements within domains such as Retail

Banking, Retail Lending, Digital Channels,

Payments etc.

iii. The candidate should also have hand on

experience as Product SME in applications such

as CBS, Asset Liability Management, CRM,

Internet Banking, Mobile Banking, Reporting &

Analytics, etc.

iv. The candidate should have experience in Finacle

7.x & Finacle 10.x Core Banking Solutions

1.5

8 Security Lead


hands on experience as a Security lead role in

DWH and Big Data Lake implementation projects

ii. The candidate should be a technical security SME

in DWH implementation with certification in CISA,

CISM or equivalent.

1



Sr. No.

Role Maximum Score

iii. The candidate should have led activities of

designing and implementing end to end security

for Data and transformation projects

iv. The candidate should hold a B.E / B.Tech or

equivalent degree.

9 QA Lead


hands on experience of Quality Assurance

projects in Banking industry

ii. The candidate should have experience in devising

test strategy, plan and approach that is

appropriate for the defined development model

iii. The candidate should be able to collaborate with

the client teams to ensure quality and on time

delivery of the test artefacts

iv. The candidate should hold a B.E / B.Tech or

equivalent degree.

1

10 IT Operations Lead


hands on experience of designing and setting up

of IT Operations in Banking industry

ii. The candidate should be able to create plans and

provide hands on support during emergencies,

releases and outages.

iii. The candidate must manage IT support help desk

process, IT Operations budget and staffing.

iv. The candidate should ensure day to day

operations of EDW solution applications,

infrastructure including Databases, Network and

servers

v. The candidate should hold a B.E / B.Tech or

equivalent degree.

1

Total Score 20

Note: The additional technical support team being proposed should have minimum 4 years of experience in CDC & ETL and minimum 5 years of experience in SQl/PL-SQL.

3.31.1.f.3. Bidder Presentation and Solution Evaluation (B3) Scoring

As an evaluation process, the Bidder will be invited by the Bank to deliver a presentation for a minimum 180 minutes on the proposed solution. The presentations will be rated by the Bank and scores will be assigned to each of the presentation. The Bidder Presentation scoring covers the following focus areas



Focus Area Description Maximum Score

Proposed Solution Evaluation

Solution Architecture Evaluation 8

Technology Components Evaluation

7

Implementation Methodology and Structured Walkthrough

Proposed implementation methodology, plan and project timelines, project team

5

Total Maximum Score for this section 20

1. The Bidder Presentation shall be conducted in the premises selected by the Bank. The

cost for set up for the Bidder Presentation will be borne by the Bidder and.

2. The Bidder’s responses shall be appropriately recorded and scored. Any workarounds

suggested by the Bidder for functionality may be considered by Bank and details

recorded.

3. The responses provided by the Bidder in response to functional and technical

requirements of RFP may be questioned and verified during the Bidder Presentation

process.

3.31.1.f.4. Approach and Plan (B4) Scoring

The approach and plan to be adopted for the implementation should cover at least the following aspects apart from the technical and functional solutions:

Project Approach and Methodology

Detailed Work Plan with milestones and timelines

Training Approach

The Bidder must provide the details Project Approach and Methodology, Work plan and Training

approach as part of the Technical Bid.

The maximum score for the Approach and Plan is 20.

Project Approach and Methodology The Bidder would be evaluated on the following parameters: 1. Understanding of solution proposed in terms of business requirements, architecture and

implementation

2. Design of the EDW & Big Data Lake solution proposed in terms of architecture, design &

performance, integration, deployment and maintenance

3. Development approach and methodology in terms of EDW & Big Data Lake solution

development strategy, development environment architecture, tools, etc.

4. Design, Development approach and methodology for OFSAA solution.

Detailed Work Plan with milestones and timelines The Bidder must ensure that the implementation plan and timelines are adequately described at a high level in terms of plan, approach, tools and technique. Training Approach The Bidder will be required to provide details in terms of training approach and strategy, content and courseware, manpower to train and impart training, training infrastructure and facility, delivering the training. Support, monitor, manage and measure training effectiveness.



3.31.1.f.5. Passing criteria of Stage B

Passing criteria for stage B

Scoring Parameter Maximum Score

Previous Experience (PE) 40

Team CVs (CV) 20

Bidder Presentation and Solution Evaluation (BP)

20

Approach and Plan (AP) 20

Total 100

Score of Stage B = PE + CV + BP + AP

Below is an illustration of Stage B Scoring

Previous Experience Score

Team CV’s Score

Bidder Presentation & Solution Evaluation Score

Approach & Plan Score

Scaled Compliance Score (Stage B)

35 15 12 18 [35+15+12+18] = 80

g. Final Scoring of Technical Bid

1. The final Technical Evaluation Score shall be calculated as following:

Technical Bid Evaluation Score = 25% (Score of Stage A) + 75% (Score of Stage B)

Below is an illustration of Final Scoring of Technical Bid

Stage A Score Stage B Score Final Technical Score

73.92 80 [(0.25*73.92+0.75*80)]

= 78.48

To proceed to the next round, Bidders will need to score a minimum of 70 marks in the Technical Bid Evaluation

3.31.2. Opening of Financial Bids / Reverse Auction



1. Only those bids which are found to be technically responsive (scored minimum 70% marks in technical evaluation) will be informed of the date / time / venue of opening of price bids / reverse auction.

2. The Technical Bids will be evaluated as per eligibility criteria. Thereafter the Bank reserves the right of selection of vendor by opening of Commercial Bids or rates quoted by the vendors in reverse auction (who are found eligible after evaluation of Technical Bids).

3. After opening of price bids and declaring the prices, the Bank will evaluate and compare the Price Bids. Alternatively, the Bank may shortlist the vendors, who were found eligible after evaluation of Technical Bids, for participating in the reverse auction after opening the price bids.

4. Arithmetical errors will be rectified on the following basis. If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail, and the total price shall be corrected. If the Successful Bidder does not accept the correction of the errors, its Bid will be rejected, and its Bid security may be forfeited. If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words will prevail.

5. The Bank’s evaluation of a Price Bid will take into account, in addition to the Bid price quoted, one or more of the following factors:

Deviations in payment schedule & Delivery Schedule from that specified;

Deviation in prices quoted;

Other specific criteria indicated in the Bid and/or in the Technical & Functional Specifications & Price schedule.

6. For factors retained in the Bid, one or more of the following quantification methods will

be applied:

(c) Payment schedule.

The Clause 6.24 stipulates the payment schedule offered by the Bank.

(d) Delivery Schedule:

The products and/or Systems and/or Services covered under this bid are to be supplied, installed and commissioned within the period mentioned as per timelines given for implementation of Phases. No credit will be given to early deliveries.

(d) Quotation of Prices for all Items.

The Bidder should quote for complete consignment of items proposed / listed in

this Bid. In case, prices are not quoted by any bidder for any specific item / product / service for the purpose of evaluation, the highest of the prices quoted by other bidders, participating in the bidding process, will be reckoned as the notional price for that product / service, for that bidder. However, if selected, at the time of award of Contract, the lowest of the price(s) quoted by other bidders (whose Price Bids are also opened) for that product / service will be reckoned. This shall be binding



on all the bidders. However, the Bank reserves the right to reject all such incomplete bids.

3.31.3. CQCCBS method of selection of Bidder shall be adopted by the Bank

1. The lowest evaluated Financial Bid (Fm) or Bidder after reverse auction shall not

automatically qualify as the successful Bidder and for award of contract by the Bank. The CQCCBS (Combined Quality Cum Cost Based Selection) method will be applied to determine the successful Bidder on the basis of combined Technical and Financial Bid scores

2. Accordingly, the solution with the lowest evaluated Financial Bid (Fm) will be given the maximum financial score (Sf) of 100 points. The formula for determining the financial scores is the following: Sf = 100 x Fm/F, in which Sf is the financial score, Fm is the lowest price and F is the price of the Bid under consideration.

3. Bidders will be ranked according to their combined technical (St) and financial (Sf) scores using the weights (T = the weight given to the Technical Bid; P = the weight given to the Financial Bid; T + P = 1) indicated below

4. The combined score (S) will be calculated as follows: S = (St x T) + (Sf x P). The Bidder achieving the highest combined technical and financial score will be the successful Bidder

5. The weights to be given to the Technical and Financial Bids are: i. Technical T = 70% ii. Financial P = 30%

6. The Bidder whose combined score (S) is the highest will be referred to as the ’H1’ 7. Negotiations, if considered necessary, shall be held only with the H1, i.e. the successful

Bidder after combined evaluation of the Technical and Financial Bid, as indicated above. In case of a tie in the final combined technical and financial score, the Bidder with higher technical score will be invited for negotiation and selection first. Under no circumstance, the financial negotiation shall result into an increase in the price originally quoted by the successful Bidder

8. Payments by the Employer to the successful Bidder will be in accordance with the payment milestones described in the RFP

Below is an illustration to showcase computation of Final Scores and selection of H1 Bidder Assuming there are 3 bidders that qualified the Technical Evaluation i.e. they scored equal to or more than 70 marks in the Technical Evaluation. Their technical scores are as below:

Bidder Technical Score

Bidder A 85

Bidder B 72

Bidder C 90

The commercials arrived after Reverse Auction of the 3 bidders and their financial scores are computed as below:

Bidder Price Commercial Score



Bidder A Rs. 400 75 (100*300/400)

Bidder B Rs. 300 100

Bidder C Rs. 500 60 (100*300/500)

The Final Scores with 70:30 weightages for Technical and Financial Scoring respectively are as below:

Bidder Final Scores

Bidder A 82 (0.7*85) + (0.3*75)

Bidder B 80.4 (0.7 * 72) + (0.3*100)

Bidder C 81 (0.7*90) + (0.3*60)

As per above illustration, Bidder A will be selected as the H1 Bidder based upon combined Technical and Financial Scores

3.31.4. Other Evaluation Conditions

1. During the time of the evaluation of the Technical or/and Financial Bids, Bank may seek clarifications from the Bidder on specific items in the Bids submitted by them. All such clarifications will be sent to the contact persons indicated in the Bid either by email or by mail

2. The Bidder has the option to respond or not respond to these queries. If the Bidder fails to respond within the stipulated time period, evaluation will be done with whatever information that has been submitted. If the submitted information is not enough to make a judgement, no score will be given. Bank is not accountable for these omissions.

3. The responses by the Bidder to the queries raised by Bank will be treated as part of the Bid. 4. The final technical scores will be rounded up to the second decimal.

3.32. Contacting the Bank

3.32.1. No Bidder shall contact the Bank on any matter relating to its Bid, from the time of opening of Bid, to the time the Contract is awarded.

3.32.2. Any effort by a bidder to influence the Bank in its decisions on Bid evaluation, Bid comparison or contract award, may result in the rejection of the bidder’s Bid.

F. Award of Contract

3.33. Post-qualification

3.33.1. All the bids, after their evaluation on the parameters mentioned above, would be arranged in ascending order post Reverse Auction process and the L1 Bidder would be identified as one successful bidder.

3.33.2. If L1 Vendor fails to execute the order or failed to sign the contract agreement within 30 days from the date of issue of Purchase Order, Bank will be free to award the contract to L2 Vendor on the same terms at which the contract was awarded to L1 vendor. In the event of L2 Vendor not meeting the same criteria, the bank will be free to award the contract to L3 Vendor & so on. Bank reserves all rights regarding



the same.

3.34. Bank’s Right to Accept Any Bid and To Reject Any or All Bids.

3.34.1. The Bank reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to contract award, without thereby incurring any liability to the affected bidder or bidders, or any obligation to inform the affected bidder or bidders of the grounds for the Bank’s action.

3.34.2. After identification of L1 Bidder post Reverse Auction process, the Bank will follow the internal procedure for necessary approvals and thereafter proceed with notification of award to L1 Bidder.

3.35. Award Criteria

3.35.1. The Bank will award the Contract to the successful bidder who has been determined to qualify to perform the Contract satisfactorily, and whose Bid has been determined to be responsive, and is the highest evaluated Bid.

3.36. Notification of Award

3.36.1. Prior to expiration of the period of Bid validity, the Bank will notify the successful bidder in writing or by fax, that its Bid has been accepted.

3.36.2. The notification of award will constitute the formation of the Contract.

3.36.3. Upon the successful bidder’s furnishing of Performance Security, the Bank will promptly notify each unsuccessful bidder and will discharge its Bid security.

3.37. Signing of Contract

3.37.1. At the time when the Bank notifies the successful bidder that it’s Bid has been accepted, the Bank will send the bidder the Contract Form as per format 6.5, incorporating all agreements between the parties.

3.37.2. Within the period of 7days, from the date of receipt of the Form of contract, the successful Bidder shall sign and date the Contract and return it to the Bank.

3.38. Performance Security

3.38.1. Performance Security in the required format 6.6 to be submitted by the successful



bidder.

3.38.2. Failure of the successful bidder to comply with the requirement of Clause 3.33.1 or Clause 3.33.2, shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security, in which event the Bank may make the award to the next highest evaluated Bidder, i.e. L2 and so on, or call for new Bids.

3.39. Independent External Monitors (IEM)

3.39.1. Bank of India has empanelled Independent External Monitors (IEMs) for implementation of Integrity Pact (IP) in respect of procurements as per directives received from the Central Vigilance Commission (CVC).

The details are as under:-

1 2

Dr. Joginder Paul Sharma, IAS (Retd) Ex-Principal Secretary. Govt. of UP D-266, Sector-47, Noida, UP Mobile: 9650999444 E-mail: [email protected]

Shri Ashwani Kumar Ex-CMD, Dena Bank Flat No. 101, 1st Floor Plot No. F.P. No.81, Ruby Bandra West Ruby CHSL, 29th Road, Near Duruoella Convent High School Mobile: 9920262626 E-mail: [email protected]

3.40. Integrity Pact (IP)

Venders/bidders/sellers, only those who commit themselves to Integrity Pact (IP) (in Format Pre-Contract Integrity Pact Format 6.19) with the Bank, would be considered competent to participate in the bidding process

In other words, entering into this pact would be the preliminary qualification. In case of bids not accompanied with signed IP by the bidders along with the technical bid, the offers shall be summarily rejected. IP shall cover all phases of contract i.e. from the stage of Notice Inviting Tenders (NIT)/Request for Proposals (RFP) till the conclusion of the contract i.e. final payment or the duration of warrantee/guarantee. Format of IP is provided for strict compliance.

Note: Not withstanding anything said above, the Bank reserves the right to reject / award the

contract to any vendor or cancel the entire process without assigning reasons thereto.

***********





PART 4: TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (TCC) TABLE OF CLAUSES

Clause No. Topic

4.1 Definitions

4.2 Use of Contract Documents and Information

4.3 Patent Rights/Intellectual Property Rights

4.4 Performance Security

4.5 Inspection & Quality Control Tests

4.6 System & Other Software

4.7 Acceptance Tests & Certificates

4.8 Delivery & Documents

4.9 Incidental Services

4.10 Annual Maintenance Contract / Support

4.11 Training

4.12 Payment

4.13 Prices

4.14 Change Orders

4.15 Contract Amendments

4.16 Assignments

4.17 Delay in Supplier’s Performance

4.18 Liquidated Damages

4.19 Termination for Default

4.20 Force Majeure

4.21 Termination for Insolvency

4.22 Termination for Convenience

4.23 Resolution of Disputes

4.24 Governing Language



4.25 Applicable Law

4.26 Addresses for Notices

4.27 Taxes and Duties

4.28 Supplier Integrity

4.29 Supplier’s obligations

4.30 Treatment of RFP Response/Deviation.

4.31 Site Preparation and Installation

4.32 Commissioning of the Solution

4.33 Technical Documentation

4.34 Right to use defective product

4.35 Repeat Orders

4.36 Limitation of Liability

4.37 Indemnity

4.38 Confidentiality

4.39 Re-location of site

4.40 Professionalism



PART 4: TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (TCC)

4.1. Definitions

In this Contract, the following terms shall be interpreted as indicated:

4.1.1. “Solution” means Next Generation Data Warehouse Solution for all Banking Products & Services at DC & DR and UAT & Training environment to meet the functional requirements of the Bank indicated in section 5 of this document.

4.1.2. “Supplier” is the successful bidder, who has been determined to qualify to perform the Contract satisfactorily, and whose Bid has been determined to be substantially responsive and is the highest evaluated Bid.

4.1.3. “The Contract” means the agreement entered into between the Bank and the Supplier, as recorded in the Contract Form signed by the parties, including all attachments and appendices thereto, and all documents incorporated by reference therein;

4.1.4. “The Contract Price” means the price payable to the Supplier under the Contract for the full and proper performance of its contractual obligations;

4.1.5. “The Product” means applications / software required for the implementation of proposed solution which the Supplier is required to supply to the Bank under the Contract;

4.1.6. “The Services” means those services ancillary to the supply of the Products, such as, installation, commissioning, customization, provision of technical assistance, training, maintenance and other such obligations of the Supplier covered under the Contract;

4.1.7. “TCC” means the Terms and Conditions of Contract contained in this section;

4.1.8. “The Project Site” means the locations of our DC & DR where the proposed solution is to be installed and commissioned, as per Bank’s requirements.

4.1.9. Go-Live: Go-Live means the completion of ‘Phase 1’ as per the scope defined in the BRD



In case of a difference of opinion on the part of the bidder in comprehending and/or

interpreting any clause / provision of the Bid Document after submission of the Bid, the interpretation by the Bank shall be binding and final on the Bidder.

4.2. Use of Contract Documents and Information

4.2.1. The Supplier shall not, without the Bank’s prior written consent, disclose the Contract, or any provision thereof, or any specification, plan, sample or information furnished by or on behalf of the Bank in connection therewith, to any person other than a person employed by the Supplier in the performance of the Contract. Disclosure to any such employed person shall be made in confidence and shall extend only as far as may be necessary for purposes of such performance.

4.2.2. The Supplier shall not make use of any document or information enumerated in this Bidding Document except for purposes of performing the Contract without the Bank’s prior written consent.

4.2.3. Any document, other than the Contract itself, enumerated in this Bidding Document shall remain the property of the Bank and shall be returned (all copies) to the Bank on completion of the Supplier’s performance under the Contract, if so required by the Bank.

4.2.4. The Bidder shall sign a Non-disclosure Agreement as per Format 6.2.

4.3. Patent Rights/Intellectual Property rights

4.3.1. In the event of any claim asserted by a third party of infringement of copyright, patent, trademark, industrial design rights, etc. arising from the use of the products or any part thereof in India, the Supplier shall act expeditiously to extinguish such claim. If the Supplier fails to comply and the Bank is required to pay compensation to a third party resulting from such infringement, the Supplier shall be responsible for the compensation to claimant including all expenses, court costs and lawyer fees. The Bank will give notice to the Supplier of such claim, if it is made, without delay. The Supplier shall indemnify the Bank against all third-party claims of infringement of patent, trademark, intellectual property, copyrights or industrial design rights arising from use of the Products or any part thereof.

4.4. Performance Security / Performance Bank Guarantee

4.4.1. The selected bidder shall furnish an unconditional and irrevocable Performance Bank Guarantee for 10% of the total value of contract, in favour of the Bank, from Public / Private Sector Bank in India (Other than Bank of India), towards performance of the contract in accordance with the specification and conditions of the bid document and agreed upon on final bid evaluation. The above guarantee



shall be submitted by the bidder within 21 days from the Purchase Order date. The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be kept valid till the completion of Production Go-Live phase of last Product under the proposed solution. Initial Bank Guarantee to be given for 5 years plus 3 months claim period, thereafter to provide a fresh Bank Guarantee of same amount (10% of the total value of contract) for 12 months plus 3 months claim period well before 3 months expiry date of existing Bank Guarantee, every time till the completion of all obligations, deliverables etc under the contract.

4.4.2. The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Bank as compensation for any loss resulting from the SI failure to complete its obligations under the Contract.

4.4.3. The Performance Security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees and shall be by way of a bank guarantee issued by a nationalized / public sector bank in India (other than Bank of India), acceptable to the Bank, in the Format 6.6 provided in the Bid. Bank has full right to add further details in the above-mentioned performance security format for protecting the banks interest.

4.4.4. The performance security will be discharged by the Bank and returned to the SI not later than the period of 90 days, following the date of completion of the SI’s performance obligations under the Contract, including any obligations under the contract and following receipt of a performance guarantee for the annual maintenance equal to an amount of 10% that of contract Price.

4.4.5. In the event of any contract amendment, the SI shall, within the period of 21 days after receipt of such amendment, furnish the amendment to the Performance Security, rendering the same valid for the duration of the Contract, as amended for further period of 21 days. In the event of any correction of defects or replacement of defective software/products/system during the free support period, the free support for the corrected / replaced software/products/system shall be extended to a further period of Total Contract period. The performance guarantee for a proportionate value shall be extended by the period of Total Contract Period plus 3 months claim notice period, over and above the extended free support period.

4.4.6. The Bank reserves the right to recover any dues payable by the selected bidder from any amount outstanding to the credit of the selected bidder, including the pending bills and/or invoking Performance Guarantee, if any, under this contract

4.5. Inspection and Quality Control Tests

4.5.1. The Bank reserves the right to carry out pre-shipment inspection by a team of Bank Officials, of any of the existing live installations of the Supplier, referred to in the Technical Bid or demand a demonstration of the solution proposed on a representative model in the bidder’s office.



4.5.2. The Bank’s right to inspect, test and, where necessary, reject the Products after the Products’ arrival at the destination, shall in no way be limited or waived by reason of the Products having previously been inspected, tested, and passed by the Bank or its representative, prior to the Products’ shipment from the place of origin.

4.5.3. Nothing stated hereinabove shall in any way release the Supplier from any obligations under this Contract.

4.5.4. Manuals

4.5.4.1. Before the products/system is/are taken over by the Bank, the Supplier shall supply technical/systems manuals for all software / product supplied and for all interfaces etc. Operation and maintenance manuals for all systems and applications systems, covering at least the operations needed to start, run the system during operational day, close, restore, archive, recover from failures, and transfer to fallback system/site including business continuity plan to be provided by the vendor. User manuals (with all relevant scree-shots) for service branch, Branches, for all modules are to be provided for by the vendor. The manuals shall be in English. Soft copy of the Manuals is accepted.

4.5.4.2. Unless and otherwise agreed, the products and equipment shall not be considered to be completed for the purpose of taking over, until such manuals have been supplied to the Bank.

4.5.4.3. The Supplier shall provide one set of Design Manual, System Manual, User Manual and Security Manual for the Application Software. The Supplier shall also provide one Soft copy of each of the Manuals. Soft and Hard copy User manuals shall be provided, commensurate with number of installations of Products in the Bank.

4.5.4.4. Documentation should be comprehensive & include:

Product Literature & Product standards.

Operating manuals.

General Specifications.

Operator Reference manuals for each operator task.

Messages manuals.

Documentation on troubleshooting.

4.5.4.5. All Manuals referred above could be submitted in Softy copy to the bank. i.e. Soft copy of Manuals is accepted.



4.6. System & Other Software:

For the System & Other Software, the following will apply: The Supplier shall provide complete and legal documentation of subsystems, licensed

software, licensed utility software and other licensed software. The Supplier shall also provide licensed software for all software products, whether developed by it or acquired from others. The Supplier shall also indemnify the Bank against any levies/penalties on account of any default in this regard.

4.7. Acceptance Tests and Certificates:

4.7.1. The Acceptance criteria for the Next Generation Data Warehouse for all Banking Products & Services are given under Service Level Requirements (SLRs) & Penalties section (section 5.23 to section 5.33) in the RFP.

4.7.2. On successful completion of the acceptance tests, receipt of deliverables, etc., and after the solution runs successfully after going live and Bank is satisfied with the working of the solution/system, the acceptance certificate in Format 6.9, signed by the Supplier and the representative of the Bank will be issued. The date on which such certificate is signed shall be deemed to be the date of successful commissioning of the system/solution proposed.

4.8. Delivery and Documents

4.8.1. Delivery of the products/software shall be made by the Supplier in accordance with the system approved/ordered. The details of documents to be furnished by the Supplier are specified hereunder:

i. 3 copies of Supplier’s invoice showing contract number, products description,

quantity, unit price and total amount; ii. Delivery note or acknowledgement of receipt of products from the Consignee or

in case of products from abroad, original and two copies of the negotiable, clean Airway Bill;

The above documents shall be received by the Bank before arrival of products (except where it is handed over to the Consignee with all documents) and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any consequent expenses.

4.9. Incidental Services

4.9.1. The incidental services to be provided are as under:

(a) Furnishing manuals for each appropriate unit of the supplied Products, as

mentioned under Clauses 4.8 and 4.33 of TCC;

(b) Maintenance and software updates of the supplied Products, technical support thereof for a period of contract, from date of go live.



4.10. Annual Maintenance Contract/Support

4.10.1. The Supplier warrants that the products supplied under the Contract are of the most recent version and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and / or features. The Supplier further warrants that all the Products supplied under this Contract shall have no defect, arising from design or from any act of omission of the Supplier that may develop under normal use of the supplied products in the conditions prevailing in India. Professionally qualified personnel, who have expertise in system software supplied by the vendor, will provide these services.

4.10.2. The Supplier shall comply with the performance guarantees specified under the Contract. If, for reasons attributable to the Supplier, these guarantees are not attained in whole or in part, the Supplier shall make such changes, modifications and / or additions to the Products or any part thereof as may be necessary in order to attain the contractual guarantees specified in the Contract at its own cost and expense and to carry out further performance tests.

4.10.3. The Bank shall promptly notify the Supplier in writing of any claims arising under this Annual Maintenance Contract.

4.10.4. Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall with all reasonable speed, repair or replace the defective products or part thereof without cost to the Bank.

4.10.5. If the Supplier, having been notified, fails to remedy the defect(s) within the period specified in Service Level Requirements (SLRs) & Penalties section (section 5.26 ) in the RFP, the Bank may proceed to take such remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier’s risk and expense and without prejudice to any other rights, which the Bank may have against the supplier under the Contract.

4.10.6. During Support Period, Supplier guarantees an Uptime of 99.5 % on monthly basis for the entire/core solution proposed. Please refer to Service Level Requirements (SLRs) & Penalties section (section 5.23 and section 5.24) in the RFP for details of uptime required by the Bank.

4.10.7. AMC for System Application, Software / off-the-shelf Software will be provided to the Bank as per the general conditions of sale of such software.

4.10.8. The maximum response time for a maintenance complaint from the site of installation (i.e. time required for Supplier’s maintenance engineers to report to the installations after a request call / fax /e-mail is made or letter is written) shall be as per the stipulated SLRs in the RFP.

4.10.9. The Supplier shall ensure that faults and failures intimated by Bank as above are set right within the stipulated SLRs of being informed of the same.



4.11. Training:

4.11.1. For each module /database/middleware and third party utilities installed, the Supplier is required to train the designated Bank’s technical staff in all aspects like resource management of application and software, parameter settings, backup management, backup reconciliation and end-user personnel to enable them to effectively operate and perform administration of the total system. The Bank may ask the bidder to conduct the training for its staff members for using the product without any additional cost. The Supplier is also required to conduct mandatory training for customisations / database management for the administrators specified by the Bank without any additional cost.

4.12. Payment

4.12.1. Payment shall be made in Indian Rupees, as per Clause 6.24 for delivering, installing and commissioning the Solution.

4.12.2. Any component has not been delivered or if delivered is not operational, will be deemed / treated as non-delivery thereby excluding the Bank from all payment obligations under the terms of this contract. Partial delivery of products is not acceptable, and payment would be released as per terms only after full delivery.

4.12.3. Payment against Bank Guarantees:

i. For all the payments to be made against bank guarantees, the bank guarantees

shall be issued by a nationalized / Public/Private sector bank in India (other than Bank of India), acceptable to the Bank as per Format 6.7.

ii. Bank guarantees for advance payment shall be released not later than 30 days

after the date of completion of installation / commissioning of the products/system at their final destination.

4.12.4. Prices

4.12.4.1. Prices payable to the Supplier as stated in the Contract shall be firm and not subject to adjustment during performance of the Contract, irrespective of reasons whatsoever, including exchange rate fluctuations, changes in taxes, duties, levies, charges, etc.

4.12.4.2. The Bidder will pass on to the Bank, the benefit of discounts, if any, announced in respect of the cost of the items for which orders have been placed during that period.



4.12.5. Change Orders

4.12.5.1. The Bank may, at any time, by a written order given to the Supplier, make changes within the general scope of the Contract in any one or more of the following:

(a) Technical and functional specifications (b) Services to be provided by the Supplier.

4.12.6. If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for the Supplier’s performance of any provisions under the Contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or delivery schedule, or both, and the Contract shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Supplier for adjustment under this clause must be asserted within thirty (30) days from the date of Supplier’s receipt of Bank’s change order.

4.13. Contract Amendments

4.13.1. No variation in or modification of the terms of the Contract shall be made, except by written amendment, signed by the parties.

4.14. Assignment

4.14.1. The Supplier shall not assign, in whole or in part, its obligations to perform under the Contract, except with the Bank’s prior written consent.

4.15. Delays in the Supplier’s Performance

4.15.1. Delivery of the Products and performance of Services shall be made by the Supplier in accordance with the time schedule prescribed by the Bank as per timelines given for implementation of Phases.

4.15.2. If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Supplier or its subcontractor(s) should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the Products and performance of Services, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Bank in writing of the fact of the delay, its likely duration and its cause(s). As soon as practicable after receipt of the Supplier’s notice, the Bank shall evaluate the situation and may, at its discretion, extend the Suppliers’ time for performance, with or without liquidated damages, in which case, the extension shall be ratified by the parties by amendment of the Contract.

4.15.3. Except as provided in the above clause, a delay by the Supplier in the



performance of its delivery obligations shall render the Supplier liable to the imposition of liquidated damages, unless an extension of time is agreed upon without the application of liquidated damages.

4.16. Liquidated Damages

4.16.1. If the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Products or perform the Services within the time period(s) specified in the Contract, the Bank shall, without prejudice to its other remedies under the Contract, deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated damages, a sum equivalent to 0.5 percent per week or part thereof of contract price subject to maximum deduction of 10% of the delivery Price of delayed Products or unperformed services for each week or part thereof of delay, until actual delivery or performance. Once the maximum deduction is reached, the Bank may consider termination of the Contract.

4.17. Termination for Default

4.17.1. The Bank, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of Contract, by a written notice of default with 30 days cure period sent to the Supplier, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part:

(a) if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Products and Services, within the

period(s) specified in the Contract, or within any extension thereof granted by the Bank;

OR (b) If the Supplier fails, to perform any other obligation(s) under the Contract.

4.17.2. In the event the Bank terminates the Contract in whole or in part, it may procure, up on such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, Products and Services similar to those undelivered, and the Supplier shall be liable to the Bank for any excess costs for such similar Products or Services. However, the Supplier shall continue performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.

4.18. Force Majeure

4.18.1. Notwithstanding the provisions of TCC, the Supplier shall not be liable for forfeiture of its performance security, liquidated damages, or termination for default if and to the extent that its delay in performance or other failure to perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure.

4.18.2. For purposes of this clause, “Force Majeure” means an event beyond the control of the Supplier and not involving the Supplier’s fault or negligence and not foreseeable. Such events may include, but are not restricted to, acts of the Bank in its sovereign capacity, wars or revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine



restrictions, and freight embargoes.

4.18.3. If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Bank in writing of such condition and the cause thereof. Unless otherwise directed by the Bank in writing, the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force Majeure event.

4.19. Termination for Insolvency

4.19.1. The Bank may, at any time, terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Supplier if the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In this event, termination will be without compensation to the Supplier, provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Bank.

4.20. Termination for Convenience

4.20.1. The Bank, by 90 days written notice sent to the Supplier, may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that termination is for the Bank’s convenience, the extent to which performance of the Supplier under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective and applicable amount, on a pro-rata basis, for the service rendered shall be payable

4.21. Resolution of Disputes

4.21.1. The Bank and the Supplier shall make every effort to resolve amicably by direct informal negotiation, any disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in connection with the Contract.

4.21.2. If, the Bank and the Supplier have been unable to resolve amicably a Contract dispute even after a reasonably long period, either party may require that the dispute be referred for resolution to the formal mechanisms specified herein below. These mechanisms may include, but are not restricted to, conciliation mediated by a third party and/or adjudication in an agreed national forum.

4.21.3. The dispute resolution mechanism to be applied shall be as follows:

a. In case of Dispute or difference arising between the Bank and the Supplier

relating to any matter arising out of or connected with this agreement, such disputes or difference shall be settled in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. Where the value of the Contract is above Rs.1.00 Crore, the arbitral tribunal shall consist of 3 arbitrators, one each to be



appointed by the Purchaser and the Supplier. The third Arbitrator shall be chosen by mutual discussion between the Purchaser and the Supplier.

b. Arbitration proceedings shall be held at Mumbai, and the language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents and communications between the parties shall be English.

c. The decision of the majority of arbitrators shall be final and binding upon both

parties. The cost and expenses of Arbitration proceedings will be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal. However, the expenses incurred by each party in connection with the preparation, presentation, etc., of its proceedings as also the fees and expenses paid to the arbitrator appointed by such party or on its behalf shall be borne by each party itself; and,

d. Where the value of the contract is Rs.1.00 Crore and below, the disputes or differences arising shall be referred to the Sole Arbitrator. The Sole Arbitrator should be appointed by agreement between the parties.

4.22. Governing Language

4.22.1. The governing language shall be English.

4.23. Applicable Law

4.23.1. The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Union of India and the Bidder shall agree to submit to the courts under whose exclusive jurisdiction the Registered Office of the Bank falls.

4.24. Addresses for Notices

4.24.1. The following shall be the address of the Bank and Supplier.

Bank’s address for notice purposes:

Bank of India, MIS Department , Datawarehouse , Head Office, 7th Floor, Star House – 2, C-5, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Mumbai – 400 051

Supplier’s address for notice purposes (To be filled in by the Supplier)

……………………………………………………………………………………….. ......................…………………………………………………………………………



…………………………………………………………………………………………

4.24.2. A notice shall be effective when delivered or on effective date of the notice whichever is later.

4.25. Taxes and Duties

4.25.1. The Supplier will be entirely responsible for all applicable taxes, duties, levies, charges, license fees, road permits, etc. in connection with delivery of products at site including incidental services and commissioning. Payment of Octroi, entry-tax, etc., alone, if applicable, will be made at actuals, on production of suitable evidence of payment by the Supplier.

4.25.2. Income / Corporate Taxes in India:

The Supplier shall be liable to pay all corporate taxes and income tax that shall be levied according to the laws and regulations applicable from time to time in India and the price bid by the Supplier shall include all such taxes in the contract price.

4.25.3. Tax deduction at Source:

4.25.3.1. Wherever the laws and regulations require deduction of such taxes at the source of payment, the Bank shall effect such deductions from the payment due to the Supplier. The remittance of amounts so deducted and issuance of certificate for such deductions shall be made by the Bank as per the laws and regulations in force. Nothing in the Contract shall relieve the Supplier from his responsibility to pay any tax that may be levied in India on income and profits made by the Supplier in respect of this contract.

4.25.3.2. The Supplier’s staff, personnel and labour will be liable to pay personal income taxes in India in respect of such of their salaries and wages as are chargeable under the laws and regulations for the time being in force, and the Supplier shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws and regulations.

4.26. Supplier’s Integrity

The Supplier is responsible for and obliged to conduct all contracted activities in

accordance with the contract using state-of-the-art methods and economic principles and exercising all means available to achieve the performance specified in the Contract.

4.27. Supplier’s obligations



The Supplier is obliged to work closely with the Bank’s staff, act within its own authority and abide by directives issued by the Bank and implementation activities.

The Supplier will abide by the job safety measures prevalent in India and will free the Bank from all demands or responsibilities arising from accidents or loss of life, the cause of which is the Supplier’s negligence. The Supplier will pay all indemnities arising from such incidents and will not hold the Bank responsible or obligated. The Supplier is responsible for managing the activities of its personnel or sub-contracted personnel and will hold itself responsible for any misdemeanors.

The Supplier will treat as confidential all data and information about the Bank, obtained in the execution of his responsibilities, in strict confidence and will not reveal such information to any other party without the prior written approval of the Bank.

4.28. Treatment of RFP Response/Deviation

Any deviation/requirements other than once state in the RFP shall be discussed in the

pre-bid meeting and if necessary appropriate addendum/amendment to the RFP shall be put in place by the bank/purchaser in this regard as it deemed fit. Any deviation/requirement or pre-condition other than stated in the RFP including addendum/amendment if it forms part of the RFP response shall to that extent be invalid. The successful bidder cannot define and limit the Scope of Work mentioned in the RFP including addendum/amendment. If it is necessary to sign the Scope of Work document/Contract agreement with successful bidder such scope of work document shall be an exact replica of the Scope of Work stated in the RFP including addendum/amendment. If any deviation is noticed thereafter then RFP Scope of Work mentioned in the RFP including addendum/amendment will be final.

.

4.29. Site preparation and installation

The Bank is solely responsible for the construction of the hardware site in compliance

with the technical and environmental specifications. The Bank will designate the installation site before the scheduled installation date, to allow the Supplier to perform a site inspection to verify the appropriateness of the sites before the installation / commissioning of the software.

4.30. Commissioning of Solution

The Supplier is responsible for all unpacking and installation of Products. The Supplier

will test all system operations and accomplish all adjustments necessary for successful and continuous operation of the software at all installation sites.

4.31. Technical Documentation

The Technical Documentation involving detailed instruction for operation and

maintenance of the application, software is to be delivered. The language of the documentation should be English.



4.32. Right to use defective product If after delivery, acceptance and installation and within the guarantee and AMC period,

the operation or use of the product is found to be unsatisfactory, the Bank shall have the right to continue to operate or use such product until rectification of defects, errors or omissions by partial or complete replacement is made without interfering with the Bank’s operation.

4.33. Repeat Orders

4.33.1. Bank reserves the right to place repeat order/s on the bidder under the same terms and conditions within a period of 2 years from the date of acceptance of purchase order by the bidder,

4.33.2. The bank reserves the right to re-negotiate the price with the bidder for downward revision of the prices.

4.34. Limitation of Liability:

a) The maximum aggregate liability of Service Provider, in respect of any claims,

losses, costs or damages arising out of or in connection with this RFP shall not exceed the total Project Cost.

b) Under no circumstances, shall either party be liable for any indirect, consequential or incident losses, damages or claims including loss of profit or business or revenue.

4.35. Indemnity

4.35.1. The bidder has to Indemnify the Bank, and shall keep indemnified and hold the Bank harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, actions, costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and also relating to and/or resulting from or in any way arising out of any claim, suit or proceeding brought against the Bank by a third party as a result of:

4.35.2. An act or omission the Company, its employees, its agents, sub-contractors in the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement and/ or

4.35.3. Claims against the Bank and/or any legal proceedings made by employees or other persons who are deployed by the Company and/or by any statutory/regulatory/ govt. authority and/or

4.35.4. Breach of any of the material term of this Agreement and/or its Annexures or breach of any representation or warranty of the Company under this Agreement related to the scope of the RFP/Project and/or contract and/or

4.35.5. Violation of the Confidentiality obligations by the Company and/or its officials/employees or any other person employed by them in connection with the



Contract.

4.35.6. Breach of any of the material terms of this agreement by their subcontractors, if subcontracting of any part of this agreement is permitted by Bank in writing.

4.35.7. Any breach of IPR violations by the Company on material if any supplied by Company.

4.36. Confidentiality:

4.36.1. The Company acknowledges that in the course of performing their obligations under this Agreement, the Company shall be exposed to or acquire Confidential Information of the Bank or its customers/clients. The Company understands and acknowledges that it will be given access to such Confidential Information solely as a consequence of and pursuant to this Agreement.

4.36.2. The Company will, at all times, maintain confidentiality of the Confidential Information and of this Agreement, Information of Bank including of the Bank’s Customer, any business , technical, financial information / data or any other information disclosed or accessible to the Company for this project whether at the time of disclosure, designated in writing as confidential or not.

4.36.3. The Company agrees to keep in confidence and not disclose to any third party and all Confidential Information available to the Company and whether such information is given in writing or oral or visual, and whether such writing is marked to indicate the claims of ownership and/or secrecy or otherwise. The Company agrees that it shall not use, nor reproduce for use in any way, any Confidential Information of the Bank except to the extent required to fulfill its obligations under the Agreement. The Company agrees to protect the Confidential Information of the Bank with at least the same standard of care and procedures used by to protect its own Confidential Information of similar importance but at all times using at least a reasonable degree of care.

4.36.4. The Company shall also ensure that its officials/employees and if Company is permitted by the Bank in writing to assign, delegate or hire another person to assist it in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, such person also shall maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information in the same manner as the Company is bound to maintain the confidentiality.

4.36.5. The provisions of this Article shall survive notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.



4.37. Re-location of site: If Bank desires to shift the setup to new site / alternate location during the contract period, the vendor shall provide necessary arrangement for reinstallation of setup at new site under the contract. Bank shall bear the shifting charges. The terms and conditions of this contract shall continue to apply and binding on the vendor after such shifting to new site / alternate location.

4.38. Professionalism

Selected Bidder should provide professional, objective and impartial advice at all times and hold Bank’s interest paramount and should observe the highest standard of ethics, values, code of conduct, honesty and integrity while executing the assignments.



PART 5: DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK

Functional Requirements The target state Next Generation Enterprise Data Warehouse solution is depicted below. The system integrator will have to propose the solution architecture which is the best –fit for the bank’s target architecture. The system integrator will be responsible for design, supply, configuration, customization, enhancement, installation, implementation, integration, operations and maintenance of infrastructure, software and applications corresponding to this target architecture. The technology solutions to enable the target state architecture will be progressively built by dividing the scope of work over 2 phases considering the business priorities.

5.1. Target State Technology Architecture The below exhibit shows Bank of India’s Target State Technology architecture for Next Generation Enterprise Data Warehouse solution. Detailed functional and non-functional requirements have been provided in the Business Requirement Document (Annexure 7.1). The selected Bidder must meet these requirements as per the evaluation criteria specified.

*Consumes data from EDW

5.1.1. Technology Architecture

The Target State Architecture would be achieved in two phases (Depicted as P1 & P2) with

each release progressively adding to the previous phases. All software & hardware provided

by the SI must be the latest and stable versions available. The software & hardware should

not have been declared End of Life / End of Support / End of Sale. Detailed requirements,

with phase specific information of the target state architecture is included in Business



Requirement Document (Annexure 7.1). Please refer to ‘section 5.12.3 Timelines’ for phase

timelines. The dates specified indicate the Go-Live dates for the respective phase.

5.2. Next Generation Data Warehouse Target State Requirements

In the following paragraphs, we provide a broad description of the layers that constitute the Bank

of India’s Next-Gen Enterprise Data Warehouse Target State Architecture (across the two

phases). Detailed requirements for each layer have been provided in Business Requirement

Compliance Document (Annexure 7.1) of this document

5.2.1. Data Sources

The layer comprises of the various data sources from which data has to be ingested into the

Next-Gen EDW solution. The data can be structured, semi-structured, un-structured and as a

data stream.

Data from the below mentioned sources is required in ‘Near-Real Time’ basis and is acquired

using ‘Change Data Capture’ and message broker solutions. This is used to populate the

‘Operational Data Store’ to generate reports & for real time analytics.

Sr. No. Data Source: Near real-time: Phase 1

1 Core Banking Solution (Domestic)

2 CBS Reports

3 Credit Card (Credit card table from CBS)

4 ATM Switch Data

Sr. No. Data Source: Near real-time: Phase 2

1 Stream Data from BOI website

2 Stream Data from Facebook & other social media platform

3 Stream Data from Twitter

4 Data feed from credit bureau & credit repositories

5 BOI Whatsapp

6 Any other unstructured sources as required by the Bank to meet the requirements

of analytics use cases



Data from the below mentioned sources is required in ‘T-1’ basis and is acquired using SFTP/

MFTP/ Web API solution. This is used to populate the ‘Staging’ area.

Sr. No. Data Source: T-1: Phase 1

1 Core Banking Solution (Foreign) – 18 instances

2 Treasury (Foreign) – 9 instances

3 Treasury (Domestic)

4 GBM - Government Business Module

5 GBMPEN - GBM – Pensions

6 Internet Banking

7 Mobile Banking

8 UPI

9 GPS - (Via Finacle)

10 POS

11 CBS Head Office (CFO)

12 Credit Card

13 Demat

14 Emerge

15 CAPS

16 HRMS

17 Transaction Banking (Trade Finance & Export Credit; Channel Finance)

18 FCAPS (Lending)

19 Insurance companies - (9 Nos)

20 Mutual Fund (3 RTA – Registrar and Transfer Agents)

21 NPS (2 CRAs - Centralized record keeping agency)



22 Any other sources as required by the bank to meet the requirements of analytics

use cases

5.2.2. Data Acquisition

The data should be acquired based on the data format and method of ingestion. The data

required in near-real time is ingested via the Change Data Capture solution and populated in the

Operational Data Store. The data acquired on T-1 basis has to be incremental data and should

be ingested via SFTP/MFTP/ Web-API as required. Stream data has to be ingested by latest

Message Brokers and analysed using latest stream analysis tools.

The near real-time data from the existing data sources will be obtained via Informatica CDC

solution. The SI may propose another CDC tool OR extend the Informatica CDC solution to

capture near real-time data from ATM switch data source. The SI will have to procure licenses

for New CDC tool (if proposed) or additional Informatica CDC licenses (if required) and provide

ATS (as required).

5.2.3. Data Staging This layer acts as the ‘Landing area’ and ‘Staging area’. The data in the Landing area is verified for completeness, accuracy, integrity, consistency, etc. using the ‘Data Quality’ tool and is then populated in the Staging area. The data from the Staging area is then populated in the Operational Data Store and Enterprise Data Warehouse using ‘ETL’ solution.

5.2.4. Enterprise Data Warehouse & Data Marts

This layer shall comprise of the ‘Operational Data Store (ODS)’, ‘Enterprise Data warehouse

(EDW)’ and ‘Data Marts’.

The ODS shall contain data captured in ‘Near-Real time’ and in batch process on ‘T-1’ basis. It

will be predominantly used to generate Regulatory & Operational Reports. Data from the ODS

will also be populated in the EDW using ETL solution.

The Enterprise Data Warehouse will act as the central repository for all the organization’s data.

It will receive data from ODS and the Staging area. The data in the EDW will be consumed by

the ‘Master Data Management’ solution to prepare ‘Golden Data set’. The EDW data will be

consumed by Analytics solutions to perform complex analytics. The EDW data will also

consumed by other down-stream applications.

Data Marts has to be built for data residing in EDW based on the requirements of various ‘Lines

of Business’ in the bank. These data marts shall be consumed by analytical solutions and

reporting tools.

Data modelling, data mining and data governance should also be provided by the solution.

The SI should also develop/enhance the logical data model as per business reporting

requirements



5.2.5. Data Lake

This layer comprises of Data Lake solution that enables the bank to store structured, semi-

structured, un-structured & stream data. The data can be consumed for historical as well as real-

time analytics.

The solution proposed must be scalable and robust to become full-fledged Data lake for Bank

of India to cater for structured data as well. The detailed Data Lake Requirements are captured

in the Business Requirement Compliance Document (Annexure 7.1).

5.2.6. Analytics Tools

This layer comprises of the solutions and tools required to perform complex analytics on the data residing in ODS, EDW, Data Marts & Data Lake. The analytical tools comprise of programing languages, tools for data science and machine learning, analytical sandbox, etc.

5.2.7. Visualization

This layer comprises of the reporting solution to address the Regulatory, Operations, MIS &

Analytical reporting requirements of the bank. The reporting tool must also generate dashboards

with drill-down capability for various users across all lines of businesses of the bank.

5.2.8. Downstream application

The ‘Master Data Management’ solution creates the ‘Golden Record’ from the data received

from the EDW. It creates a ‘Master Identifier’ which is the unique ID for each customer and

populates it back to the EDW. The Master Data Management solution also interacts with other

applications as required. The downstream applications consume data from the ODS, EDW, Data

Marts and Master Data Management solution, etc.

5.2.9. Meta Data Management & Data Lineage

This is a cross-cutting layer and covers all the data life-cycle stages. The metadata must cover

Business, Technical, Operational, Infrastructure, etc. metadata. The data lineage must cover all

stages of the data lifecycle.

5.2.10. Audit Based Control

The ‘Audit Based Control’ is a cross-cutting layer. It must support capturing & storing all ‘Job

Stats’, ‘Batch Stats’, ‘Error Handling’ and reporting of the same. This layer focuses on ensuring

complete audit trail across the entire solution. The solution must support generating reports on

pre-defined frequency and ad-hoc reporting.



5.2.11. ITSM Tools

This cross-cutting layer comprises of the ITSM tools required for managing servers, assets,

licences, ticketing, etc. The bank has a repository of ITSM tools as mentioned in section 3.3.1.

The SI needs to integrate the proposed solution with the existing security solution components

as appropriate.

5.2.12. Data Backup & Recovery

The data backup and recovery solutions must support backup and recovery in accordance with

the SLRs stipulated by the bank. The data backup must support disk-to-disk and tape library-

based backup as appropriate

5.2.13. Data Archival

The data archival solution must support archiving ODS, EDW & Master data management

solution, etc. at pre-defined frequencies & ad-hoc basis as stipulated by the bank.

5.2.14. Data Security & privacy

The Data Security & Privacy layer is a cross-cutting layer spanning all the layers of the solution.

The layers comprise of tools and solutions for data loss prevention, SIEM Tool / Logging and

Monitoring, Web Application Firewall, Encryption tools, Network firewall, Perimeter firewall,

Intrusion Detection system/Intrusion Prevention system, Data Classification, Privileged Access

Management, VAPT, etc.

The tools & solutions proposed must ensure that BOI fulfils its InfoSec and Regulatory

requirements.

5.2.15. Other Tools

This layer comprises of tools & solutions which will help the bank automate its process (e.g. RPA

tools) and eliminate manual interventions.

5.3. Development and Customization

Customization team should be available onsite on all working days of the week as stipulated in

the RFP.

Development Team shall be responsible for all customizations/development/new enhancements

including its Application Security testing, BRD, SRS, testing, signoff, go-live and production live

as per requirement of the bank in time bound manner.

The development scope of work should include 2 new additional analytical use case of Bank

every year apart from the use cases mentioned in the RFP during the contract period and

customization includes any change in the criteria of the analytical use cases implemented in the



bank and change in logic in the existing Dashboard reports, MIS reports, download scripts,

reports available in reporting tool.

5.4. Upgrade/ migration of existing Data Warehouse solution

The SI should perform the upgrade/ migrate Oracle Exadata X4-2 + X6-2 to Next Gen EDW solution. The SI has to propose & implement all the solution components required for the upgrade/ migration including but not limited to Hardware, Operational Data Store, Data Staging, EDW, ETLs required, Creating Data Marts, Performing Data Migration, Reports Migration, Integrations, Testing, etc. The SI must propose and implement the Annual Technical Support required for the entire contract period. The scope of ATS will be including but not limited to maintaining the solution, performing version upgrade, generating ad-hoc reports, testing, helpdesk, etc.

5.5. ATS for Informatica solution components

The SI must propose and implement Annual Technical Support (ATS) for the following Informatica Solution components for the entire period of the contract:

Informatica ETL – Powercenter 10.2.x o PowerCenter AE per CPU-core Multi-OS Production License 10.2.x o PowerCenter Real Time Package per CPU-core Multi-core Multi-OS Production

License 10.2.x o Informatica Data Quality (PowerCenter DQ Developer Option per CPU core

Multi-core Multi-OS Production License ) 10.2.x

Informatica CDC – Powerexchange 10.2.x

Informatica Metadata Manager 10.2.x

Informatica Master Data Management RM 10.2.x

Informatica Data Archival 6.5 HF1

REHL Subscription The SI will have to provide ATS and AMC for 8 cores of Informatica ETL from the date of expiry of the contract with the existing SI till end of contract period The SI will have to provide ATS and AMC for 8 cores of Informatica ETL from 01st March 2022 till end of contract period. For all other Informatica products, SI will have to provide, ATS & AMC from the date of expiry of the contract with the existing SI till end of contract period The scope of ATS will be including but not limited to maintaining the solution, implementing new ETLs, implementing new Data Quality rules, integrating with new upstream data sources, integrating with new downstream applications, performing version upgrade, generating ad-hoc reports, performing data archival & backup, performing data retrieval, implementing 360deg view in master data management solution, maintaining CDC solution, maintaining meta data management solution, testing, helpdesk, etc.

5.6. Central Infrastructure (Software and Hardware) Requirements

The System Integrator shall be responsible for the following:



1. Purchase of 64 pieces of 64 GB RAM with configuration: ‘UCS-MR-X64G4RS-H --- 64GB

DDR4-2666-MHz TSV-RDIMM/PC4-21300/quad rank/x4/1.2v’

2. Supply, installation and commissioning of hardware required at Data Centre (DC) including

Testing & Production and Disaster Recovery (DR) site for the entire solution stack. Hardware

includes but not limited to server hardware, storage, archival, backup and tape library

system.

3. Maintenance of Exadata X8-2 for OFSAA.

4. Determining the space required to accommodate server racks with provision for sufficient

headroom for expansion in the same facility.

5. Ensuring that the solution components are scalable secured and have a flexible architecture

to meet the Employer’s current and future requirements and should be provided with 24 X 7

X 365 onsite support.

6. The hardware and/or software proposed must not be End-of-Life and/or End-of-support at

time of RFP submission, during the contract period and must be of the latest version. If the

hardware and/or software is declared end-of-life and/or end-of-support during the contract

period, the SI must upgrade the same to the latest version at no extra cost to the bank.

7. Due to space constraint in BOI Data centre, the upgrade or replacement of hardware should

fit into a single RACK dimension as same as Oracle Exadata Size presently used for EDW

in both DC & DR. The current Exadata RACK dimensions are: Height – 77 inches, Length –

46 inches and Breadth – 23 inches

5.7. Integration Requirements

The solution components must be fully integrated with minimal manual interventions. The integrations implemented must be robust and scalable. The solution should support standards based, reusable interfaces and services to allow flexible and pluggable integration with internal and external systems.

5.8. General Technology Requirements

The high-level technical requirements of Bank of India are as follows.

1. The solution must run on devices of multiple form factors and screen resolutions. It must

be able to run within the specified response times even on weak data connections.

2. The solution should seamlessly integrate the workflow/ business process solutions of the

bank. Further, the solution should support BPEL, orchestrations and integrate with

backend applications.

3. The solution must implement standardized configuration and release management

process and must have separate environments for System Integration Testing / User

Acceptance Testing, Production, and Disaster Recovery. The implementation should

follow at the minimum SDLC/Agile development methodology. The implementation

should consist of software testing strategy, plan and execution cycle.



4. The System Integrator (SI) should put in place a capacity management plan to support

growing volumes. Further, the SI should forecast increased loads (based on seasonality

or business growth) and plan for infrastructure augmentation. The SI should execute

periodic benchmarks of the solution implemented for the Bank to ensure the solution

instance would sustain increasing loads. The SI should execute mock runs of the year-

end, half-year end and quarter end processes to ensure the system is capable of

completing the batch processes within the stipulated batch window.

5.9. Facility Management Services Requirements

The SI to provide the following facility management services as below:

1. 2 L1 Resources and 1 L2 resource with minimum 5 years of experience in PL/SQL.

2. 3 L1 resources in 2 shifts round the clock during all days including holidays and Sundays, 2 L2 Resource during daytime for 24*7.

3. 4 L2 resources for ETL and CDC process on 24*7 basis.

4. 3 L2 BI resources for reporting enhancements and new reports implementation.

5. 2 L1 & 2 L2 resources of advanced analytics with proficiency in analytical languages such as R, Python etc.

6. 2 DBA resources.

7. 3 L1 & 2 L2 resources for maintenance of all OFSAA Components.

8. Bank will check fit & proper test of resources deployed and will not permit if not satisfied with any of the resource.

9. Bidder can deploy additional resources as per bank requirements.

10. Support engineers should be responsible for customization, development, MIS / Reports requirements, resolving any technical, operational related issues either with DWH application or application integration, support day-to-day activities and any back-end activities etc.

11. Support engineers should be responsible for including but not limited to log shipment, DC to DR cut-over, App / Data Backups, Restoration, Application Patches / Upgrades, User Access Review, resolution of VAPT / IS Audit observations , integration with Banks’ all security solutions (SIEM, PIM, DAM etc.), Active Directory and other IT solutions.

12. The SI to perform the reporting rationalization exercise.

13. The Proposed solution (all applications, software etc.) should be compliant with current standards / guidelines issued by Government / RBI / IBA / IDRBT authorities and / or other statutory authorities with regard to DWH Solution and should continue to comply with any amendments / changes made to these standards by the above referred authorities, at no extra cost to the Bank. Bidder to comply with the guidelines of Bank’s Corporate Information Security Policy (CISP) while implementing its proposed solutions.

14. Bidder to provide Technical / Functional / Operational / User level training to Bank staff at Bank’s premises / through WebEx as required by the Bank during the contract period.

15. User Manuals, System Requirement Documents & System Procedure Manuals, Business Requirement Documents, Implementation Methodology, Architecture, UAT Scenarios, Test



Cases & Sign-off etc., to be provided during the contract period.

5.10. Training Requirements

Training for Bank of India will address two main audience groups:

Existing employees of the bank

New hires or employees on deputation at BOI

There has to be an integrated approach for Communications and Training with the objective of building awareness and equipping all the stakeholders for the launch. Training has to be simple to understand, role-based, with hands-on sessions. The details regarding the training sessions are as follows:

The total number of users to be trained: 13000 each year

The locations where training session will be held: HO/ NBG/ Zones

60 zones Pan India and 10 National Banking Groups (NPG) to be precise

The Mode of training will be: H/O training must be in-person; NBG & Zone training via WebEx / Video Conferencing

Application training must be conducted by respective OEMs. The System Integrator must provide the training plan as a part of the proposal submission. The SI should also propose on-going training every year for new employees. The SI should provide hands-on technology training for the bank’s IT Team. SI should provide the training content in new and innovative manner to increase the reach of the training without affecting quality.

The mode of training can be WebEx trainings/ Video Conferencing.

For Academic training for 1st Year of implementation there must be at least 2 trainings in a year in all locations conducted, then subsequent years there must be at least 1 training in a year in all locations.

For on the job trainings there must be at least 1 training in a year to Datawarehouse team by respective SI for approximately 50 people.

The respective OEM must provide the training for their products.

For H/O the trainings sessions must be in person for at least 150 people per year.

Training materials must be provided 1 week well in advance to all bank teams.

5.10.1. Other Training Requirements

1. The SI shall be responsible for providing ongoing training at defined intervals to the identified

personnel from the bank.

2. SI shall provide training for all the products quoted to meet the scope of the RFP to the

identified users by the bank.

3. SI shall train a maximum of 25 trainees in one batch.

4. SI will provide the detailed training plan and finalize the training strategy and schedule with

the bank.



5. The SI shall be responsible for knowledge transfer as needed. It shall provide all

documentation and manuals for the above-mentioned trainings.

6. SI shall prepare, circulate and collect training feedback forms from the training participants.

5.11. Other Items within scope

In addition to the above, the following activities would be in scope of the Systems Integrator:

1. In addition to the implementation of Next-Gen Enterprise Data Warehouse, the SI must also

state the requirements for data centre space, racks and power as part of the RFP response.

Quotes must include the sizing of IT infrastructure (for servers, software, database, storage,

etc.) and the quantities thereof must be provided by the SI in their response taking into

account the SLRs (service level requirements) and volumetric estimates provided in this

RFP.

2. End to end integration across the entire solution. Integration with external regulatory systems

for reporting.

3. Operations and Maintenance of Next-Gen Enterprise Data Warehouse and Big Data Lake.

Scope includes applications along with underlying server and storage infrastructure.

4. The SI would ensure that the entire solution is compliant with RBI IT audit requirements.

5. A performance test must be conducted on the solution stack before Go-Live to ensure that

the infrastructure can support the year 5 volumetric projections. The same could be audited

by the bank or a third party appointed by the bank. SI has to bear all the expenses of the

performance test.

6. The SI must provide necessary support and information required for successful integration

with other systems being implemented by other vendors contracted by the bank.

5.12. Project Implementation

5.12.1. Approach

1. The Project will be implemented in a phase wise approach.

2. The SI shall be responsible for the implementation of all the releases scheduled in the Project

implementation plan, within the timelines as indicated in the RFP.

3. Additionally, all the licenses procured under this contract should be for the bank.

4. Bidder will prepare Functional specifications and solution design that will be reviewed and

signed-off by the bank. Based on these documents, bidder will prepare detailed design and

document the same for ETLs, Database model and report (User Interface) and Data Lake.

5.12.2. Project Deliverables

The project deliverables will be including but not limited to the below mentioned deliverables:

1. Detailed Project Plan



2. Functional Requirement Specification

3. ETL Framework Design, CDC, Data Quality, Data Governance, etc. review

4. Gap Analysis Document

5. Detail Design Document

6. Data Modelling

7. Test Plan, Test Scenarios and Test Cases for Unit Testing, Integration Testing, UAT support

8. Review Data Mapping between source and target

9. Install, implement and configure software required for the solution

10. Application coding (ETL, Database, BI Reports, etc.)

11. Report Rationalization

12. Deployment of the solution in DC and DR

13. Solution maintenance

14. Knowledge transition to Support team

15. Training to users as per Training Plan

16. Manuals (with relevant screenshots): Testing, Application, User-guides, etc.

17. Fix defects identified during warranty period, etc.

5.12.3. Timelines

The Project should achieve the following milestones as per the broad level timelines mentioned below.

Milestone T + X weeks

SI Onboarding T

Transition & take-over from existing SI

T+4 weeks

Migration from Old Exadata to New Exadata Hardware, New Software Procurement & Hardware Procurement

T+8 weeks

Phase 1 Detail Requirements Finalization

T+8 weeks

Phase 1 Solution Design T+12 Weeks

Phase 1 Build + Unit Testing T + 28 weeks

Phase 1 SIT T+32 weeks

Phase 1 UAT T+36 weeks

Phase 1 Go Live T+40 weeks

Phase 1 Stabilization period T+48 weeks

*Phase 2 - Prioritization of first set of use cases

T + 32 weeks

*Phase 2 - Data Requirement and Business Requirements Finalization of first set of use cases

T + 36 weeks

*Phase 2 - Solution Design T+40 weeks



*Phase 2 - Software and Hardware Procurement

T+48 weeks

*Phase 2 Build + Unit Testing T+64 weeks

*Phase 2 SIT T+68 weeks

*Phase 2 UAT T+72 weeks

*Phase 2 Go-Live T+76 weeks

*Phase 2 Stabilization period T+80 weeks

Note - * Phase 2 release will be further split into multiple sub-phases based on prioritization of analytical use cases by the business. The prioritization of use cases will be done during the project execution. The Phase 2 timelines mentioned above is for the setup and implementation of Big Data Lake, set up of foundation platform and first set of analytical use cases. The Release dates provided above are indicative. The SI must do its best to accelerate the timeline. During the award of contact, the SI and the bank will meet and agree the deployment dates for specific components of the solution. Any delay from timeline as mentioned above shall attract penalties. The SI should submit a detailed project plan for implementation clearly stating any dependencies on third parties and on the bank.

5.12.4. Solution Design

1. The SI shall design the solution architecture, integration architecture and deployment

architecture as per the requirements specified in Business Requirement Document

(Annexure 7.1) of this RFP.

2. The solution design shall include but may not be limited to the design of data & its

transformation, security and integration architecture.

3. The SI will submit the solution design document to the bank.

4. The development/ customization of the solution will be commenced by the SI post sign-off

on the design document by the bank.

5. Though the bank is required to provide formal approval for the solution design, SI shall be

responsible for ensuring the compliance of the entire solution to the requirements specified

in this RFP.

6. The SI should quote for a dedicated infrastructure.

5.12.5. Solution Development/ Customization

The solution development/customization effort should follow leading development practices—

SDLC/ Agile/Hybrid development methodologies, as applicable and suited to the needs of the

bank. The analytical use cases should be built in Agile manner. It should also include software

testing strategy, plan and execution cycle for UT, SIT, UAT& Performance Testing

5.12.6. Testing

1. The solution must implement standardized configuration and release management process

and must have separate environments for:

System Integration Testing



User acceptance testing

Production

Disaster recovery

2. Development Environment shall be SI’s own environment.

3. The SI shall perform all-inclusive testing including:

Unit testing/system testing

System integration testing (SIT)

Support User Acceptance Testing (UAT)

Performance & stress testing

Internal VAPT

4. The SI shall design the testing strategy including the traceability matrix, test scenarios, test

cases and conduct testing of various modules of the software including but not limited to

data flow from source systems to EDW, Data Quality.

5. The SI shall obtain the sign-off from the bank on the testing approach and plan.

6. The SI shall perform the testing of the solution based on the approved test plan, document

the results and shall fix the bugs found during the testing.

7. Though the bank is required to provide formal approval for the test plan, it is the ultimate

responsibility of SI to ensure that the solution delivered by the SI meets all the requirements

specified in this RFP. The basic responsibility of testing the system lies with the SI.

8. The bank will conduct “User Acceptance Testing” (UAT) for confirming that all the

functionality requested for by them is available and functioning as per the requirements.

The UAT would be carried out for all solution components proposed. SI shall be

responsible for providing in-time defect fixes for timely completion of UAT.

9. The following services should be provided by the vendor:

a. Submit Test specifications which outline the test cases, test objectives, test

procedures, expected results, pass/fail criteria for each testing phases.

Application Installation manual and inventory of all software deployed should be

provided. Vendor will be responsible for setting and maintaining the test

environment during the entire period of project implementation. The Vendor will

ensure that the test environment’s configuration and parameterization for

conducting the UAT is in line with bank’s requirement as mentioned in SCOPE

OF WORK/Requirements shared with the bidder. The vendor should ensure that

test environment has the same configuration and functionalities and it should be

capable of synchronizing from production using restoration/other standard

techniques functionalities as that of the live environment.

b. The test plan and test specifications shall be approved by the Bank before

performing any tests.

c. The vendor will provide the scenarios for UAT and assist in preparing test cases

including the test data to support all the Business scenarios. The Vendor should

have dedicated resources to work with the Bank’s project team for this purpose.

d. Any defects found during the tests shall immediately be rectified or resolved by

the vendor at no cost to the Bank. Re-test shall be arranged by the vendor after

the rectification is done and the re-test shall be documented. Regression testing

has to be done after rectification of the defects.

e. The vendor shall be required to perform a range of unit tests for individual sub-

system to demonstrate that all items have been installed and configured properly.



f. There should be another System Integration Test after the completion of all unit

tests for each individual sub-system to demonstrate successful integration and

error handling that the delivered solution meets all agreed features and functional

requirements specified in the tender/SCOPE OF WORK.

g. The vendor shall be required to demonstrate that the delivered solution can

support the workload mentioned as per banks expectation and as part of the

requirements mentioned by the Bank.

h. The vendor shall be required to demonstrate the delivered solution that can meet

all the performance requirements specified e.g., the time needed in failover.

i. The vendor will be responsible for conducting system integration testing to verify

that all system elements have been properly integrated, and that the system

performs all its function. Vendor should support the integration of security tools

like HIPS, DAM, Anti-APT, SIEM, PIM/PAM etc. as procured by the Bank

j. The Bidder/System Integrator will assist the Bank in analyzing/comparing the

results of testing.

k. Vendor shall provide adequate resources for troubleshooting during the entire

UAT process of the Bank. After successful completion of all the testing from

vendor team, the vendor shall be required to assist the Bank in performing the

UAT to accept the delivered solution.

l. The vendor will be responsible for maintaining appropriate program change

control and version control of the system as well as documentation of UAT and

change of configuration and parameterization after making changes in the

system.

5.12.7. Project Management

SI is required to establish a well- defined and properly staffed project team structure in

place for ensuring a smooth implementation of the project. The focus should be to have the

right mix of personnel in the project team with respect to both the area of expertise as well as

the relevant experience in that area.

The description for the project team should come out clearly as part of manpower deployment

scheme that the SI will have to propose in its technical bid. Project team design will go a long

way in setting the right communication lines, winning the bank’s confidence in t he SI and

facilitating smooth coordination in regular project functioning as well as in resolving issues and

therefore will be one of the important criteria for bid evaluation.

The SI will have to describe the project team design and structure keeping the following aspects

in view:

1. Implementation phase requirements

2. Operations and maintenance phase requirements

The project team structure proposed by the SI should cover experience details of personnel in

at least the following roles –

1. Project Lead – Heading the entire program from the SI side

2. Project Manager – Leading smaller teams with specific delivery objectives



3. EDW / Big Data Lake Architect – Owning the design and implementation of the solution

including but not limited to Data Acquisition, Data Ingestion, Data Quality, Data

Governance

4. Data Scientist – Owning the entire design and implementation of analytical use cases

5. Visualization Expert – Owning the design and implementation of Reporting Tool including

but not limited to Dashboard, KPI’s and regulatory reports

6. Database Administrator – Owning database administration and tuning for the Bank

7. Banking Specialist and Functional Lead – Owning the requirements mapping for the

solution

8. Security Lead – Owning complete security implementation for the project

9. QA Lead – Owing the system integration testing for the project

10. IT Operations Lead – Leading the SI’s IT operations team for supporting the project

Office space for the above person(s) shall be provided by the bank, as available. In addition, the SI will need to provide and bear the cost of any other equipment and facilities required by the SI’s personnel on site at the Bank.

Non-Functional Requirements & Baseline Specifications

5.12.8. High Level Non-Functional Requirements

The high-level non-functional requirements of BOI are as follows. Please refer to the Business

Requirement Document (Annexure 7.1) for detailed requirements.

Architecture

1. The technical design should be based on an open system and multi-tiered structure with a

minimum of the following tiers with well-defined interfaces:

Presentation layer

Business logic layer

Data layers

2. The solution should have the capability to integrate with existing solutions of BOI as needed.

Availability

1. The solution in entirety should support SLRs as defined in Section 5.24

2. The solution should have a Business Continuity Plan (BCP) mechanism supported by a DR

site

3. The solution should be resilient across any software, hardware or network without any single

point of failure.



4. The solution should support software upgrades / configuration without impact on availability

and performance.

5. Data replication between DC & DR is imperative and the replication design must be as

agreed by the SI with the bank.

6. The business continuity must comply with the RTO and RPO specifications in this RFP.

7. Periodic DR drills (once every six months) must be conducted in order to test the readiness

and effectiveness of the business continuity plan. In Addition, the bank may require DR cut-

over. The SI must perform the same as and when stipulated by the bank.

8. The servers should be configured in load balancing architecture at all levels where in case

of a component failure of a server the other operational servers should be capable enough

for load sustenance.

9. The servers may be provisioned in an appropriate clustered combination to meet or exceed

the availability requirements.

10. The production, DR and non-production environments should be physically separated.

Infrastructure

1. The hardware sized for all the applications should be scalable and have redundancy. All the

components within the server should be hot swappable or pluggable and should incur no

downtime due to component failure.

2. Sufficient storage space should be allocated, so that any given point of time 30% spare

storage is available.

Interoperability

1. The solution should comply and be interoperable with all solutions of government &

regulatory bodies and adhere to relevant guidelines and industry best practices.

2. The application solution provided by the SI must confirm to Policy on Open Application

Programming Interfaces (APIs) for Government of India and Policy On Open Standards

(ref- https://egovstandards.gov.in/published-documents/frameworkinstitutional-mechanism-

and-policies).

3. In addition, the SI’s solution must comply with other frameworks, notified standards,

guidelines and notification as published by the Government of India from time to time.

(https://egovstandards.gov.in/published-documents/guidelines).

Manageability

1. The solution should provide standard interfaces to allow centralized operational monitoring

and management of the solution.

https://egovstandards.gov.in/sites/default/files/Published%20Documents/Policy_on_Open_APIs_0.pdf

https://egovstandards.gov.in/sites/default/files/Published%20Documents/Policy_on_Open_APIs_0.pdf

https://egovstandards.gov.in/published-documents/frameworkinstitutional-mechanism-and-policies

https://egovstandards.gov.in/published-documents/frameworkinstitutional-mechanism-and-policies

https://egovstandards.gov.in/published-documents/guidelines



2. The solution should have the capability to maintain audit logs to record and report access

activity. It must be able to track activities such as create, authorize, enquire, modify, and

delete.

3. The solution should comply with all applicable Indian regulations.

4. The solution should provide tools and processes to facilitate release and configuration

management of software releases, software configuration changes and static data changes.

5. The solution should be able to retain archived data and system records in accordance with

regulations.

6. The solution proposed by the SI must have a well-defined product strategy and upgrade

roadmap.

Performance

1. The solution must be designed to meet all service level requirements and response times

mentioned in the RFP.

2. The solution should provide tools or interfaces to facilitate application performance tuning.

3. The solution must give required control to the user/administrator over job schedules.

Complete audit log of the same must be maintained.

4. The solution should include performance management tools to monitor parameters such as,

system load and utilization, batch job status, performance of the solution. SI has to assess

the applicability of existing ITSM tools procured by the bank and accordingly suggest new

Performance Monitoring tool (if required).

5. The SI shall conduct a performance test before Go-Live with the objective of:

o Validating that the hardware/software/configuration deployed in production can support

load projected for the period of the contract.

o Measuring and ensuring that the performance of the solution would be in line with SLR

for the load projected for the period of the contract.

6. The SI shall conduct a performance test twice a year after Go-Live with the objective of:

o Validating that the hardware/software/configuration deployed in production can support

load projected in the next year

o Validating that the year wise hardware sizing provided by the SI in the bid response

would be able to support the year wise load requirements projected in the RFP.

o Measuring and ensuring that the performance of the solution would be in line with SLR

requirements for the load requirements projected in the RFP.

7. Such a performance test would be conducted by the SI at its own cost and would have to be

conducted on a performance test setup. The performance test environment should use the

same class/type/configuration of hardware as deployed in production/provided in BoQ for

the Employer. The bank shall appoint a government agency or third party to audit such



performance evaluation. The SI shall provide full access to bank or its designees to perform

such audits.

8. The SI must conduct mock runs well in advance for key events in the financial calendar such

as quarter ends, half-year ends and year-ends to ensure that the system would be able to

meet the performance SLRs during these events.

Scalability 1. The solution should be scalable to support current and future requirements as per volumes

defined.

2. The solution should include components that are independently scalable and that are both

vertically and horizontally scalable.

5.13. Hardware/Infrastructure Requirements

1. The requirements given below will be applicable for both the data center, and disaster

recovery hardware.

2. The SI would be responsible to provide the appropriate hardware sizing to fulfil BOI’s current

and future projected growth while adhering to all the Service Level Requirements. The

hardware for Informatica suite of products is procured and updated by the Bank

3. It is the responsibility of the SI to design, size, supply, commission maintain and manage

suitable hardware infrastructure for the entire solution. The SI must meet all the Service

Level Requirements (SLR) mentioned in the RFP. This includes but is not limited to:

Application servers

Database servers

Web servers

Storage and switches

4. At the time of RFP submission, none of the components proposed by the SI should be

declared End of Sale/ End of Support/ End of Life by the OEM. If the support to any of the

components expires during the tenure of the contract, that component should be replaced in

advance by the SI at no additional cost to the bank.

5. The hardware technology proposed for the solution proposed in this RFP should be best of

the breed, latest, tested and stable release of OEM/SI and based on the latest platform

enabling technology.

6. The SI shall provide the additional hardware, if required by their solution, to meet RFP

requirements.

7. The SI should quote for a dedicated infrastructure.

8. Only dedicated ownership infra will be allowed. Ownership will be transferred as soon as the

infra is in place and acceptance has been provided to the SI.



9. The SI may leverage virtualization technologies while ensuring there is not adverse effect

on solution performance.

10. The SI will need to conduct server hardening for all servers.

11. The SI will need to install and maintain antivirus for servers.

12. The SI must size the hardware (at the DC and DR and UAT) based on the volumes

mentioned in the RFP.

13. The hardware provisioned for the Solution should be capable of complying with performance

and availability SLRs and should be vertically scalable.

14. All hardware must be best-of-breed enterprise class systems. The central processing unit in

the servers must be of the latest generation at the time of supply.

15. The SI must ensure that the service level requirements of the bank are met at all times. At

any point during the contract period, in case these SLRs are not met, the SI will have to

deploy additional hardware or components to meet the performance levels and storage

requirements, at no additional cost to the bank. Please refer to Section on Performance SLR

for more details.

16. The proposed solution must not have a single point of failure. This includes and is not limited

to components such as servers, network switches, routers, storage devices, etc.

17. The SI should ensure that the hardware supplied to the bank—including all components and

attachments— are brand new, are of original make, and are free from any manufacturing

defects.

18. The goods supplied under the contract shall be fully insured against loss or damage

incidental to transportation, storage, erection, implementation and maintenance phase.

19. All servers should run on commercially available and supported versions of OS platforms.

20. Requisite licenses for all system software required for servers must be provided by the SI.

This includes, but is not limited to, the operating system, compilers, multi-pathing software,

file systems, volume managers, server hardening and verification tools, pre-built failover

agents for database and application software, and clustering software for unlimited number

of instances

21. The SI must provision consoles for monitoring and managing servers.

22. All core servers must have redundant power supplies that must kick in if the primary source

fails.

23. The servers must be able to support storage arrays of all leading storage vendors.

24. The database servers may be provisioned in an appropriate clustered combination to meet

or exceed the availability requirements.

25. Appropriate rack enclosures from the array manufacturer need to be included for the

complete storage solution.

26. The servers must be load balanced. In case of a server failure, the other operational servers

should be capable enough for load sustenance.



27. The solution must have built-in redundancies that ensures “Zero” transactional data loss in

the event of a failover. There must be zero data loss in all storage-committed transactions.

28. The storage and network components must support leading and industry standard protocols.

29. Furthermore, the storage system proposed should be tried and tested model in a production

environment for minimum of six months at the time of submission of RFP.

30. Ensure that the proposed security framework for the network must conform to the RBI

guidelines.

31. Provide a well-secured IT infrastructure at data centre, & disaster recovery site. The servers

housed at the data centre & disaster recovery site should not be accessed directly from any

network. It should be designed in such a way that the data being accessed from any location

at the data centre & disaster recovery site should pass through the firewall & Intrusion

prevention systems and other security devices. The solution must comply with BOI’s InfoSec

policies.

32. Consider all applications—that will be accessed from branches and various other Employer

offices and channels—while sizing network and security devices.

33. Ensure commitment to SLRs and must factor in device level redundancy for all security & network devices at the data centre & disaster recovery site.

34. SI has to maintain appropriate hardware in spare for any time repair/replacement at data centre, and disaster recovery site to provide 24 X 7 X 365 support. The same can be audited periodically by the Bank or an appointed third party.

5.14. Network Requirements The Bank would require its senior executives and leadership to access reports and

Dashboards from outside the Bank network. The SI should provide requisite connectivity

requirements with external networks as necessary for supporting integrations required for

the solution implemented and enable access of reports and dashboards outside of bank

network. The bank will procure the network bandwidth as stipulated by the SI. SI to specify

the b/w required for DC to DR replication, Report/dashboard access, Minimum b/w required

for DWH team access to DC & DR

5.15. Business Continuity Requirements

The following are minimum requirements and SI shall propose the solution that is required to

meet the RTO and RPO requirement mentioned in ‘Section 5.24. Service Levels and

Definitions’.

1. The entire environment at disaster recovery site shall be maintained as a full working copy

of primary data center. However, SIs shall highlight the areas — especially in software

license — if duplicate component is not required at DR.

2. The SI needs to supply necessary replication software and disaster recovery management

software for replication between DC and DR.



3. The SI should specify the replication strategy, process and architecture.

4. The proposed storage system should be capable of doing data replication between similar

storage systems in synchronous or asynchronous mode.

5. Replication software shall support data consistency at the respective DR in all eventualities

like link failures, controller failures. The method for data consistency shall be clearly

explained in the bid.

6. The SI must ensure that the service levels and the zero data loss requirement are adhered.

Thus, the SI must ensure the replication across the solution is maintained as per the

requirements of the RFP.

7. This software shall allow multiple path I/O capabilities from the Host and have the ability to

automatically detect and recover failed paths.

8. It shall provide dynamic load balancing and automatic path failover capabilities.

5.16. Security Requirements

The solution must be able to:

1. Comply with all security policies to be provided by the Bank.

2. The Security design must follow the Security information and event management (SIEM)

approach.

3. The Security Design of solution should be based on industry best practices and adhere to

BOI’s infosec policies, the security standards such as ISO 27001, Information security

standards framework and guidelines standards under eGovernance standards

(http://egovstandards.gov.in), Information Security guidelines as published by Data Security

Council of India (DSCI) and shall comply with IT (Amendment) Act 2008.

4. Encrypt the password/other sensitive data during storage and transmission.

5. The SI will need to conduct server hardening for all servers.

6. The SI will need to install and maintain antivirus for all servers.

7. The Systems Integrator needs to ensure the solution is secure in all aspects and towards

this endeavor, the SI has to get:

A third party audited VAPT will be done by the bank. SI to resolve all the audit gaps

before Go Live.

8. Please refer to Business Requirement Compliance Document (Annexure 7.1) for detailed

security requirements.

9. SI should provide a solution for all Data at Rest Encryption and all Data in Transit Encryption.

Performance of the system should be minimally impacted due to encryption solution. The

overall SLR for data processing should be adhered to, keeping data encryption as an

important activity.



10. The NEXT GEN EDW solution should incorporate data masking solution that should support

various methodologies like but not limited to Substitution, Nullifying and spacing, Number

and date variance and Format-preserving encryption.

5.17. Scalability Requirements

1. The solution should be highly scalable to support the current and projected customer and

account base volume across the geographical expanse of the country.

2. The solution should be sized to provide response times in line with Service Level

Requirements against volumes defined in this RFP.

3. The solution should have an architecture that supports scalability beyond the mentioned

volumes in the RFP.

4. The solution sizing and architecture should ensure that online transactions are not impacted

by batch activity. Further financial business transactions should not be impacted due to non-

financial business transactions including enquiries.

5. The solution should support variations in load patterns based on various factors including

but not limited to month ends, quarter ends, year-ends, festivals, and regulatory changes.

6. The SI needs to factor in load variations and business mix and make appropriate

assumptions for sizing. In the event the solution does not meet, the performance or

scalability service levels the SI would have to provide appropriate hardware upgrade or

replacement to ensure performance in line with the SLRs. The SI would have to make such

hardware/software upgrade or replacement at its own cost without any cost to the bank.

7. The SI should provide details on horizontal and vertical scalability and provide details of how

this would be implemented for the bank. The SI should, as part of solution architecture

documentation provide details of horizontal and vertical scalability.

8. The SI should plan for periodic benchmarks of the solution implemented at the bank to

ensure timely capacity planning. Such benchmarks have to be executed at the SI’s own cost

and well in advance of the system reaching maximum permissible utilization.

9. The SI must analyze the current server monitoring tools implemented by the bank. Post-

assessment of the tools, the SI must propose and implement tools for server performance

monitoring, if required. The proposed solutions must have GUI for monitoring the

performance.

5.18. Reporting Requirements

The SI would have to set up a reporting framework that would deliver reports across multiple file formats, dashboards and alerts to the business users. The bank should be given the ability to redefine report formats as needed. The end users should be enabled to filter, sort and drill down in to reports. The solution must be capable of disseminating reports to the respective users via auto-schedulers. Typical reports to be delivered by the SI are given below: 1. Top Management, H/O & NBG Dashboards: These are dashboards made available to the

respective users for overall monitoring.



2. MIS Dashboards: These are dashboards for overall MIS requirements. These dashboards

must be designed and implemented for users in Branches, Zones, HO, NBG, Top

Management Users, etc.

3. Scheduled Reports: These are simple tabular reports used for operational reporting. These

would be standard pre-packaged reports generated at pre-defined frequencies.

4. Ad hoc reports: The SI must be able to provide reports requested by business users with

a need for custom views or non-standard report generation times. This is applicable for all

types of reports mentioned in this RFP.

5. Analytical Dashboards: The SI would provide pre-built dashboards across multiple

business areas for review by senior business executives. These dashboards would typically

cover business performance across various customer segments, geographies and

departments. These dashboards must be designed and implemented for users in Branches,

Zones, HO, NBG, Top Management Users, etc.

6. Alert Management: The entire user group of the solution including customers would need

alerts based on technical and business events. The system should have the ability to

manage different types of alerts based on thresholds, priority and frequency for alert

generation.

7. Regulatory Reports: This requirement would cover all regulatory reports that need to be

sent to various regulators from time to time.

8. System Reports: The SI should provide appropriate reports as evidence of meeting SLRs

including, but not limited to, system uptime, resource utilization, and response time at server

gateways at each of web, application and database layers and any other report required for

analyzing technology issues.

9. SLR Reports: The SI would need to provide reports that track the compliance to all SLRs.

SLRs will be measured monthly from these reports. However, monitoring of SLRs will be

more frequent and the bank can request the SI to produce SLR reports on ad-hoc basis.

10. Security Reports: The SI must provide the ability to report on various security parameters,

system logs. The SI must provide the capability to view events based on various criteria like

geographical location, device type and attack type.

11. IT Operations Reports: The SI must provide appropriate reports that would provide a

complete picture of the performance, status and service levels of IT operations for the entire

solution stack.

5.19. Governance Requirements

Vendor governance is an important aspect of large system integration projects. Vendor governance shall cover:

1. Project Implementation Committee (PIC), constituted by the bank would be responsible

for reviewing the progress of the Program and taking all decisions related to overall

vision, policy and technology matters. The PIC would continue to have oversight during

all the phases of project including implementation phase.



2. A Project Management Unit (PMU) assigned by the bank would be responsible for the

overall time bound implementation of the program.

3. The ‘Project Director’ would head the Program and would be supported by project

managers.

4. SI has to ensure oversight from its top management by conducting engagements every

six months between the bank and its counterpart in the SI organization.

5. SI is expected to steer the project by conducting monthly/quarterly steering committee

engagements between the bank and the SI senior management.

6. The SI should report the project progress to the Project Implementation Committee.

5.20. Regulatory Requirements (during the contract period)

1. Interpretation of regulatory changes, changes in law and resulting business requirements

would be provided by the bank. Impact analysis, technical solution design and

implementation is the responsibility of the SI.

2. Regulatory changes need to be incorporated by the SI within the timelines agreed with the

bank and subject to requirements finalization by the bank. Any violation in said timeline will

result in penalties in accordance with the Deployment SLR.

Operations and Maintenance Requirements The end of contract between the Employer and SI would be after 5 years and 10 months from contract signing date. The contract period would comprise of 2 periods:

1. Warranty Period

2. Operations and Maintenance Period

5.21. Warranty

The SI will provide the following:

1. The SI shall provide warranty for a period of one year (“Warranty Period”) for each of the

releases. The Warranty Period for each release shall commence after Go Live of that

release. Go Live is defined as successful and stable operations for the releases.

2. The warranty shall include all items supplied, installed, designed, developed, deployed and

maintained by the SI under this Agreement and shall have no defect arising from design or

workmanship or from any act or omission of the SI that may develop under normal use.

3. The SI will provide onsite warranty for all components of the solution including hardware and

software.



4. It shall also be responsible for eliminating bugs in software, fault in hardware and deficit in

functionality.

5. Throughout the warranty period, the SI will have to assume responsibility of all operations

and system maintenance activities and replacement or repair of defective parts or systems

for all components of the solution as per the scope of this RFP.

6. The SI warrants that the goods supplied under the contract are brand new, unused, of the

most recent or current models and incorporate all recent improvements in design and

materials unless provided otherwise in the contract.

7. The SI further warrants that all the goods supplied under this contract shall have no defect

arising from design, materials or workmanship (except when the design and/or material is

required by the BOI’s specifications) or from any act or omission of the SI, that may develop

under normal use of the supplied goods in the conditions prevailing at the final destination.

8. The warranty should not be void if the bank buys any other supplementary hardware/

software from a certified third party and installs it with this equipment.

9. The obligations under the warranty expressed above shall include all costs relating to labour,

maintenance (preventive and unscheduled), spares and transport charges from site to

manufacturer’s works and back for repair/replacement at site or any other part of the

equipment which under normal & proper use and maintenance proves defective in design,

material or fails to conform to the given specifications.

5.22. Operations and Maintenance Requirements

1. The SI shall provide comprehensive onsite post warranty maintenance (“PWM”) from the

date of completion of the warranty period for each release until the end of contract period

as per the terms of this Agreement and the RFP.

2. Maintenance includes — but not limited to:

a. Production monitoring

b. Troubleshooting & resolving the functionality, availability & performance issues

c. Implementing the system change requests.

3. Modifications would include:

a. Bug fixes

b. Patches upgrade

c. Error resolutions

d. Enhancements that are incidental to proper and complete functioning of the solution.

4. The SI must provide version upgrades during the course of the contract ensuring

customizations already complete are passed over successfully to the next version. The bank

would be entitled for version upgrades — as soon as new versions are available — as a part

of the contract.

5. Enhancements provided by the SI would include changes in the software due to statutory

and regulatory changes and changes required due to changes in industry.



6. Overall monitoring and management of the systems implemented for the proposed

solution(s) in the Data Centre(s), which includes administration of Data Centre Infrastructure

as proposed by the SI including Web/Application servers, Database servers, Storage and

Tape library.

7. Ensuring compliance to the uptime and performance requirements, including data backup &

business continuity, for proposed solution(s) as indicated in the RFP.

8. 24 X 7 X 365 monitoring & management of availability & security of the overall solution &

assets as proposed by the SI for this project.

9. Perform the patch management, testing and installation of software upgrades issued by the

OEM/SIs from time to time. These patches/upgrades — before being applied on the live

infrastructure of the Data Centre — shall be adequately tested.

10. The SI must perform Hardware and Firmware patching for application server and database

server.

11. Any downtime caused due to up-gradation & patches shall be to the account of the SI and it

shall not be considered as ‘Agreed Service Down-Time’

12. Ensure overall security of the solution as defined in the scope including ensuring timely

updates of anti-virus application of updates/patches, timely reporting of security incidents,

management and monitoring of anti-phishing solution and role based authentication solution.

13. Develop the Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), in accordance with the ISO 27001 &

ITIL standards, for the bank infrastructure management. These SOPs shall cover all the

aspects including Infrastructure installation, monitoring, management, data backup &

restoration, security policy, business continuity & disaster recovery, operational procedures.

The SI shall obtain sign-offs on the SOPs from the bank and shall make necessary changes,

as and when required, to the fullest satisfaction of the bank.

14. Preventive maintenance, carrying out the necessary repairs and replacement of parts

wherever needed to keep the performance levels of the hardware and equipment in tune

with the requirements of the SLR.

15. Maintenance activities shall not result in system downtime or affect system performance

during working hours of the Bank, unless unavoidable and approved by the Bank.

16. Reactive maintenance that is intended to troubleshoot the system.

17. In order to ensure SLR compliance, the SI would be required to undertake performance

tuning of the system from time to time.

18. Escalation and co-ordination with other SIs for problem resolution wherever required.

19. System administration tasks such as managing the access control system, creating and

managing users, taking backups.

20. Ensure that daily back-up copies of the data are created and maintained safely as per the

bank’s policies.



21. Produce and maintain system audit logs on the system for a period agreed to with the bank.

On expiry of the said period, the audit logs should be archived and stored off-site as per the

bank’s policies.

22. Regular review the audit logs for relevant security lapses.

23. Review security advisories (such as bulletins generally available in the industry) on a regular basis to access vulnerabilities relevant to the information assets and take necessary preventive steps.

5.23. Helpdesk Requirements (Internal Users)

1. The SI will provide a common helpdesk support for the entire solution stack covering:

Level 1 Desk (L1)

This would be the first line of support. It would be a Telephone helpdesk or answer centre

support service.

Level 2 Desk (L2)

L2 support would be the second line of support. This helpdesk have more experience

than L1 support does and manage incidents raised by the level 1 desk. This desk should

have and maintain a Run-Book that they can use for immediate resolutions. They should

collaborate with any other support or dependency groups in case the incident has a

linkage to other support personnel or outside vendors.

Level 3 Desk (L3)

L3 support will help resolve issues that are typically difficult or subtle. L3 engineers would

participate in management, prioritization, minor enhancements, break fix activities,

problem management and stability analysis. These personnel must have specific, deep

understanding and expertise in technology platforms

2. The SI will build a helpdesk that will attend all calls and suitably record the calls to monitor

the service levels as per the SLRs.

3. The help desk (L1) shall be configured to ensure that the personnel attend the call from 8:00

hrs to 00:00 hrs, 7 days a week.

4. The helpdesk should act as a single point of contact for all DWH solution related service

requests, incidents or problems for all the solutions provided by the SI.

Service Level Requirements (SLRs) & Penalties

5.24. Service Levels and Definitions

1. The Systems Integrator shall monitor and maintain the stated service levels to provide quality

customer service to the Bank

2. The System Integrator shall ensure that the full configuration of hardware, software and

solution are available to the Bank in proper working condition with an uptime of 99.5% of the



time on a 24x7 Monthly basis. Uptime is defined as the uptime of the entire solution

implemented.

3. "System downtime" subject to the SLR, means accumulated time during which the System

is not available to the Bank‘s users or customers due to in-scope system or infrastructure

failure, and measured from the time the Bank and/or its customers log a call with the Bidder

of the failure or the failure is known to the Bidder from the availability measurement tools to

the time when the System is returned to proper operation. Any denial of service to the Bank

users and Bank customers would also account as “System downtime”. If any significant part

of the solution or cluster is unavailable or inaccessible or unresponsive to end users, it will

be considered down-time. The Bank’s decision will be final in determining downtime.

4. “Incident” refers to any event / abnormalities in the functioning of the equipment / specified

services that may lead to deterioration, disruption in normal operations of Banks services.

5. “Resolution Time” shall mean the time taken in resolving (diagnosing, trouble shooting and

fixing) an incident after it has been reported to the selected bidder through

verbal/email/phone/SMS/other electronic form. The resolution time shall vary based on the

category of the incident reported at the service desk.

6. Response Time: Maximum Response Time for Remedial Maintenance under the CONTRACT

is measured in elapsed coverage hours from the time a service request is received to the time

THE VENDOR’s customer engineer arrives at Bank Site.

7. Total down time in a month would be summation of non-concurrent down time of individual

systems

8. The business hours in the offices are 7:00 hours to 23:00 hours, Monday to Saturday

including holidays.

9. The SI would be responsible for bringing appropriate monitoring tools to measure and report

on the SLRs.

10. Any technical glitch/ issue in installed infrastructure of the solution (i.e. System and software,

OS/DB etc.) should be attended on priority and should be covered under warranty/AMC.

11. For penalty calculation, the total time elapsed between the intimation of break down

message from Bank side to the vendor and receipt of rectification message from the Bidder

to Bank side will be considered.

12. During the warranty period, the penalty will be deducted in quarterly FMS payment. In case,

Bank is unable to adjust penalty in FMS payment, the Bank at its discretion may invoke the

Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) to deduct the penalty amount.

13. Post warranty period, the penalty will be deducted in FMS/ ATS/ Any other payment. In case,

the Bank is unable to adjust penalty in FMS/ ATS payment, the Bank at its discretion may

invoke the Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) to deduct the penalty amount.

14. If any critical component of the entire configuration setup is out of service , then the Bidder &

OEM shall either immediately replace the defective unit (with new one) or replace it at its own

cost or provide a standby, on immediate basis, not more than 2 hours, the Bidder should

maintain proper inventory of standby components for early resolution of issues.

15. The Bidder should comply with the security and audit standards of the Bank and various

regulatory guidelines. For this, the Bidder should apply new patches related to OS/ firmware &

BIOS updates etc. without any additional cost to the bank, during the contract period.



16. Replacement/ Repair of faulty part of provided Solution, Appliance and all other components-

All defective parts/ faulty shall be replaced as part of maintenance at no additional cost by

the Bidder. Replacement parts shall be new part from the same manufacturer(s) (OEM).

Whether a defective item or component is to be replaced or repaired shall be at the sole

discretion of the bank.

17. The Recovery Point Objective (RPO) is Zero and Recovery Time Objective (RTO) is 120

minutes

18. Integration with all IT/ Security Solutions procured by the Bank as per RBI Guidelines time to time; along with integration with any solutions / product / application without any additional cost to the bank.

19. The Successful Bidder shall provide, as part of monthly evaluation process, reports to verify the Successful Bidder performance and compliance with the SLRs.

5.25. Availability SLR

The Availability SLRs mentioned below refer to the availability of the solutions at the Data

Centre. Availability refers to the solution being up, running and actively processing transactions

without dropping/rejecting any requests from users, customers or external entities (if any). In

case of business systems being partially up (i.e. accepting some requests and rejecting others),

the particular business system would be considered NOT available for calculation of Availability

SLR compliance.

Availability / Uptime

SLR

Availability of the systems at the Data Centre

Systems include to the following:

EDWH and allied components

CDC

ETL

MDM

Reporting & Visualization Tool

Meta Data and Data Quality

Analytics Solution

Big Data Lake and allied solution

components

99.5%

Non-compliance would result in penalties as defined in this RFP.

5.26. Deployment SLR

The deployment of the solution shall comply with the Project timelines as specified in this RFP. Any delay solely attributable to the SI or SI’s Partner or sub-contractors would be evaluated for applying Deployment SLR penalties. Compliance to this SLR would be measured on a monthly basis.



5.27. Helpdesk SLR

1. The SI must provide root-cause analysis report (RCA report) and action taken (AT report)

report for closure of any ticket. No ticket shall be considered closed without these reports.

2. The RCA report and the AT report would be subject to scrutiny by the Bank. The SI must

close any queries or concerns raised by the Bank on the RCA or AT reports in a satisfactory

manner.

3. Number, format and frequency of helpdesk MIS reports will be decided later in consultation

with the Bank.

4. Compliance to this SLR would be measured on a monthly basis.

Severity Level Severity Level Description Target Response and Resolution Time

Priority 1

(Critical)

a. Any problem due to which users

cannot access the proposed

solution or infrastructure; or

b. Proposed solution is unavailable

for use; or

c. Any problem due to which the

proposed solution does not

perform according to the defined

performance and query

processing parameters required

as per the RFP;

d. Showstoppers involving major

functional failure in the application,

where there are no usable

workarounds.

Priority Level 1 Incident will take

precedence over all other non-Priority

Level 1 Incidents.

Response time should be 5 Minutes during business and non-business hours of the incident being logged

Resolution time

During business hours – Within 1 hour of incident being logged

Non - business hours - Within 2 hours of incident being logged

Priority 2

(High)

a. Any incident which could have been

classified as “Critical” but for which

an acceptable workaround has

been provided by the Bidder; or

b. Any problem due to which the

proposed solution produces a

Response time should be 5

Minutes during business and

non-business hours

Resolution time

During business hours - Within 2 hours of incident getting logged



clearly incorrect or unexpected

answer; or

c. Users face severe functional

restrictions in the application due to

partial failure, irrespective of the

cause.

Non-Business hours - Within 4 hours or earlier as per business hours if business hours begin

Priority 3

(Medium)

a. Any other incident causing a partial

disruption of service or

incorrectness of results; or

b. Moderate functional restrictions in

the application irrespective of the

cause, which have a convenient

and readily available workaround

Response time should be 5 Minutes during business and 30 mins non-business hours Resolution time

During business

hours: 2 hours of

incident getting

logged

Non-Business hours -

Within 6 hours or

earlier as per

business hours if

business hours begin

5.28. Performance SLR

1. Big data Lake should have capacity to run minimum 5000 jobs per day (complex jobs) and

having capacity to run minimum 1500 jobs concurrently without affecting the performance of the system.

2. Data Warehouse should have capacity to run minimum 18000 jobs per day including complex jobs and having capacity to run minimum 1800 jobs concurrently without affecting the performance of the system.

3. ETL (ETL+CDC) should have capacity to run minimum 13,500 jobs per day (Peak – 6000 concurrently in a day) including complex jobs without affecting the performance of the system

4. CDC solution should have capacity to run minimum 500 continuous real time jobs including complex jobs without affecting the performance of the system.

Note: Assumptions made are based up on the Industry Standards. Service Providers may also propose their own construct based upon their experience using the above-mentioned projected Data Lake sizes & Analytical use cases as a reference. Service Provider must provide details of the same in the Technical Bid.

5.29. Other SLR Requirements and Penalties



S. No Service Metric

Parameter

Target

Service

Level

Metric Measurement

1 Average Home Page

Opening Time of

Self-Service

Reporting

Application

5 seconds (M0)

(M1) 5.01 - 7 secs

(M2) 7.01 - 10 secs

(M3) > 10 secs

Penalty

(M0) - No penalty

(M1) – No penalty

(M2) – 0.1%

(M3) – 0.25% of fixed

quarterly payment of ATS

MIS reports

generated from

the system

deployed,

maintained and

operated by the

Service Provider

2 Average time for User Login of Self-Service Reporting Application

2 seconds (M1) 2.01 - 3.0 secs

(M2) 3.01 - 5.0 secs

(M3) > 5 secs

Penalty

(M0) - No penalty

(M1) – No penalty

(M2) – 0.1%

(M3) – 0.25% of fixed

quarterly payment of ATS

MIS reports

generated from

the system

deployed,

maintained and

operated by the

Service Provider

3 Latency of Data

replication at Disaster

Recovery Centre

1 Hour (M1) 1 - 2 hours

(M2) 2 - 4 hours

(M3) > 4 hours

Penalty

(M0) - No penalty

MIS reports

generated from

the system

deployed,

maintained and

operated by the

Service Provider



S. No Service Metric

Parameter

Target

Service

Level

Metric Measurement

(M1) – 0.25%

(M2) – 0.5%

(M3) – 1% of fixed quarterly

payment of ATS

4 Patching of security

and hardware /

Security Vulnerability

Compliance

Management

All underlying hardware /

software to be patched as per

respective OEM

recommendations. Failure to

comply with the Patch

calendar will attract penalties.

For breaches for patches

Penalty of Rs.500 per

day for delay in

applying of each patch

as per

security/statuary/

OEM

recommendations.

MIS reports

generated from

the system

deployed,

maintained and

operated by the

Service Provider

Note: The overall SLR charges will be subject to an overall cap of 10% of the total contract value

and thereafter, Bank has the discretion to cancel the contract.

Note: The selected bidder will be required to sign the formal agreement/contract/ Service Level

Requirement with the Bank within 30 days of the acceptance of the LOI/ Purchase Order. After

issuance of PO/LOI, terms of RFP and Purchase Order/LOI shall be binding and act as contract.

The draft format of SLRs will be provided after acceptance of the LOI/ Purchase Order by the

successful bidder.

5.30. SLR Non-Compliance Penalty

5.30.1. Availability SLR



Particulars (Uptime) Penalty Rate (Penalty rate on

monthly ATS contract value, AMC

contract value and Facility

Management Service Contract

value)

>=99.50% No Penalty

> 99.40% and < 99.50% 2%

> 99.30% and <=99.40% 3%

> 99.20% and <=99.30% 5%

> 99.10% and <=99.20% 7%

>99.00% and <=99.10% 8%

>=98.00% and <=99.00% 10%

< 98.00% Penalty at an incremental rate of 1%

(in addition to base of 11%) for every

0.1% lower than the stipulated time.

Penalty will be calculated on monthly

basis. Downtime

percentage=unavailable time/Total

available time on monthly basis. Total

available time=24 hours per day for

seven days a week.

The penalty amount =% of ATS +% of AMC +% of FMS.

The calculation of uptime will be on monthly basis and maximum monthly penalty amount is

up to total monthly ATS, AMC and FMS contract value.

Penalty will be deducted from any payment to the successful bidder. In case, Bank is unable to adjust penalty in ATS and FMS payment, the Bank at its discretion, may invoke the Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) to deduct the penalty amount

If the uptime is below 98% for a particular month, the Bank shall terminate the ATS + AMC cost

for that month.

5.30.2. Deployment SLR

A delay of every 1 week would lead to a penalty of 0.5% of the Aggregate Phase wise Cost for

the delayed release for delays solely attributable to the SI.

5.30.3. Helpdesk SLR

The penalty percentage (Ph) would be equal to the percentage of tickets not compliant with helpdesk SLR in a month. The total penalty would be 1% of the monthly prorated helpdesk payment



5.30.4. Resource Replacement/ Absence

1. Attendance register will be maintained by the bank team. Based on attendance, FMS cost will be paid. Bank may deduct the FMS cost on per day basis for the absence beyond the permitted days/leaves.

2. Bank may allow 12 days casual leave in a year to SI Team members, however, the critical application, vendor should replace with suitable SI Team members for the same.

3. If the SI has to replace the resource working on the Bank of India project for any reason, the SI should make necessary provision to provide the new resource of equivalent or higher skillset.

4. If SI fails to make provision or replace, the penalty would be computed at the rate of 0.5% of the total monthly cost for that respective resource, for every day of delay/absence.

Total penalty imposed by the Bank under this contract shall not exceed 10% of the (AMC+ATS Value + FMS), upon which Bank reserves the right to terminate the Contract within 90 days from notice to the Vendor.

5.31. Liquidation Damages/ Penalty for delay

If the Bidder fails to deliver any or all of the products and/or systems and/or services solutions within the time period(s) specified in the contract, the Bank shall, without prejudice to its other remedies under the Contract, deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated damages, a sum equivalent to 0.5 percent per week or part thereof of Contract Price subject to maximum deduction of 10% delivery price of delayed products or unperformed services for each week or part thereof of delay, until actual delivery, installation or performance as per related clauses mentioned in RFP. Once the maximum deduction is reached, the Bank may consider termination of the Contract at its discretion.

5.32. On delay in Deployment of FMS

The Bidder shall deploy the required resources as per scope under FMS at Bank centralized locations within 6 weeks from the date of Purchase order. If the Supplier fails to deploy the resources within the time period specified in the Contract, the Bank shall, without prejudice to its other remedies under the Contract, deduct a sum equivalent to 0.5% per week of the total FMS cost for each week or part thereof of delay, until actual delivery subject to maximum deduction of 10% of the total price of the Facility Management Support. Quality Assurance, Audit and Certifications

5.33. Quality Assurance Requirements

5.34.1. Integration Testing Requirements

1. The interfaces required for the Solution need to be designed, developed, tested,

implemented and maintained by the SI.

2. The SI is responsible to ensure that the integrated systems are fully functional and the same

are tested at the time of System Integration Testing.

5.34.2. Acceptance Requirements

1. The acceptance of the solution would be done release wise and at two levels:



User Acceptance Test (UAT) for the solution

Acceptance of the solution commissioned at each of Primary Data Centre and Disaster

Recovery Site after due audit of the software and hardware components installed and

commissioned. SI has to bear Audit cost.

2. The UAT will be performed in line with the requirements of the RFP and any requirements

finalized during the requirements finalization stage. A particular release would be considered

acceptable for Go-Live after completion of all the test cases are cleared during the UAT.

3. The acceptance of the commissioned hardware and software will be performed after

completion of installation and commissioning of all the components of the solution at the

respective site. Complete hardware and software as specified in the RFP must have been

supplied, installed and commissioned properly by the SI prior to commencement of the tests.

The bank may have a third-party audit conducted on the software and hardware installed

and commissioned before confirming acceptance.

4. The bank shall issue a solution acceptance certificate for a release after successful

completion of UAT for the release and successful completion of hardware and software audit

of installed and commissioned components for that release.

5. The UAT will be conducted by the bank, or other entity nominated by the bank at its choice.

The SI will be responsible for setting up and running the acceptance test without any extra

cost to the bank.

6. The bank’s right to inspect, test and, where necessary, reject the goods after the goods’

arrival at destination shall in no way be limited or waived by reason of the goods having

previously been inspected, tested and passed by the bank or its representative prior to the

shipment of the goods.

5.34.3. Acceptance Plan and Execution

1. The bank will carry out the acceptance tests for testing all components of the solution

provided by the SI.

2. The bank shall have also the right to undertake technical as well as performance evaluation

of the proposed solution. The bank or its representatives shall have the right to inspect and/or

test the solution to validate their conformance to the contract at no extra cost to the bank.

3. The inspections & tests may be conducted on the premises of the SI or its partner, at point

of delivery and/or at the final destination. If conducted on the premises of the SI or its partner,

all reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to drawings and production data

shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to the bank.

4. The SI shall assist the bank in all acceptance tests to be carried out by the bank. The

modalities for conduct of acceptance tests decided by the bank or its authorised agency will

be final and binding on the SI.

5. The bank will provide the scope of the acceptance tests to the SI prior to performing the

tests. A detailed acceptance plan will be created within the framework of the RFP terms.

6. The SI shall arrange for the tests at the relevant sites in the presence of the officials of the

bank and / or its designated representatives. The SI should ensure that the tests will involve

trouble-free operation of the complete system apart from physical verification and testing



and that there shall not be any additional charges payable by the bank for carrying out this

acceptance test.

7. In case of any inconsistency in the hardware / software supplied, the bank reserves the right

to terminate the entire agreement, within a period of 6 months in case the SI does not rectify

or replace the supplied hardware/software.

The SI shall take back equipment supplied at its own costs and risks. The bank has the right

to reject the ‘SI Supplied Equipment’ and to seek free replacement or repair of the equipment

or defective components thereof till the completion of acceptance test and obtaining final

acceptance certificate from the bank.

8. The installation and acceptance test will be reckoned to be accepted by the bank in the event

the bank has not concluded & communicated the results of the acceptance tests to the SI

within 90 days of submission of all documents to the PMU. The installation & acceptance

test and check certificates will be mutually signed by the bank representative and the SI.

9. In all cases, the SI shall have the sole responsibility for bearing all additional charges, costs

or expenses incurred in correcting, reworking or repairing the defective or non-conforming

hardware/software.

5.34.4. Inspection of Records

In the RFP response, the SI shall make provisions for an annual audit covering compliance to

service level, engagement governance and processes. All SI records with respect to any matters

covered by this tender shall be made available to the bank or its designees at any time during

normal business hours, as often as the bank deems necessary, to audit, examine, and make

excerpts or transcripts of all relevant data.

The bank shall engage a third party for the audit. The cost of the audit will be borne by the bank.

Financial information would be excluded from such inspection, which will be subject to the

requirements of statutory and regulatory authorities.

The SI shall remediate any gaps arising out of the audit subject to remediation action being

covered under the scope of this RFP.

5.34.5. Acceptance Certificate

The bank shall issue an acceptance certificate for a release after successful completion of the

UAT and acceptance of the installed and commissioned hardware and software for that release.

The date of issuance of the acceptance certificate would be considered as the acceptance date

of that release. The title on the assets would be transferred to the bank on issue of Acceptance

Certificate for a release.

5.34. Monitoring and Audit

1. Compliance with security best practices may be monitored by periodic computer security

audits performed by or on behalf of the bank.

2. The periodicity of these audits will be decided at the discretion of the bank.



3. These audits may include, but are not limited to, a review of access and authorization

procedures, physical security controls, backup and recovery procedures, security controls

and program change controls.

4. To the extent that the bank deems it necessary to carry out a program of inspection and

audit to safeguard against threats and hazards to the confidentiality, integrity, and availability

of data, the SI shall give the bank's representatives access to the SI’s facilities, installations,

technical resources, operations, documentation, records, databases and personnel.

5.35. Certifications

The SI is required to attain the following ISO (9001, 27001, 20000) certifications for the system:

i. ISO/IEC 27001:2013 – for proposed solution(s) security – by the end of 1st six months

of Operations & Maintenance phase

ii. ISO 9001:2015 – for operations – by the end of 1st year of Operations & Maintenance

phase

iii. ISO 20000 – for services management – by the end of 1st year of Operations &

Maintenance phase

iv. PCI DSS, wherever required

The SI shall include all the efforts and cost required to attain the above certifications in the

commercial proposal submitted by them in reply to this RFP.

****************************************************



PART 6: BID FORM, PRICE SCHEDULES AND OTHER FORMATS (BF)

INDEX

FORMAT NUMBERS

6.1 Bid Form

6.1.1 Bid Form (Technical Bid)

6.1.2 Bid Form (Price Bid)

6.2 Non-Disclosure Agreement

6.3 Price Schedule

6.4 Bid Security Form

6.5 Contract Form

6.6 Performance Security Form

6.7 Bank Guarantee Form for Advance Payment

6.8 Manufacturer’s Authorization Form

6.9 Certificate for Successful Commissioning

6.10 Organizational Profile

6.11 Service Support Details

6.12 Bank Guarantee against Annual Maintenance

6.13 Bill of Material

6.14 Undertaking for Support Services

6.15 Confirmation for Eligibility Criteria

6.16 Business rules and Terms & Conditions of Reverse Auction

6.17 Integrity Pack

6.18 Self-Declaration for Non-Blacklisting

6.19 Application Source Code Integrity Statement

6.20 Know Your Employee (KYE) Compliance

6.21 Bid Security Declaration

6.22 Format of Certificate for Tenders for Works

6.23 Service Level Requirement

6.24 Payment Schedule

6.25 Certificate for No Deviation

6.26 CV Format

6.27 Undertaking for Consortium Support Services



FORMAT – 6.1. BID FORM FORMAT – 6.1.1. BIDFORM (TECHNICAL BID) (to be included in Technical Bid Envelope) Date:.............................. To:

Bank of India, MIS Department, Datawarehouse, Head Office Mumbai-400 051.

Sir: Reg.: RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India

Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Having examined the Bidding Documents, the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged, we, the undersigned, offer to provide Next-Gen Datawarehouse solution, in conformity with the said Bidding documents. We undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to deliver, install and commission the Solution in accordance with the delivery schedule specified in the Schedule of Requirements. If our Bid is accepted, we will obtain the guarantee of a bank in a sum equivalent to 10 percent of the Contract Price for the due performance of the Contract, in the form prescribed by the Bank. We agree to abide by the Bid and the rates quoted therein for the orders awarded by the Bank up to the period prescribed in the Bid, which shall remain binding upon us. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof and your notification of award, shall constitute a binding Contract between us. We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely “Prevention of Corruption Act 1988”. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you may receive. Dated this ....... day of ............................ 2021 _________________________________ ________________________________ (Signature) (Name) (In the capacity of) Duly authorized to sign Bid for and on behalf of _________________________________

RFP for Next-Gen Datawarehouse solution for STP of all Banking Products & Services


FORMAT – 6.1.2. BID FORM (PRICE BID) (to be included in Price Bid Envelope) Date: .............................. To:

Bank of India, MIS Department, Datawarehouse, Head Office Mumbai-400 051.

Sir, Reg.: RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/01 dated 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Having examined the Bidding Documents, the receipt of which is hereby duly acknowledged, we, the undersigned, offer to supply and deliver the captioned solution, in conformity with the said Bidding documents as may be ascertained in accordance with the schedule of Prices attached herewith and made part of this Bid. We undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to deliver, install and commission the system in accordance with the delivery schedule specified in the Schedule of Requirements. If our Bid is accepted, we will obtain the guarantee of a bank in a sum equivalent to 10 percent of the Contract Price for the due performance of the Contract, in the form prescribed by the Bank.

We agree to abide by the Bid and the rates quoted therein for the orders awarded by the Bank up to the period prescribed in the Bid which shall remain binding upon us. Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof and your notification of award, shall constitute a binding Contract between us. We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India namely “Prevention of Corruption Act 1988”. We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any Bid you may receive. Dated this ....... day of ............................ 2021 _________________________________ ________________________________ (Signature) (Name) (In the capacity of) Duly authorized to sign Bid for and on behalf of _________________________________



FORMAT – 6.2. NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT (To be submitted on Rs. 600 Stamp Paper). WHEREAS, we, ________________________________________, having Registered Office at __________________________________, hereinafter referred to as the COMPANY, are agreeable for doing a Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India, having its registered office at Star House, C-5, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Mumbai – 400 051, hereinafter referred to as the BANK and, WHEREAS, the COMPANY understands that the information regarding the Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India shared by the BANK in their Request for Proposal is confidential and/or proprietary to the BANK, and WHEREAS, the COMPANY understands that in the course of submission of the offer for Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India and/or in the aftermath thereof, it may be necessary that the COMPANY may perform certain jobs/duties on the Bank’s properties and/or have access to certain plans, documents, approvals or information of the BANK; NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the COMPANY agrees to all of the following conditions, in order to induce the BANK to grant the COMPANY specific access to the BANK’s property/information The COMPANY will not publish or disclose to others, nor, use in any services that the COMPANY performs for others, any confidential or proprietary information belonging to the BANK, unless the COMPANY has first obtained the BANK’s written Authorization to do so; The COMPANY agrees that notes, specifications, designs, memoranda and other data shared by the BANK or, prepared or produced by the COMPANY for the purpose of submitting the offer to Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India, will not be disclosed to during or subsequent to submission of the offer to the BANK, to anyone outside the BANK. The COMPANY shall not, without the BANK’s written consent, disclose the contents of this Request for Proposal (Bid) or any provision thereof, or any specification, plan, pattern, sample or information (to be) furnished by or on behalf of the BANK in connection therewith, to any person(s) other than those employed/engaged by the COMPANY for the purpose of submitting the offer to the BANK and/or for the performance of the Contract in the aftermath. Disclosure to any employed/engaged person(s) shall be made in confidence and shall extend only so far as necessary for the purposes of such performance.

Authorized Signatory

Name: Designation: Office Seal: Place: Date:



FORMAT – 6.3. PRICE SCHEDULE (Include in Price Bid Only – Not to be included in Technical Bid)

Reg.: Services for Next Gen Enterprise Data Warehouse Solution

Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172: Dated : 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Item Total Cost (INR)

Total End-to-end Project Cost for 5 Years 10 months

TOTAL in Figure

TOTAL COST in words:

Important Notes: 1. Please note the Bank has enterprise license of MS SQL and Oracle DB; if the Bidder

proposes these solutions as the database for any solution component, then SI is requested to exclude this cost as they can leverage the enterprise wide license of these DB solutions.

2. Bidder to quote best lowest price in his own interest. 3. Price quoted should be in INR and inclusive of all costs, duties, levies, taxes and all other

applicable charges excluding GST. 4. All commercial cost to be quoted in the value comprises only up to 2 decimal. 5. In case of discrepancy between figures and words, the amount in words shall prevail. 6. No increase in costs, duties, levies, taxes, charges, etc., irrespective of reasons (including

exchange rate fluctuations, etc.) whatsoever, shall be admissible during the currency of the Contract.

7. For any item cost is indicated as zero, it will be assumed that the item is provided to the at no cost.

8. Bidder to provide detailed break-up of above summary cost for each item of Bill of Material.

Signature of Bidder : _______________________ Name :___________________________________ Business address: ________________________ Place : Date :



Financial Bid Format - Bidders must follow the instructions below:

1

The following worksheets need to be filled out by the bidder - Phase wise Cost - Effort: Implementation and Customization - Effort: Training - Use Case Implementation Cost

2 Financials need to be provided separately for each Phase (Phase 1 and Phase 2). For detailed timeline for each phase, please refer to RFP

3 Throughout the Workbook, the Bidder needs to only fill out cells highlighted in "yellow"

4 The financial bid and rates should be submitted considering the contract term ending after 5 years from launch of Phase 1. Year 1 will start from Phase 1 launch

5 For each Phase (Phase 1 and Phase 2)

- The Bidder should provide year on year estimate that includes one-time set up

and ongoing maintenance and support

- The Bidder is expected to provide a split of the price estimate across the following -

licenses, hardware, implementation, customization, ATS, AMC, Training etc.

- The Bidder should provide the effort estimate for Implementation, Customization and

Training for each Phase. The man-day rate provided here will also form the basis for change requests

6 All prices should be quoted in Indian Rupees. The Bank reserves the right to round off the TCO to the nearest Rupee.

7 Please note the Bank has enterprise license of MS SQL and Oracle DB; if the Bidder proposes these solutions as the database for any solution component, then SI is requested to exclude this cost as they can leverage the enterprise wide license of these DB solutions

8 The bidder needs to arrive at pricing considering the volumetric information provided in the RFP

9 This financial bid should correspond to the implementation schedule (key milestone dates) mentioned in RFP

10 The financial payout will be as per the Payment schedule included in the RFP, which is based on the Volumetric information

11 The Total Cost of Ownership quoted should be inclusive of all charges and taxes incl. GST

12 All rates related to people cost should be inclusive of all expenses

Summary:

Phase 1: Consolidated Price

Sr. No.

Particulars TOTAL COST for the contract

period (Rs.) (In Figures)

1.1

Total License Cost (Perpetual & User Based License) of all the Software Applications in the entire solution with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP



1.2 Total OS License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

1.3 Total Database License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

1.4 Total Hardware cost with 1 year warranty for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

1.5

Total Implementation & Customization Cost (including build / develop, installation, configuration, customization, Integration, testing, Acceptance, etc.) of all the solution components in the entire solution for all phases with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP

1.6 Total ATS for all Software components

1.7 Total AMC for all Hardware components

1.9 Total Training cost as per the scope of the RFP

1.8 Total FMS cost as per the scope of the RFP

1.10 Any Other Item

1.11 Total Cost (Excluding GST but including other taxes as applicable)

1.12 TOTAL COST (Excluding GST but including other taxes as applicable) (INR) (In Words)

Phase 2: Consolidated Price

Sr. No.

Particulars TOTAL COST for the contract

period (Rs.) (In Figures)

2.1

Total License Cost (Perpetual & User Based License) of all the Software Applications in the entire solution with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP

2.2 Total OS License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

2.3 Total Database License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

2.4 Total Hardware cost with 1 year warranty for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

2.5

Total Implementation & Customization Cost (including build / develop, installation, configuration, customization, Integration, testing, Acceptance, etc.) of all the solution components in the entire solution for all phases with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP



2.6 Total ATS for all Software components

2.7 Total AMC for all Hardware components

2.8 Total Training cost as per the scope of the RFP

2.9 Any other items (Please specify)

2.10 Total Cost (Excluding GST but including other taxes as applicable)

2.11 TOTAL COST (Excluding GST but including other taxes as applicable) (INR) (In Words)

Total Consolidated Price (In Figures)

Total Consolidated Price (In Words)

Phase wise Cost:

Phase 1 Price Breakup

Sr. No.

Particulars

Brief Descript

ion of compon

ent

Upto

Go-

Live

All inclusive cost in INR (EXCLUDING GST ONLY)

Total Cost

(Excl

GST)

Year 1 Year

2 Year

3 Year

4 Year

5

1

Software Application License Cost (Perpetual & User Based License) of all the Software Applications in the entire solution with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP

1.1 Date warehouse (if new solution proposed)

1.2 CDC Tool (For ATM Switch Data)

1.3 Analytics Tool



1.4 Reporting & Visualization Tool

1.5 eStatement Solution

1.6 Data Backup & Recovery Solution

1.7 Data Archival Solution

1.8 Data Encryption Tool

1.9 OFSAA - MFTP

1.10

OFSAA - PFT

1.11

OFSAA - ALM

1.12

OFSAA - LRM

1.13

OFSAA - CRMS

1.14

ER-WIN License for Data Modelling

1.14

Any other items (Please specify)

2

OS License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

2.1 Date warehouse (if new solution proposed)


2.3 Analytics Tool






2.9 OFSAA - MFTP, PFT, ALM, LRM, CRMS



2.10


3

Database License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

3.1 Data Warehouse


3.3 Analytics Tool






3.9 OFSAA - MFTP, PFT, ALM, LRM

3.10


4

Hardware cost with 1 year warranty for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP Hardware includes all h/w components (e.g. Servers, server rack, TOR Switiches, etc.) required as per the scope of RFP

4.1 Data Warehouse


4.3 Analytics Tool








4.9 64 pieces of 64 GB RAM for Informatica suite

4.10


5

Implementation & Customization Cost (including build / develop, installation, configuration, customization, Integration, testing, Acceptance, etc.) of all the solution components in the entire solution for all phases with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP Any migration cost must also be included in the associated application

5.1 Data Warehouse

5.2 Data Ingestion (ETL, CDC, SFTP/MFTP etc.)

5.3 Reporting & Dashboard

5.4 Regulatory Reporting (incl. ADF)




5.6 Analytics Solution

5.7 Analytical Use Cases



5.10

Data Encryption Tool

5.11

OFSAA (IndAS + RAROC)

5.12

Data Migration Cost

5.13


6 ATS for all Software components

6.1 Data Warehouse









6.10

OFSAA - MFTP, PFT, ALM, LRM

6.11


7 AMC for all Hardware components

7.1 Data Warehouse











7.10

OFSAA - MFTP, PFT, ALM, LRM

7.11


8 Total Training cost as per the scope of the RFP

9 FMS Cost as per the scope of the RFP

9.1 FMS Cost for PL/SQL Resources

9.2 FMS cost for Helpdesk Support

9.3 FMS cost for ETL and CDC Support

9.4 FMS cost for BI Support

9.5 FMS cost for Advanced Analytics Support

9.6 FMS cost for DBA Support

9.7 FMS cost for Big Data Lake Support

9.8 FMS Cost for OFSAA Support

10 Any other items (Please specify)



11 TCO for Phase A (1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10)

Phase 2 Price Breakup

Sr. No.

Particulars

Brief Descript

ion of compon

ent

Upto

Go-

Live

All inclusive cost in INR EXCLUDING GST ONLY

Total Cost

(Excl

GST)

Year 1 (With

Warranty)

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

1

Software Application License Cost (Perpetual & User Based License) of all the Software Applications in the entire solution with 1 year warranty as per the scope of the RFP

1.1 Big Data Lake

1.2 Analytics Sandbox

1.3 Message Broker

1.4 Stream Analyser


2

OS License Cost for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP

2.1 Big Data Lake


2.3 Message Broker

2.4 Stream Analyser


3 Database License Cost for all the



solution components as per the scope of the RFP

3.1 Big Data Lake


3.3 Message Broker

3.4 Stream Analyser


4

Hardware cost with 1 year warranty for all the solution components as per the scope of the RFP Hardware includes all h/w components (e.g. Servers, server rack, TOR Switiches, etc.) required as per the scope of RFP

4.1 Big Data Lake


4.3 Message Broker

4.4 Stream Analyser


5

Implementation & Customization Cost (including build / develop, installation, configuration, customization, Integration, testing, Acceptance, etc.) of all the solution components in the entire solution for all phases with 1 year warranty as



per the scope of the RFP Any migration cost must also be included in the associated application

5.1 Big Data Lake

5.2 Common Data Platform and Data Ingestion


5.4 Analytical Use Cases

5.5 Reports & Dashboard

5.6 DWH Enhancement


6 ATS for all Software components

6.1 Big Data Lake


6.3 Message Broker

6.4 Stream Analyser


7 AMC for all Hardware components

7.1 Big Data Lake


7.3 Message Broker

7.4 Stream Analyser


8 Total Training cost as per the scope of the RFP

9 FMS Cost

10 Any other items (Please specify)



11 TCO for Phase B (1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9)

Break up to be provided for Implementation & Customization Effort as per below template

Implementation and Customization Cost (1 man day = 8 working hours)

Sr. No Role / Level Onsite Rate

(per man day) INR

Offsite Rate (per man day)

INR

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12



Cost Break up to be provided for Training Effort conducted both at Onsite and Online

Bidder needs to provide cost estimate for implementing each Use Case as per below

Phase 1 - Analytical Use Cases

Sr. No. Use Case Total Cost

(excluding GST)

1 Customer Segmentation



2 Customer Churn

3 Customer Value

4 Probability of Default

5 Cross Sell / Up Sell

6 Retail - Cross Sell / Up Sell




10 MSME - Cross Sell / Up Sell



13 Channel Performance & Profitability, Channel Planning & Optimization.

14 Delinquency management

15 Event Detection / Event Based Marketing

16 Lead Allocation / Routing Analytics

A Total Use Case Implementation Cost

Phase 2 - Analytical Use Cases

Sr. No. Use Case Total Cost

(excluding GST)

1 Asset / Security Selection

2 Asset Quality Optimization

3 ATM and Branch Cash Optimization

4 ATM and Branch Locations Optimization

5 ATM Replenishment optimization

6 ATM Withdrawal Forecasting

7 Branch Performance & Profitability

8 Budget Forecasting & Target setting

9 Call volume service optimization / Forecasting

10 Collection agent assignment / visit plan based geo-location

11 Concentration / Exposure Management

12 Contact tracing

13 Cross Sell Analytics

14 Customer Acquisition Scorecard - Prioritization

15 Customer Churn Prediction

16 Customer Dormancy Management

17 Customer feedback / Interaction analytics

18 Customer Life-Time Value and Customer Loyalty Analysis



19 Customer Profitability

20 Customer Risk Resilience Index

21 Data mining and analysis for complaints management

22

Design and track Campaigns for customer's based on various customer analytical parameters.

23 Down sell Analytics

24 Implementation of early warning systems

25 Implementation of self-cure identification model

26 Lead Conversion Forecasting & Scoring

27 Mitigate cyber security risks

28 Next Best Action

29 Operational Risk Analytics

30 Process Optimization in customer service

31 Product Penetration Analysis

32 Product Profitability

33

Profiling people using other bank ATM and send notification with nearest BOI ATM location

34 Sales Funnel Management

35 Service Differentiation

36 Spend Analytics

37 Stress testing

38 Up sell Analytics

39 Web Analytics - Optimizing website usage

40 Win-Back Modelling

41 Propensity & Impact Modelling

42 Customer Behaviour Analytics

43 POS

44 Profitability & Cost-Benefit Analysis

45 Yield on Advance

46 Cost on Deposit

47 MSME

48 Accounts for NPA Recovery

49 NPA Collaterals & Provisioning

50 NPA Settlement: Haircut

51 NPA Recovery

52 Collection agent Performance

53 Cross Sell/ Up Sell using Surrogate data

54 Additional Use Cases as per bank's discretion (2 per year)

B Total Use Case Implementation Cost



FORMAT – 6.4. BID SECURITY FORM

Whereas ...........................(hereinafter called “the Bidder”) has submitted its Bid dated

...................... (date of submission of Bid) for the supply of ................................. (name and/or

description of the Products/system) (Hereinafter called “the Bid”).

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that WE ..................... (name of bank) of ..................

(name of country), having our registered office at .................. (address of bank) (hereinafter

called “the Bank”), are bound unto ............................. (name of Purchaser) (hereinafter called

“the Purchaser”) in the sum of _______________________for which payment well and truly to

be made to the said Purchaser, the Bank binds itself, its successors, and assigns by these

presents. Sealed with the Common Seal of the said Bank this ____ day of _________ 2021.

THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are:

1. If the Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Form; or

2. If the Bidder, having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Purchaser during

the period of Bid validity:

(a) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Form if required; or (b) fails or refuses to furnish the performance security, in accordance with the Instruction

to Bidders. We undertake to pay the Purchaser up to the above amount upon receipt of its first written demand, without the Purchaser having to substantiate its demand, provided that in its demand the Purchaser will note that the amount claimed by it is due to it, owing to the occurrence of one or both of the two conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions. This guarantee will remain in force up to and including forty-five (45) days after the period of the Bid validity, i.e. up to ________, and any demand in respect thereof should reach the Bank not later than the above date.

(Signature of the Bidder’s Bank) Note: Presence of restrictive clauses in the Bid Security Form such as suit filed clause/clause requiring the Purchaser to initiate action to enforce the claim etc., will render the Bid non-responsive.



FORMAT – 6.5. CONTRACT FORM

THIS AGREEMENT made the .......day of.................................., 2021. Between

.......................... (Name of Purchaser) (hereinafter called "the Purchaser") of the one part and

..................... (Name of Supplier) of ......................... (City and Country of Supplier) (hereinafter

called "the Supplier") of the other part:

WHEREAS the Purchaser invited Bids for certain Products and services viz.,

..................................... (Brief Description of Products and Services) and has accepted a Bid by

the Supplier for the supply of those Products and services in the sum of ..............................

(Contract Price in Words and Figures) (hereinafter called “the Contract Price").

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract referred to.

2. The following documents of Bid No.: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021

shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement, viz.:

a) the Bid Form and the Price Schedule submitted by the Bidder

b) the Bill of Material

c) the Technical & Functional Specifications

d) the Terms and Conditions of Contract

e) the Purchaser's Notification of Award

f) Schedule of Dates, Amounts etc. (SDA)

g) The Scope of work mentioned in the RFP.

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier as

hereinafter mentioned, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to provide the Products and services and to remedy defects therein, in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the provision

of the Products and services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the

times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.



Brief particulars of the Products and services which shall be supplied / provided by the Supplier are as under:

Sl.

No.

Brief description

Of products &

Services

Total

Price (`)

1)

2)

TOTAL VALUE: (`.)

DELIVERY SCHEDULE: IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with their respective laws the day and year first above written. Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said ..................................................... (For the Purchaser) in the presence of:....................................... Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said ..................................................... (For the Supplier) in the presence of:....................................... (A detailed contract / agreement between the Bank and bidder will be executed covering RFP clauses, Bill of Material, Price, SLR etc ) The vendor shall execute the contract/ Agreement/ Service Level Requirement (SLR) in the format devised by the Bank.



FORMAT – 6.6. PERFORMANCE SECURITY FORM

Bank Guarantee No. ….. Date: …………. Issued by…….. Bank of India (As per RFP)…..……. ……………………….

1. WHEREAS…………………………………………., having its registered office at…………………..…………………………… (hereinafter called the “Service Provider") has undertaken, in pursuance of your RFP Reference No. Ref: ………………….Dated …………….. for Consultancy services for Datawarehouse next-gen solutions for the period specified in the RFP (hereinafter called "the Contract").

2. AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Service

Provider shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized Bank for the sum of Rs………. as security for compliance with the Service Provider’s performance obligations in accordance with the said Contract.

3. AND WHEREAS we ………………………………having our Head Office at……………..

and a Branch office at……………………… at the request of the Service Provider issue this Guarantee in your favour guaranteeing the due performance of the Service Provider of the said Contract.

4. We ………………………. Bank hereby agree and affirm that we are Guarantors and

responsible to you, on behalf of the Service Provider, up to a sum of Rs … ( Rupees in words) and we undertake to pay you the said amounts without demur or objection, upon your first written demand declaring the Service Provider to be in default under the said Contract. We shall pay the said amounts without cavil or argument as aforesaid, without needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein.

5. We undertake to pay you any money so demanded notwithstanding any dispute or

disputes raised by the Service Provider in any suit or proceeding pending before any Court or Tribunal relating thereto our liability under this present being absolute and unequivocal.

6. We,_______________________ (indicate the name of bank) further agree that the

guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Contract and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of the Bank of India under or by virtue of the said Contract have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till Bank of India certifies that the terms and conditions of the said Contract have been fully and properly carried



out by the said Service Provider and accordingly discharges this guarantee. This Guarantee shall be valid up to………. and unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the……. +6 months we shall be discharged from all liability under this guarantee thereafter.

7. We, ________________________ (indicate the name of bank) further agree with Bank

of India that Bank of India shall have the fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Contract or to extend time of performance by the said Service Provider from time to time or to postpone for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by Bank of India against the said Service Provider and to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said Contract and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such variation, or extension being granted to the said Service Provider or for any forbearance, act or omission on the part of Bank of India or any indulgence by the Bank of India to the said Service Provider or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us.

8. This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in our constitution or of the

Service Provider.

9. We, ________________________________________ (indicate the name of bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency.

Executed at……………… on this the …………………. Day of ………………………. Signature and Seal of Guarantors (Service Provider’s Bank) ................................................................... Date.................................................... .................................................................... Address: ..................................................... ....................................................................



FORMAT – 6.7. BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT To: (Name of Purchaser) (Address of the Purchaser) _________________________ _________________________ (Name of Contract) Gentlemen: In accordance with the provisions of the Terms and Conditions of Contract, to provide for advance payment, _______________________ (name and address of Supplier) (hereinafter called "the Supplier") shall deposit with ________________ (name of Purchaser) a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and faithful performance under the said Clause of the Contract in an amount of (amount of guarantee*(in figures and words). We, the (bank or financial institution), as instructed by the Supplier, agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as Surety merely, the payment to (name of Purchaser) on his first demand without whatsoever right of objection on our part and without his first claim to the Supplier, in the amount not exceeding (amount of guarantee* in figures and words). We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between (name of Purchaser) and the Supplier, shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment received by the Supplier under the contract until _______________ (expected date of last delivery). Yours truly, Signature and seal : Name of bank/ financial institution : Address : Date :

An amount is to be inserted by the bank or financial institution representing the amount of the Advance Payment.



FORMAT – 6.8. MANUFACTURERS'/PRODUCERS’ AUTHORIZATION FORM No. Date: To: Dear Sir:

Ref: Your RFP Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021

We who are established and reputable manufacturers / producers of ________________________ having factories / development facilities at (address of factory / facility) do hereby authorise M/s ___________________ (Name and address of Agent) to submit a Bid, and sign the contract with you against the above Bid Invitation. We hereby extend our full guarantee for the Solution, Products and services offered by the above firm against this Bid Invitation.

We also undertake to provide any or all of the following materials, notifications, and information pertaining to the Products manufactured or distributed by the Supplier:

(a) Such Products as the Bank may opt to purchase from the Supplier, provided, that this option shall not relieve the Supplier of any warranty obligations under the Contract; and

(b) in the event of termination of production of such Products:

i. notification to the Bank of the pending termination, in sufficient time to permit the

Bank to procure needed requirements; and ii. following such termination, furnishing at no cost to the Bank, the blueprints,

design documents, operations manuals, standards, source codes and specifications of the Products, if requested.

We duly authorise the said firm to act on our behalf in fulfilling all installations, Technical support and maintenance obligations required by the contract. Yours faithfully,

(Name of Producers)

Note: This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the manufacturer and should be

signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the manufacturer. It should be included by the Bidder in its Bid.



FORMAT – 6.9. PROFORMA OF CERTIFICATE FOR ISSUE BY THE PURCHASER AFTER SUCCESSFUL COMMISSIONING OF THE SOLUTION No. Date : M/s. Sub: Certificate of commissioning of Solution 1. This is to certify that the products / equipment as detailed below has/have been received in

good condition along with all the standard and special accessories (subject to remarks in Para No. 2) in accordance with the Contract/Specifications. The same has been installed and commissioned.

a) Contract No._________________ dated ____________________ ___ b) Description of the Solution ____________________________ ___ c) Quantity ____________________________________________ ____ d) Date of commissioning and proving test ________________________

2. Details of products not yet supplied and recoveries to be made on that account: S.No. Description Amount to be recovered 3. the proving test has been done to our entire satisfaction and Staff have been trained to

operate the Product. 4. The Supplier has fulfilled his contractual obligations satisfactorily* or The Supplier has failed to fulfil his contractual obligations with regard to the following : (a) (b) (c) (d)



5. The amount of recovery on account of non-supply of Products is given under Para No. 2. 6. The amount of recovery on account of failure of the Supplier to meet his contractual

obligations is as indicated in endorsement of the letter. Signature : _______________________ Name : _______________________ Designation with stamp : _______________________ * Explanatory notes for filling up the certificates: (a) The supplier has adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in dispatching the

Products / Manuals pursuant to Technical Specifications. (b) The supplier has supervised the commissioning of the solution in time i.e., within the period

specified in the contract from the date of intimation by the Purchaser in respect of the installation of the Product.

(c) Training of personnel has been done by the Supplier as specified in the contract. (d) In the event of Manuals having not been supplied or installation and commissioning of the

Solution having been delayed on account of the Supplier, the extent of delay should always be mentioned.

***********



FORMAT – 6.10. ORGANISATIONAL PROFILE (Include in Technical Proposal Only – Not to be included in Price Proposal)

CONSTITUTION Proprietary Partnership Private Ltd. Public Ltd. LLP Other

:

Established since Commercial Production of the solution on Offer started since

: :

Address of Registered Office :

Category : Software Producer / Developer (Principal) Hardware Manufacturer (Principal) System Integrator / Solution Provider (Third-party) Any Other (please specify)

Your Contact Person’s details for this RFP - Name, Designation, Mobile, Email Address

Name Phone Nos. (with STD Codes)

Names of Proprietor/Partners/ Directors

: 1.

2.

3.

4.

Number of Engineers familiar with the solution being offered

:

Number of Total Employees :

Consortium Partner details like Name, their Products, whether OEM etc engaged for the proposed solution under this RFP

Solution being offered, sold so far to:

Purchaser, with full address and Details of contact person (Phone, Fax and E-Mail)

Modules in Use

Date of Sale Whether Warranty/AMC still continues

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.



Note: Please support the above facts with documentary evidence. Please also attach Income-Tax Clearance Certificate (latest) Referral Letters from Clients mentioned above Signature of Bidder: __________________ Name: _____________________________ Business address: ____________________ Place: Date:

*********



FORMAT – 6.11. SERVICE SUPPORT DETAILS FORM

City / Location

Postal Address, Telephone, Fax, E-Mail and Contact Details of Support Personnel

Office Working Hours (Please mention whether the Support Agency is Owned or Franchisee arrangement)

Number of Software Engineers capable of supporting the solution being offered

Owned (Yes/No)

*********



FORMAT – 6.12. FORMAT FOR BANK GUARANTEE AGAINST ANNUAL MAINTENANCE (ON NON-JUDICIAL STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE) Bank Guarantee No.: .................................................... Date:.............................. To.......................................................... (Name of the Purchaser) Whereas ......................................... (Name of the Supplier) hereinafter called "the Supplier" has undertaken, in pursuance of contract No................... dated............. to supply .......................................................... (Description of Products and Services) hereinafter called "the Contract". AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said contract that the Supplier shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognised Bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with the Supplier's performance obligations under the contract for Annual Maintenance and Repairs of the entire system for the contract period. AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Supplier a Guarantee. THEREFORE WE hereby affirm that we are Guarantors and responsible to you on behalf of the Supplier, up to a total of Rs. ....................... (Amount of guarantee in words and figures) being 4% of the Contract Price and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring the Supplier to be in default under the contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limit of Rs. ....... (Amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein. This guarantee is valid until ............... day of ................ ........... Signature and Seal of Guarantors ................................. ................................. Date: ............. ..... Note: 1. Suppliers should ensure that seal and code no. Of the signatory is put by the bankers,

before submission of the bank guarantees. 2. Stamp paper is required for the bank guarantees issued by the banks located in India.



FORMAT – 6.13. BILL OF QUANTITY (To be included in Technical Bid)

BOQ Format:



FORMAT – 6.14. UNDERTAKING FOR SUPPORT SERVICES To:

Bank of India, MIS Department , Datawarehouse, 8th Floor , Star House, C-5, G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex Bandra (East), Mumbai-400 051.

Gentlemen, Reg.:

Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- We undertake, that adequate specialized expertise are available to ensure that the support services are responsive and We assume total responsibility for the fault free operation of the solution proposed and maintenance during the support period. We undertake that during support Period we will maintain an Uptime of 99.50% on monthly basis for the entire/core solution proposed. Dated this ....... day of ............................ 2021 _________________________________________________________________ (signature) (in the capacity of) Duly authorized to sign Proposal for and on behalf of

_________________________________



FORMAT – 6.15. CONFORMITY TO ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA (BIDDER and OEM)

Sr. No Eligibility Criteria Documents to be submitted

Compliance (Y/N)

A The Bidder should be a registered company in India as per Companies Act 1956 / 2013 and must be in existence for the last 5 years on the date of RFP

The Certificate of Incorporation issued by the Registrar of Companies along with the copies of Memorandum and Articles of Association to be submitted along with the Technical bid.

B The Bidder must have minimum annual turnover of Rs.500 Crores for each of the last three (3) financial years, i.e. FY 2017-18, FY 2018-19 and FY 2019-20. This must be the individual company turnover and not that of any group of companies. The Bidder should also be in net profit or Positive Net worth after tax during these three financial years Turnover (in Crore) 2017-18:__________ 2018-19: _________ 2019-20:__________

Certified / Audited Balance Sheets and P&L statements for last 3 years should be submitted in support of the turnover and profitability.) The Primary Bidder should submit a Certificate from their Chartered Accountants regarding their financial capability

C The Auditor/ Firm/ Company/LLP or its group company / subsidiary company / holding company /affiliate /associate company / partner of bidder should not have been black listed and/ or banned and / or barred and / or disqualified and /or prohibited by SEBI and /or RBI and /or NCLT and / or NCLAT and / or any court of law and / or quasi-judicial authority and / or any other statutory and / or regulatory authority

A self-declaration letter by the Primary Bidder, on the Company’s letterhead should be submitted along with technical bid



D The Bidder or OEM or Service Partner should have experience in delivery, integration, installation, management and maintenance of Data Platform in at least one Indian Public Sector Bank/Private Bank/BFSI customer with 3000 branches or business mix of 1 Lakh Crore on 31 March, 2020 or Outside India with a global bank with more that USD 40 billion business mix as on 31.03.2020. The reference must cover the following areas:

Data Warehouse and support

Date Lake Implementation and support.

Business Intelligence / Advanced Analytics

Data Security (Masking and Encryption).

Bidder or OEM or Service Partners should submit documentary proof of implementation, maintenance & support services by providing masked copy of Purchase order or Completion Certificate or Reference Letter from Client in Letter head or Statement of Work or Master Service agreement copy and documentary proof or reference documents for business mix criteria issued by the client. POCs done will not be treated as implementation, experience of the Bidder.

E The Bidder must have arrangements/back to back tie-ups with OEM & Service Partners to undertake all software upgrades / modifications necessary to conform to any changes or modifications required by the Bank and in compliance of RBI/ regulatory compliance (in time bound manner), from time to time, during the contract period

The Primary Bidder must submit a letter from the OEMs & Service Partners confirming the “Back-to-Back” agreement / arrangement along with Technical Bid

F Bidder to confirm that all the technical / functional requirements mentioned in this RFP are covered in totality in the proposal submitted by him

Self-undertaking on company letter head to be provided

G Bidder, OEM & Service Partners should have atleast 500 resources on its rolls across areas like Analytics, Data Science, Data Warehouse / Data Lake Implementation, etc. for the

Undertaking from the primary bidder on primary bidder’s letter head signed by the authorized signatory of the primary bidder



respective services provided to the bank

H The bidder should have an office registered in India and support office in Mumbai

List of branch / service centre with full details of Name, Address / Telephone Numbers with escalation matrix should be attached

I The bidder should be CMMI Level 5 and above certified organization in any one of the last three years

Bidder to provide a copy of CMMI level 5 Certification

Conformance to Eligibility Criteria for OEM

Sr. No Eligibility Criteria Documents to be submitted

Compliance (Y/N)

A The OEM should have a minimum annual turnover of at least Rs. 300 crores in each of the last three applicable financial years. (i.e. 2017-18, 2018-19 & 2019-20) with the exception of e-statement & ADF solution OEMs

Bidder to provide Audited financial statements indicating the annual turnover as set forth in the minimum eligibility criteria OR Auditor / Chartered Accountant Certificate

B The OEM should have a local presence of support Centre within India

Bidder to submit List of branch / service centre with full details of Name, Address / Telephone Numbers with escalation matrix should be attached

C Any of the proposed solution should have been implemented in atleast 2 Public/Private sector banks in India/abroad

Bidder to submit Satisfaction / credential letter from the client clearly stating the scope of work, modules implemented, coverage, value of work and user base of the solution



D The Proposed Analytics and Reporting tool should appear in Gartner's Magic Quadrant or Forrester wave report or any equivalent research report

Bidder need to submit a copy of reference of such product

Note: Bidder should not make any changes / additions / deletion to any of the above clauses of this RFP Documentary evidence, Forms requested in this RFP must be provided and signed by the authorized signatory of the Bidder.



FORMAT – 6.16. BUSINESS RULES AND TERMS & CONDITIONS OF REVERSE AUCTION Reverse Auction event will be carried out among the Technically Qualified Bidders, for providing opportunity to the Bidders, to quote the price dynamically, for the procurement for which RFP is floated. A) Definitions:

1) “Bank” means Bank of India. 2) “Service Provider” means the third party agency / company who has been selected

by the Bank for conducting Reverse Auction. 3) “L1” means the Bidder who has quoted lowest price in the Reverse Auction process. 4) “L2” means the Bidder who has quoted second lowest price in the Reverse Auction

process. B) Eligibility of Bidders to participate in Reverse Auction:

1) Bidders who are technically qualified in terms of the relative Terms & Conditions of the RFP and accept the Business Rules, Terms & conditions of Reversion Auction and submit the undertakings as per Annexure-A , can only participate in Reverse Auction related to the procurement for which RFP is floated. Bidders not submitting the above undertaking or submitting with deviations / amendments thereto, will be disqualified from further evaluation / participation in the process of relevant procurement.

2) Bidders should ensure that they have valid digital certificate well in advance to

participate in the Reverse Auction. Bank and / or Service Provider will not be responsible in case Bidder could not participate in Reverse Auction due to non-availability of valid digital certificate.

C) Training:

1) Bank will engage the services of Service Provider to provide necessary training to representatives of all eligible Bidders for participation in Reverse Auction. All rules & procedure related to Reverse Auction will be explained during the training.

2) Date, Time, Venue etc. of training will be advised at appropriate time. 3) Eligible Bidder / his authorized nominee has to attend the training as per the schedule and at the specified venue at the his / Bidder‟s own cost. 4) No request from the Bidders for change in training schedule and/or venue will be

entertained.



5) However, Bank reserves the right to postpone / change / cancel the training schedule, for whatsoever reasons, without assigning any reasons therefor, even after its communication to eligible Bidders.

6) Any Bidder not participating in the training process will do so at his own risk.

D) Reverse Auction Schedule:

1) The date and time of start of Reverse Auction and its duration of time will be informed to the eligible Bidders well in advance, at least a week before the Reverse Auction date.

2) Bank reserves the right to postpone / change / cancel the Reverse Auction event,

even after its communication to Bidders, without assigning any reasons therefor. E) Bidding Currency:

Bidding will be conducted in Indian Rupees (INR).

F) Start Price:

Bank will determine the Start Price for Reverse Auction –

1) on its own and / or; 2) evaluating the price band information called for separately from each eligible

Bidder at appropriate time and / or; 3) based on the price bids received and if opened, Bank may determine the start price

on the basis of the lower quote received. G) Decremental Bid Value:

1) The bid decrement value will be specified by Bank before the start of Reverse Auction event. It can be a fixed amount or percentage of Start Price or both whichever is higher.

2) Bidder is required to quote his bid price only at a decremented value. 3) Bidder need not quote bid price at immediate next available lower level, but it can

be even at 2/3/4 ….. Level of next available lower level.

H) Conduct of Reverse Auction event:

1) Reverse Auction will be conducted on a specific web portal, meant for this purpose, with the help of the Service Provider identified by the Bank.



2) Service Provider will make all necessary arrangement for fair and transparent conduct of Reverse Auction like hosting the web portal, imparting training to eligible Bidders etc., and finally conduct of Reverse Auction.

3) Bidders will be participating in Reverse Auction event from their own office / place of their choice. Internet connectivity and other paraphernalia requirements shall have to be ensured by Bidder themselves.

a) In the event of failure of their internet connectivity (due to any reason

whatsoever it may be), it is the Bidders responsibility / decision to send fax communication immediately to Service Provider, furnishing the bid price they want to bid online, with a request to upload the faxed bid price online, so that the service provider will upload that price online on behalf of the Bidder. It shall be noted clearly that the concerned Bidder, communicating this price to service provider, has to solely ensure that the fax message is received by Service Provider in a readable / legible form and also the Bidder should simultaneously check up with Service Provider over phone about the clear receipt of the bid price faxed. It shall also be clearly understood that the Bidder shall be at liberty to send such fax communications of prices to be uploaded by Service Provider only before the closure of Reverse Auction time and under no circumstances it shall be allowed beyond the closure of Reverse Auction event time. Such Bidders have to ensure that the service provider is given reasonable time by the Bidders, to upload such faxed bid prices online and if such required time is not available at the disposal of Service Provider at the time of receipt of the fax message from the Bidders, Service Provider will not be uploading the bid prices. It is to be noted that neither the Bank nor the Service Provider will be responsible for these unforeseen circumstances.

b) In order to ward-off such contingent situation, Bidders are advised to make all

the necessary arrangements / alternatives such as back –up power supply or whatever required, so that they are able to circumvent such situation and still be able to participate in the reverse auction successfully. However, the vendors are requested to not to wait till the last moment to quote their bids to avoid any such complex situations. Failure of power at the premises of vendors during the Reverse auction cannot be the cause for not participating in the reverse auction. On account of this, the time for the auction cannot be extended and BANK is not responsible for such eventualities.

4) Bank and / or Service Provider will not have any liability to Bidders for any

interruption or delay in access to site of Reverse Auction irrespective of the cause. 5) For making the process of Reverse Auction and its result legally binding on the

participating Bidders, Service Provider will enter into an agreement with each eligible Bidder, before the start of Reverse Auction event. Without this, Bidder will not be eligible to participate in the event. The format of the agreement is as per the Annexure-C.

6) Bidders name will be masked in the Reverse Auction process and will be given

random dummy names by the Service Provider.



7) Bidder / his authorized representatives will be given unique Login ID & Password by

Service Provider. Bidder / his authorized representative will change the Password after the receipt of initial Password from Service Provider to ensure confidentiality. All bids made from the Login ID given to the Bidders will be deemed to have been made by the concerned Bidder / his company.

8) Reverse auction will be conducted as per English Reverse Auction with no tie, where

more than one Bidder cannot have identical bid price. 9) Any bid once made by the Bidder through registered Login ID & Password, the same

cannot be cancelled. The Bidder is bound to supply as per the RFP at the bid price of Reverse Auction.

10) Auto Bid:

i) Bidder can take the advantage of Auto Bid facility available in Reverse Auction

system. Auto Bid feature allows Bidder to place an automated bid against other Bidders in an auction by confirming to one decrement and bid without having to enter a new price each time a competing Bidder submits a new offer.

ii) Auto Bid facility can be used by the Bidder only once. Bidder can at no point

of time during the course of the Reverse Auction, revise / delete his Auto Bid price. Bidder has the facility to revise his Auto Bid value only prior to the start of the Reverse Auction event.

iii) Only after the lowest price quoted by other Bidders is equal to or less than the

minimum Auto Bid value put in the system by Auto Bid Bidder, he will get the option to manually bid.

iv) If more than one Bidder opts for the Auto Bid facility and if the lowest price

quoted by more than one in Auto Bid facility is same, then the Bidder who has opted for the Auto Bid facility first will get the advantage of being the “L1‟, with the second bidder being “L2‟ at a price one decrement higher than the “L1‟ value and so on.

v) If one of the Bidder has opted for the Auto Bid facility, the system automatically

places a bid by conforming to one decrement from the bid that any of the other Bidders might have quoted. In such a case, if the manual Bidder directly quotes the same price as the lowest price which the Bidder who has opted for the auto bid facility, then the bid submitted by the manual Bidder would be accepted as the “L1‟ bid. But at that point of time onwards, the manual control of the Auto Bidder would be enabled for the Auto Bidder.

vi) Service Provider will explain in detail about the Auto Bid during the training.

11) Reverse Auction will be for a period of one hour with unlimited extensions. If the

Bidder places a bid price in last 10 minutes of closing of the Reverse auction, the



auction period shall get extended automatically for another 10 minutes (default extension period). The reverse auction gets extended continuously whenever a bid is received in the extension period. The reverse auction shall get closed automatically, when no bid is received in an extension period. (The time period of Reverse Auction & Maximum number of its extensions & time are subject to change and will be advised to eligible Bidders before the start of the Reverse Auction event.)

12) Bidder will be able to view the following on their screen along with the necessary fields in Reverse Auction:

i) Opening Price

ii) Leading / Lowest Bid Price in Auction (only total price)

iii) Last Bid Price placed by the respective Bidder

13) During Reverse Auction, if no bid price is received within the specified time, Bank, at its discretion, may decide to revise Start Price / Decremental Value / scrap the reverse auction process / proceed with conventional mode of tendering.

I) Reverse Auction Process:

1. At the end of Reverse Auction event Service Provider will provide the Bank all necessary details of the bid prices and reports of Reverse Auction.

2. Upon receipt of above information from Service Provider, Bank will evaluate the

same and will decide upon the winner i.e. Successful Bidder.

3. Successful Bidder has to fax the duly signed filled-in prescribed format as provided on case-to-case basis to Bank within 4 hours of Reverse Auction without fail. The Original signed Annexure-B should be couriered so as to reach us within 48 hours of Reverse Auction without fail.

4. Any variation between the on-line Reverse Auction bid price and signed document

will be considered as sabotaging the tender process and will invite disqualification of Bidder/vender to conduct business with Bank as per prevailing procedure.

5. Successful Bidder has to give break-up of his last/lowest bid price as per Bill of

Material at the end of Reverse auction event within 3 working days without fail.

6. Successful Bidder is bound to supply at their final bid price of Reverse Auction. In case of back out or not supply as per the rates quoted, Bank will take appropriate action against such Bidder and / or forfeit the Bid Security amount, debar him from participating in future



7. In case Bank decides not to go for Reverse Auction related to the procurement for which RFP is floated and price bids if any already submitted and available with Bank shall be opened as per Bank’s standard practice.

J) Bidder’s Obligation:

1. Bidder will not involve himself or any of his representatives in Price manipulation of any kind directly or indirectly with other suppliers / Bidders

2. Bidder will not divulge either his Bid details or any other details of Bank to any other

party without written permission from the Bank.

K) Change in Business Rules, Terms & Conditions of Reverse Auction: 1. Bank reserves the right to modify / withdraw any of the Business rules, Terms &

conditions of Reverse Auction at any point of time.

2. Modifications of Business rules, Terms & conditions of Reverse Auction will be made available on website immediately.

3. Modifications made during the running of Reverse Auction event will be advised to participating Bidders immediately.



Annexure-A (to be submitted on company letter head by all Bidders participating in Reverse Auction. Kindly fill the details wherever applicable and in other fields leave it blank) To, Bank of India Date: -----------------

Acceptance of Reverse Auction Business Rules and Terms & conditions in respect of Tender / RFP Ref. No. _______________ Dated ______ For procurement of ______________________________________ ===========================================================

We refer to the captioned subject and confirm that –

1) The undersigned is our authorized representative.

2) We have accepted and abide by all Terms of captioned Tender documents and Business Rules and Terms & conditions of Reverse Auction for the procurement for which RFP is floated.

3) Bank and Service Provider shall not be liable & responsible in any manner whatsoever for my / our failure to access & bid in Reverse Auction due to loss of internet connectivity, electricity failure, virus attack, problems with the PC, any other unforeseen circumstances etc. before or during the auction event.

4) We understand that in the event we are not able to access the auction site, we may authorize Service Provider to bid on our behalf by sending a fax containing our offer price before the auction close time and no claim can be made by us on either Bank or Service Provider regarding any loss etc. suffered by us due to acting upon our authenticated fax instructions.

5) I / We do understand that Service Provider may bid on behalf of other Bidders as well in case of above mentioned exigencies.

6) We also confirm that we have a valid digital certificate issued by a valid Certifying Authority.

7) We will participate in Reverse Auction conducted by ____________________________ (name of Service Provider) and agree to enter into an agreement with him (Service Provider) for making the process of Reverse Auction and its result legally binding on us.

8) We will fax duly signed filled-in prescribed format (Annexure-B ) as provided on case-to-case basis, to Bank within 24 hours of end of Reverse Auction without fail.

9) We will give break-up of our last / lowest bid price as per Bill of Material at the end of Reverse Auction event within 48 hours without fail.



10) We undertake to supply at our final lowest bid price of Reverse Auction. In case of back out or not supply as per the rates quoted by us , Bank is free to take appropriate action against us and / or forfeit the Bid Security amount, debar us from participating in future tenders.

11) We nominate our official Shri _________________________________ Designation _____________ of our company to participate in Reverse Auction. We authorize Bank to issue USER ID & PASSWORD to him. His official e-mail & contact number are as under – Email : Mobile :

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Signature with company seal : Name of Authorised Representative : Designation: Email : Mobile : Tel. No: Fax No.:



Annexure-B (to be submitted / faxed by Successful Bidder of Reverse Auction within 24 hours from the end of Reverse Auction event. Kindly fill the details wherever applicable and in other fields leave it blank) To, Bank of India Date : ----------------- Sir,

Final / Lowest Bid Price quoted in Reverse held on _______________ in respect of Tender / RFP Ref. No. _______________ Dated ______ For procurement of ______________________________________ =======================================================

We confirm that the final total bid price quoted by us in the captioned Reverse Auction event for captioned tender is as under – Rs. ( in figure) : ___________________________ Rs. ( in words) : _________________________________________________________ We confirm that –

1) [ ] We enclose herewith the detailed break-up of above price as per Bill of Material OR

[ ] We undertake to give detailed break-up of above bid price as per Bill of Material within 48 hours from the end-of Reverse Auction event.

2) Any variation between the on-line Reverse Auction bid price quoted by us and this

document will be considered as sabotaging the tender process and will invite disqualification of Bidder/vender to conduct business with Bank as per prevailing procedure. In such case Bank is free to take appropriate action and / or forfeit the Bid Security amount and / or debar him from participating in future

3) We are bound to supply at the above final bid price of Reverse Auction. 4) We note that in case of back out or not supply as per the above rates quoted by us,

Bank will take appropriate action against us and / or forfeit our Bid Security amount and / or debar him from participating in future

Signature with company seal : Mobile : Name of Authorised Representative : Tel. No : Designation : Fax No : Email :



Annexure- C: Process Compliance Form (The Bidders are required to print this on their company’s letter head and sign, stamp before faxing to Service Provider. Kindly fill the details wherever applicable and in other fields leave it blank) To (Name & Address of Service Provider) Sub: Agreement to the Process related Terms and Conditions For the Reverse Auction ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dear Sir, This has reference to the Terms & Conditions for the Reverse Auction mentioned in the Tender document for procurement of Next generation Data warehouse solution against the Tender No. ______________________________________________________________________ This letter is to confirm that:

1) The undersigned is authorized representative of the company.

2) We have studied the Commercial Terms and the Business rules governing the Reverse Auction and the RFP as mentioned in your letter and confirm our agreement to them.

3) We also confirm that we have taken the training on the auction tool and have understood the functionality of the same thoroughly.

4) We confirm that _____(Bank) and _____(Service Provider) shall not be liable & responsible in any manner whatsoever for my/our failure to access & bid on the e-auction platform due to loss of internet connectivity, electricity failure, virus attack, problems with the PC, any other unforeseen circumstances etc. before or during the auction event.

5) We understand that in the event we are not able to access the auction site, we may authorize _____(Service Provider) to bid on our behalf by sending a fax containing our offer price before the auction close time and no claim can be made by us on either _____(Bank) or _____(Service Provider) regarding any loss etc. suffered by us due to acting upon our authenticated fax instructions.

6) I/we do understand that _____(Service Provider) may bid on behalf of other Bidders as well in case of above mentioned exigencies.

7) We also confirm that we have a valid digital certificate issued by a valid Certifying Authority.



8) We also confirm that we will fax the price confirmation & break up of our quoted price as per Annexure B as requested by _____(Bank) / _____(Service Provider) within the stipulated time.

We, hereby confirm that we will honour the Bids placed by us during the auction process. With regards, Signature with company seal Name – Company / Organization – Designation within Company / Organization – Address of Company / Organization –



FORMAT – 6.17. PRE-CONTRACT INTEGRITY PACT (FOR THE BIDDER)

PRE-CONTRACT INTEGRITY PACT BETWEEN BANK OF INDIA AND _________________________ General

This pre-bid pre-contract Agreement (hereinafter called the Integrity Pact) is made on day ______of the month ______ of 2021, between, on one hand, the Bank of India acting through Shri _________, __________ Designation of the Officer (hereinafter called the “BUYER”, which expression shall mean and include, unless the context otherwise requires, his successors in officer and assigns) of the First Part and M/s. ………………. represented by Shri Chief Executive Officer (hereinafter called the “BIDDER/Seller” which expression shall mean and include, unless the context otherwise requires, his successors and permitted assigns) of the Second Part.

WHEREAS the BUYER proposes to procure (Name of the Stores/Equipment/Item) award the contract and the BIDDER/Seller is willing to offer/has offered the stores and

WHEREAS the BIDDER is a private company / public company / Government undertaking / partnership / registered export agency, constituted in accordance with the relevant law in the matter and the BUYER is a Public Sector Undertaking Bank of India. NOW, THEREFORE,

To avoid all forms of corruption by following a system that is fair, transparent and free from any influence / prejudice dealings prior to, during and subsequent to the currency of the contract entered into with a view to :-

Enabling the BUYER to obtain the desired said stores / equipment / work at a competitive price in conformity with the defined specifications by avoiding the high cost and the distortionary impact of corruption on public procurement, and

Enabling BIDDERs to abstain from bribing or indulging in any corrupt practice in order to secure the contract by providing assurance to them that their competitors will also abstain from bribing and other corrupt practices and the BUYER will commit to prevent corruption, in any form, by its officials by following transparent procedures.

The parties hereby agree to enter into this Integrity Pact and agree as follows. Commitments of the BUYER



1.1 The BUYER undertakes that no official of the BUYER, connected directly or indirectly with the contract, will demand, take a promise for or accept, directly or through

intermediaries, any bribe, consideration, gift, reward, favour or any material or immaterial benefit or any other advantage from the BIDDER, either for themselves or for any person, organization or third party related to the contract in exchange for an advantage in the bidding process, bid evaluation, contracting or implementation process related to the contract.

1.2 The BUYER will, during the pre-contract stage, treat all BIDDERs alike, and will provide to all BIDDERs the same information and will not provide any such information to any particular BIDDER which could afford an advantage to that particular BIDDER in comparison to other BIDDERs.

1.3 All the officials of the BUYER will report to the appropriate Government office any attempted or completed breaches of the above commitments as well as any substantial suspicion of such a breach.

2 In case any such preceding misconduct on the part of such officials(s) is reported by the BIDDER to the BUYER with full and verifiable facts and the same is prima facie found to be correct by the BUYER, necessary disciplinary proceedings, or any other action as deemed fit, including criminal proceedings may be initiated by the BUYER and such a person shall be debarred from further dealings related to the contract process. In such a case while an enquiry is being conducted by the BUYER the proceedings under the contract would not be stalled.

Commitments of BIDDERs

3. The BIDDER commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corrupt practices, unfair means and illegal activities during any stage of its bid or during any pre-contract or post-contract stage in order to secure the contract or in furtherance to secure it and in particular commit itself to the following :-

3.1 The BIDDER will not offer, directly or through intermediaries, any bribe, gift, consideration, reward, favour, any material or immaterial benefit or other advantage, commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any official of the BUYER, connected directly or indirectly with the bidding process, or to any person, organization or third party related to the contract in exchange for any advantage in the bidding, evaluation, contracting and implementation of the contract.

3.2 The BIDDER further undertakes that it has not given, offered or promised to give, directly or indirectly any bribe, gift, consideration, reward favour, any material or immaterial benefit or other advantage, commission, fees, brokerage or inducement to any official of the BUYER or otherwise in procuring the Contract or forbearing to do or having done any act in relation to the obtaining or execution of the contract or any other contract with the Government for showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavor to any person in relation to the contract or any other contract with the Government.



3.3 BIDDERs shall disclose the name and address of agents and representatives and Indian BIDDERs shall disclose their foreign principals or associates.

3.4 BIDDERs shall disclose the payments to be made by them to agents/brokers or any other intermediary, in connection with this bid/contract.

3.5 The BIDDER further confirms and declares to the BUYER that the BIDDER is the original manufactures / integrator / authorized government sponsored export entity of the stores / supplier and has not engaged any individual or firm or company whether Indian or foreign to intercede, facilitate or in any way to recommend to the BUYER or any of its functionaries, whether officially or unofficially to the award of the contract to the BIDDER nor has any amount been paid promised or intended to be paid to any such individual, firm or company in respect of any such intercession, facilitation or recommendation.

3.6 The BIDDER, either while presenting the bid or during pre-contract negotiations or before signing the contract, shall disclose any payments he has made, is committed to or intends to make to officials of the BUYER or their family members agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in connection with the contract and the details of services agreed upon for such payments.

3.7 The BIDDER will not collude with other parties interested in the contract to impair the transparency, fairness and progress of the bidding process, bid evaluation, contracting and implementation of the contract.

3.8 The BIDDER will not accept any advantage in exchange for any corrupt practice, unfair means and illegal activities.

3.9 The BIDDER shall not use improperly, for purposes of competition or personal gain, or passon to others, any information provided by the BUYER as part of the business relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business details including information contained in any electronic data carrier. The BIDDER also undertakes to exercise due and adequate care lest any such information is divulged.

3.10 The BIDDER commits to retrain from giving any complaint directly or through any other manner without supporting it with full and verifiable facts.

3.11 The BIDDER shall not instigate or cause to instigate any third person to commit any of the actions mentioned above.

3.12 If the BIDDER or any employee of the BIDDER or any person acting on behalf of the BIDDER, either directly or indirectly, is a relative of any of the officers of the BUYER or alternatively, if any relative of an officer of the BUYER has financial interest / stake in the BIDDERs firm, the same shall be disclosed by the BIDDER at the time of filling of tender.

The term relative for this purpose would be as defined in Section 6 of the Companies Act 1956.



3.13 The BIDDER shall not lend to or borrow any money from or enter into any monetary dealings or transactions, directly or indirectly, with any employee of the BUYER.

4. Previous Transgression

4.1 The BIDDER declares that no previous transgression occurred in the last three years immediately before signing of this Integrity Pact, with any other company in any country in respect of any corrupt practices envisaged hereunder or with any Public Sector Enterprise in India or any Government Department in India that could justify BIDDER’s exclusion from the tender process.

4.2 The BIDDER agrees that if it makes incorrect statement on this subject, BIDDER can be disqualified from the tender process or the contract, if already awarded can be terminated for such reason.

5. Earnest Money (Security Deposit)

5.1 While submitting commercial bid, the BIDDER shall deposit an amount ____ as specified in the RFP as Earnest Money/Security Deposit, with the BUYER through any of the following instruments

(i) Bank Draft or a Pay Order in favour of

(ii) A confirmed guarantee by an Indian Nationalized Bank, promising payment of the guaranteed sum to the BUYER on demand within three working days without any demur whatsoever and without seeking any reasons whatsoever. The demand for payment by the BUYER shall be treated as conclusive proof of payment.

(iii) Any other mode or through any other instrument as specified in the RFP.

5.2 The Earnest Money / Security Deposit shall be valid up to the complete conclusion of the contractual obligations to the complete satisfaction of both the BIDDER and the BUYER, including warranty period / Defect liability period.

5.3 In case of the successful BIDDER a clause would also be incorporated in the Article pertaining to Performance Bond in the Purchase Contract that the provisions of Sanctions for Violation shall be applicable for forfeiture of Performance Bond in case of a decision by the BUYER to forfeit the same without assigning any reason for imposing sanction for violation of this Pact.

5.4 No Interest shall be payable by the BUYER to the BIDDER on Earnest Money/ Security Deposit for the period of its currency.

6. Sanctions for Violations



6.1 Any breach of the aforesaid provisions by the BIDDER or any one employed by it or acting on its behalf (Whether with or without the knowledge of the BIDDER) shall entitle the BUYER to take all or any one of the following actions, whenever required:-

(iv) To immediately call off the pre-contract negotiations without assigning any reason or giving any compensation to the BIDDER. However, the proceedings with the other BIDDER(s) would continue.

(v) The Earnest Money Deposit (in pre-contract stage) and / or Security Deposit / Performance Bond (after the contract is signed) shall stand forfeited either fully or partially as decided by the BUYER and the BUYER shall not be required to assign any reason therefor.

(vi) To immediately cancel the contract if already signed, without giving any compensation to the BIDDER.

(vii) To recover all sums already paid by the BUYER and in case of an Indian BIDDER with interest thereon at 2% higher than the prevailing Prime Lending Rate of State Bank of India, while in case of a BIDDER from a country other than India with interest thereon at 2% higher than the LIBOR. If any outstanding payment is due to the BIDDER from the BUYER in connection with any other contract for any other stores, such outstanding payment could also be utilized to recover the aforesaid sum and interest.

(viii) To encash the advance bank guarantee and performance bond / warranty bond, if furnished by the BIDDER, in order to recover the payments already made by the BUYER, along with interest.

(ix) To cancel all or any other Contracts with the BIDDER. The BIDDER shall be liable to pay compensation for any loss or damage to the BUYER resulting from such cancellation / rescission and the BUYER shall be entitled to deduct the amount so payable from the money(s) due to the BIDDER.

(x) To debar the BIDDER from participating in future bidding processes of the Government of India for a minimum period of five years, which may be further extended at the discretion of the BUYER.

(xi) To recover all sums paid in violation of this Pact by BIDDER(s) to any middlemen or agent or broker with a view to securing the contract.

(xii) In cases where irrevocable Letters of Credit have been received in respect of any contract signed by the BUYER with the BIDDER, the same shall not be opened.

(xiii) Forfeiture of Performance Bond in case of a decision by the BUYER to forfeit the same without assigning any reason for imposing sanction for violation of this Pact.



6.2 The BUYER will be entitled to take all or any of the actions mentioned at para 6.1(i) to (x) of this Pact also on the commission by the BIDDER or any one employed by it or acting on its behalf (Whether with or without the knowledge of the BIDDER), of an offence as defined in Chapter IX of the Indian Penal code, 1860 or Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or any other statute enacted for prevention of corruption.

6.3 The decision of the BUYER to the effect that a breach of the provisions of this Pact has been committed by the BIDDER shall be final and conclusive on the BIDDER. However, the BIDDER can approach the Independent Monitor(s) appointed for the purposes of this Pact.

7. Fall Clause 7.1 The BIDDER undertakes that it has not supplied / is not supplying similar product / systems or subsystems at a price lower than that offered in the present bid in respect of any other Ministry / Department of the Government of India or PSU and if it is found at any stage that similar product / systems or sub systems was supplied by the BIDDER to any other Ministry / Department of the Government of India or a PSU at a lower price, then that very price, with due allowance for elapsed time, will be applicable to the present case and the difference in the cost would be refunded by the BIDDER to the BUYER, if the contract has already been concluded.

8. Independent Monitors

8.1 There shall be Independent Monitors (hereinafter referred to as Monitors) appointed by the BUYER for this Pact in consultation and with approval of the Central Vigilance Commission. 8.2 The task of the Monitors shall be to review independently and objectively whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this Pact.

8.3 The Monitors shall not be subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and perform their functions neutrally and independently.

8.4 Both the parties accept that the Monitors have the right to access all the documents relating to the project / procurement, including minutes of meetings.

8.5 As soon as the Monitor notices, or has reason to believe, a violation of this Pact, he will so inform the Authority designated by the BUYER.

8.6 The BIDDER(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access without restriction to all Project documentation of the BUYER including that provided by the BIDDER. The BIDDER will also grant the Monitor, upon his request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to his project documentation. The same is applicable to Subcontractors. The Monitor shall be under contractual obligation to treat the information and documents of the BIDDER / Subcontractor(s) with confidentiality.



8.7 The BUYER will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all meetings among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings could have an impact on the contractual relations between the parties. The parties will offer to the Monitor the option to participate in such meetings.

8.8 The Monitor will submit a written report to the designated Authority of BUYER within 8 to 10 weeks from the date of reference or intimation to him by the BUYER / BIDDER and, should the occasion arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.

9. Facilitation of Investigation

In case of any allegation of violation of any provisions of this Pact or payment of commission, the BUYER or its agencies shall be entitled to examine all the documents including the Books of Accounts of the BIDDER and the BIDDER shall provide necessary information and documents in English and shall extend all possible help for the purpose of such examination.

10. Law and Place of Jurisdiction

This Pact is subject to Indian Law. The place of performance and jurisdiction is the seat of the BUYER.

11. Other Legal Actions

The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any other legal action that may follow in accordance with the provisions of the extant law in force relating to any civil or criminal proceedings.

12. Validity

12.1 The validity of this Integrity Pact shall be from date of its signing and extend up to 7 years or the complete execution of the contract to the satisfaction of both the BUYER and the BIDDER / Seller, including warranty period, whichever is later. In case BIDDER is unsuccessful, this Integrity Pact shall expire after six months from the date of the signing of the contract.

12.2 Should one or several provision of this Pact turn out to be invalid, the remainder of this Pact shall remain valid. In this case, the parties will strive to come to an agreement to their original intentions.

13. The parties hereby sign this Integrity Pact at on

BUYER BIDDER Name of the Officer Name of the Officer Designation Designation Bank of India



Witness Witness 1 .............................................................................. 1 .......................... 2 ........................................................................................ 2 .............................

(Please ensure that the above document is signed by the bidder’s authorized official as

well as witnesses.)



FORMAT – 6.18. SELF DECLARATION FOR NON-BLACKLISTING (This letter should be on the letterhead of bidder duly signed by an authorized signatory).

Date: To The General Manager Bank of India Head Office MIS Department, Datawarehouse, 8th Floor, Star House-2, C-4, G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai – 400 051 Dear Sir: Reg.: RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India

Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ We who are established and reputable hereby confirm that our Auditor/ Firm/ Company /LLP or its group company / subsidiary company / holding company /affiliate /associate company / partner of bidder should not have been black listed and / or banned and /or barred and / or disqualified and /or prohibited by SEBI and /or RBI and /or NCLT and/ or NCLAT and / or any court of law and / or quasi-judicial authority and / or any other statutory and / or regulatory authority. Yours faithfully,

(NAME)

(DESIGNATION)

Note: This letter of authority should be on the letterhead of the firm / company and should be signed by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the manufacturer. It should be included by the Bidder in its Bid.



FORMAT – 6.19. APPLICATION SOURCE CODE INTEGRITY STATEMENT (This letter should be on the letterhead of bidder duly signed by an authorized signatory). To Bank of India

INTEGRITY STATEMENT This is to certify that our product ……………………………, Version: ………………………… (Hash Value -…………………………………………………………), developed by and a copyright of …………………………………………….. Follows standard secure coding practices and has been tested and certified for the following checks:

i. That the application/ Module has undergone the required level of unit, system, stress and volume tests and is free of any obvious bugs.

ii. That the software/ Module is tested with anti-virus/anti-malware software and is free of any known virus/malwares at the time of sale.

iii. That the application/ Module is free of any covert channels in the code being provided and subsequent modifications to be done on them.

iv. We have evaluated the cryptographic implementation and have ensured that only cryptographic modules based on authoritative standards and reputable protocols are used.

v. We confirm that SAST (Static application security testing) is carried out on source code (to identify and detect threats and weaknesses in its systems) and there are no OPEN vulnerabilities.

vi. We confirm that we are conducting secure coding training programs for our software developers/testers on periodical basis.

We also confirm that the above practices will be met by us for all the changes that we make in

the application/ module on a regular basis.

Authorized Signatory Name - Date: …………………..



FORMAT – 6.20. KNOW YOUR EMPLOYEE (KYE) COMPLIANCE (This letter should be on the letterhead of bidder duly signed by an authorized signatory). Sir, Reg.:RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementing Next Generation Datawarehouse Solution for Bank of India

Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ We (name of the company) hereby confirm that all the manpower (both on-site and off-site) deployed / to be deployed on Bank’s project for ………………. (Name of the RFP) have undergone our internal KYE (Know Your Employee) process and requisite checks have been performed prior to employment of said employees as per our policy.

1. We undertake and agree to save defend and keep harmless and indemnified the Bank against all loss, cost, damages, claim penalties expenses, legal liability because of non-compliance of KYE and of misconduct of the employee deployed by us to the Bank.

2. We further agree to submit the required supporting documents (Process of screening,

Background verification report, police verification report, character certificate, ID card copy, Educational document, etc) to Bank before deploying officials in Bank premises for ………………. (Name of the RFP).”

Yours faithfully,

Signature of Bidder: _______________________ Name: ___________________________________ Business address: ________________________ Place: Date:



FORMAT – 6.21. BID SECURITY DECLARATION (This letter should be on the letterhead of bidder duly signed by an authorized signatory). Sir, Reg.: RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementation of Next Generation DWH Solution Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

We (name of the company) hereby confirm that our companies/firms registered with

Ministries/Government Department exempted form submission of Bid Security as per the rule

170 of General Financial Rules(GFRs) 2017.

We hereby accept that if we withdraw or modify the bids during the bid validity period then we

will be suspended for the time period equal to Bid validity period mentioned in the RFP to

participate in any Bid Process of Bank of India.

Yours faithfully,




FORMAT – 6.22. FORMAT OF CERTIFICATE FOR TENDERS FOR WORKS UNDER RULE 144 (XI) IN THE GENERAL FINANCIAL RULES (GFRs), 2017. To: Bank of India. ………………….. …………………. Dear Sir,

Ref: Your REP No BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 Bidder Name:…………………………………

We, M/s -------------- are a private/public limited company/LLP/Firm <strike off whichever is not applicable> incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956/2013 Limited Liability Partnership Act 2008/ Indian Partnership Act 1932, having our registered office at ----------------------------------------------(referred to as the “Bidder”) are desirous of participating in the Tender Process in response to your captioned RFP and in this connection we hereby declare, confirm and agree as under:

a) We, the Bidder have read and understood the contents of the Office Memorandum & the

Order (Public Procurement No.1) both bearing no. F.No.6/18/2019/PPD of 23rd July 2020

issued by Ministry of Finance, Government of India on insertion of Rule 144 (xi) in the

General Financial Rules (GFRs) 2017 and the amendments & clarifications thereto,

regarding restrictions on availing/procurement of goods and services, of any Bidder from

a country which shares a land border with India and / or sub-contracting to contractors

from such countries.

b) In terms of the above and after having gone through the said amendments including in

particular the words defined therein (which shall have the same meaning for the purpose

of this Declaration cum Undertaking), we the Bidder hereby declare and confirm that:

* We, the Bidder are not from such a country which shares a land border with India, in terms of the said amendments to GFR, 2017. or *We, the Bidder are from such a country and has been registered with the Competent Authority i.e the Registration Committee constituted by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade, as stated under Annexure I to the said Office Memorandum / Order and we submit the proof of registration herewith. (*Delete whichever is not applicable)

c) We, the Bidders agree and undertake that if the contract is awarded to us, we will not

sub-contract or outsource the contract and / or any part thereof unless such subcontract/

outsourcing is permitted by Bank of India in writing, in which case we shall not sub-

contract or outsource the work to a contractor from such countries, unless such

contractor is registered with the Competent Authority and proof of same is obtained.

2. We, the Bidders hereby confirm that we fulfill all the eligibility criteria as per RFP and are not ineligible from participating in the Tender in view of the above Office Memorandum and Order. We also agree and accept that if our declaration and confirmation is found to be false at



any point of time including after awarding the contract, Bank of India shall be within its right to forthwith terminate the contract/ bid without notice to us and initiate such action including legal action against us. Bank shall also be within its right to forfeit the security deposits provided by us and also recover from us the loss and damages sustained by the Bank on account of the above. 3. This declaration cum undertaking is executed by us through our Authorized signatory/ies after having read and understood the Office Memorandum and Order (Public Procurement No.1) both bearing F.No.6/18/2019/PPD of 23rd July 2020 of Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure, Public Procurement Division, Government of India including the words defined in the said order (reproduced hereunder) which shall have the same meaning for the purpose of this Declaration cum Undertaking.

Definitions

"Bidder" for the purpose of this Order (including the term 'tenderer', 'consultant' `vendor' or 'service provider' in certain contexts) means any person or firm or company, including any member of a consortium or joint venture (that is an association of several persons, or firms or companies), every artificial juridical person not falling in any of the descriptions of bidders stated hereinbefore, including any agency, branch or office controlled by such person, participating in a procurement process.

"Tender" for the purpose of this Order will include other forms of procurement, except where the context requires otherwise.

"Bidder from a country which shares a land border with India" for the purpose of this Order means:

a) An entity incorporated, established or registered in such a country; or

b) A subsidiary of an entity incorporated, established or registered in such a country; or

c) An entity substantially controlled through entities incorporated, established or

registered in such a country; or

d) An entity whose beneficial owner is situated in such a country; or

e) An Indian (or other) agent of such an entity; or

f) A natural person who is a citizen of such a country; or

g) A consortium or joint venture where any member of the consortium or joint venture

falls under any of the above

"Beneficial owner" for the purpose of above will be as under:

(i) In case of a company or Limited Liability Partnership, the beneficial owner



is the natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person(s), has a controlling ownership interest or who exercises control through other means.

Explanation—

a. "Controlling ownership interest" means ownership of, or entitlement to,

more than twenty-five per cent of shares or capital or profits of the

company;

b. "Control" shall include the right to appoint the majority of the directors or

to control the management or policy decisions, including by virtue of their

shareholding or management rights or shareholders agreements or voting

agreements;

(ii) In case of a partnership firm, the beneficial owner is the natural person(s)who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, has ownership of entitlement to more than fifteen percent of capital or profits of the partnership;

(iii) In case of an unincorporated association or body of individuals, the beneficial owner is the natural person(s), who, whether acting alone or together, or through one or more juridical person, has ownership of or entitlement to more than fifteen percent of the property or capital or profits of such association or body of individuals;

(iv)Where no natural person is identified under (i) or (ii) or (iii) above, the beneficial owner is the relevant natural person who holds the position of senior managing official;

(v)In case of a trust, the identification of beneficial owner(s) shall include identification of the author of the trust, the trustee, the beneficiaries with fifteen percent or more interest in the trust and any other natural person exercising ultimate effective control over the trust through a chain of control or ownership.

"Agent" for the purpose of this Order is a person employed to do any act for another, or to represent another in dealings with third persons.”

Executed at……………. On this the …day of ………………………….

Authorized Signatory M/s--------------------- Signature and Name Seal of the Bidder *Note: Where applicable, evidence of valid registration by the Competent Authority shall be attached.



FORMAT – 6.23. SERVICE LEVEL REQUIREMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this day of 2021.

BETWEEN:

Bank of India, having its Head Office at 7th floor, Star House-2 , C-4, G-Block, Bandra Kurla

Complex, Bandra (East) Mumbai – 400051, (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”, which

expression shall unless repugnant to the context thereof, include its successors, assigns), acting

through _____________________, of the FIRST PART;

AND

______________________, (Company Registration No. ________________), a company

registered under the Companies Act, 2013 having its registered office at

____________________________________________ and place of business at

____________________________________________ (hereinafter referred to as "SI", which

expression, unless excluded or the context otherwise required hereof includes its successors,

administrators and permitted assigns) represented through its

___________________________, who is duly authorized vide board resolution no

__________________, dated _____________________ by the SI to execute this

agreement, of the SECOND PART.

WHEREAS:

A. Bank and [________________ ] have entered into a Contract dated [

]

B. In accordance with the contract, Bank and SI wish to enter into this Service-Level Agreement

(“Agreement/SLR”) on the following terms.

1. Definitions and general purpose

Definitions

1. In this Agreement, unless the context requires otherwise:

2. “Agreement/Service Level Requirement/SLR" means this agreement, together with its

appendices;

3. “Data" means all proprietary data of the Bank which the service provider obtains,

possesses or processes in the context of providing the services to the users pursuant to

this SLR;

4. “End User” means any person authorised by the Bank to use the solutions provided under

the Next Generation DWH Project and/or the Services;

5. "Parties" means Bank and SI for the purposes of this SL, and individually may be referred

to as "Party";



6. “Performance Monitoring Report” means the monthly report prepared by the SI in

accordance with Performance Reports (clause 5) of this Agreement;

7. “Service Failure” means any defect in or failure of the software or hardware solution provided

by the SI or its Partners / Sub-Contractors for the Next generation DWH project and/or any

Service which results (or would result if end users were, at the relevant time, using that

Service) in a failure to provide the Service in accordance with the requirements of this

Agreement or which results in the provision of the Next Generation DWH Project and/or that

Service to end users not complying with the requirements of this Agreement;

8. "Service level" means the level of service and other performance criteria as set out in

“Section 5.23 to Section 5.28: Service Level Requirements” of the RFP which will apply to

the services, in the form of SLR metrics, effective during the term of this SLR;

9. “Service Period” means 1 month unless otherwise specified

10. "Term" means the duration of this SLR;

11. "Terms of payment" means charges for the services in accordance with the terms of payment

schedule as indicated in “Section 6.24: Terms of Payment Schedule” of the RFP

12. All Appendices and other attachments to this SLR are hereby incorporated as a part of this

SLR by this reference.

13. References to any statute or statutory provision include a reference to that statute or

statutory provision as from time to time amended, extended, re-enacted or consolidated and

to all statutory instruments made pursuant to it.

14. Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words denoting

persons shall include firms and corporations and vice versa.

15. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the words "herein", "hereof", "hereunder" and similar

words refer to this SLR as a whole and not to any particular Article, Appendix or other

subdivision. The words "include" and "including" shall not be construed as terms of limitation.

The words "day" and "month" mean "calendar day" and "calendar month" unless otherwise

stated. Where, because of a difference in time zone, the calendar day or calendar month in

one Country differs from another Country, then the calendar day or calendar month shall be

deemed to be the calendar day or calendar month applicable to India. The words "writing"

and "written" mean "in documented form", whether electronic or hard copy, unless otherwise

stated.

16. Capitalised words used in this Agreement and not defined shall have the meaning ascribed

to such terms in the Master Service Agreement or the RFP.

2. Structure



1. This SLR shall operate as a legally binding services agreement specifying terms which

apply to the parties and to the provision of the services by the service provider to Bank

under this SLR and the contract.

2. Objectives and Scope of Contract:

3. The SI hereby agrees to provide Services to Bank, conforming to the specified Service

Levels, in order to:

a) ensure that the Services are of a consistently high quality and meet the requirements of

the Bank;

b) provide a mechanism whereby the Bank can attain meaningful recognition of

inconvenience and/or loss resulting from the SI’s failure to deliver the level of Service

for which it has been contracted to deliver; and

To meet the aforesaid objectives the SI will provide the Service Levels in accordance with

the Service Level Requirements (SLRs) as described in “Section 5.23 to Section 5.28:

Service Level Requirements” in the RFP, from the date on which this Agreement is executed

by the Bank and the SI (hereinafter the “Effective Date”) and shall, unless terminated earlier

in accordance with its terms or unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, expire on the date on

which this SLR expires or terminates for any reason, which shall be till the end of the Term

of the agreement as specified in clause 4.17 The SLR shall be coterminous with the contract.

3. SI System Maintenance

1. The SI shall create and maintain a rolling maintenance schedule with regard to the

information and communications technology system used by the SI in performing the

Services including the SI Software, the Miscellaneous Assets and related cabling (“SI

System”) to be agreed with the Bank (“Maintenance Schedule”). Such maintenance

schedule shall be discussed and updated by the committee members in accordance with

the Governance Schedule.

2. When the SI wishes to carry out any maintenance to the SI System, it shall ensure that:

a. the timing of the planned maintenance is in accordance with the requirements of the

Maintenance Schedule or is as otherwise agreed in writing with the implementation

committee at least [20] days in advance;

b. it is carried out during non-core hours (outside normal business hours);

c. once agreed with the Bank the planned maintenance (“Permitted Maintenance”) is

forthwith entered onto the Maintenance Schedule; and

d. the Permitted Maintenance is subsequently carried out in accordance with the

Maintenance Schedule.



3. The SI will be allowed to book a maximum of [8] hours Service downtime for Permitted

Maintenance of the SI System in any one Service Period which shall take place between 8

pm of one day to 8 am of the next day, or the hours and on the day specified in the

Maintenance Schedule unless otherwise agreed in writing with the Bank. For the avoidance

of doubt, Permitted Maintenance of the SI System shall not exceed [8] hours per Service

Period. In the event that the Permitted Maintenance is not completed within the Service

Period, the Bank would consider the SI System unavailable and apply penalties in line with

the Availability SLR as defined in the RFP.

4. The SI shall carry out any necessary maintenance where it reasonably suspects that the SI

System or the Services or any part thereof has or may have developed a fault. Any such

maintenance shall be carried out in such a manner and at such times so as to avoid (or

where this is not possible so as to minimise) disruption to the SI System and the Services.

4. Performance monitoring

This clause provides for the methodology for monitoring the Services:

a) To ensure that the SI is complying with the Service Levels; and

b) For identifying any Service Failures in the performance of the SI and/or delivery of the

Services (“Performance Monitoring System”).

Within [20] Working Days of the [Effective Date] the SI shall provide the Bank with a

Performance Monitoring System which shall include details of the SI’s proposals in respect of

the following:

a) Notifications to the Help Desk of Service Failures and other defects in the SI's

performance and/or delivery of the Services;

b) SI self-monitoring in accordance with the Performance Monitoring System using an industry

recognised help desk tool;

c) End User Satisfaction Surveys;

d) Performance review;

e) Bank audit;

f) The processes and systems the SI will put in place to monitor effectively its performance of

the Services as against the Service Levels; and

g) The format and content of the Performance Monitoring Report.

If the draft Performance Monitoring System is approved by the Bank it shall be adopted

immediately.



If the Bank gives notice of its rejection of the draft Performance Monitoring System, it shall in

such notice identify the changes it requires to be made to it. The SI shall amend the draft

Performance Monitoring System so as to incorporate the changes required by the Bank and

re-submit the amended draft Performance Monitoring System to the Bank for approval within

[five] Working Days of receipt of the Bank rejection notice.

The Bank shall be entitled to reasonably require, and the SI must comply with requests for,

routine changes to the Performance Monitoring System.

Without prejudice to the other provisions, each of the Bank and the SI shall have the right to

propose any changes to the Performance Monitoring System in accordance with the Change

Control Schedule as specified in the RFP.

5. Performance reports

1. Within [1] Working Day of the end of each month, the SI shall provide a Performance

Monitoring Report to the Bank.

2. The Performance Monitoring Report shall be in the format set out in the Performance

Monitoring System and shall contain, as a minimum, the following information in respect of

the Service Period just ended:

a) the monitoring which has been performed in accordance with the Performance

Monitoring System along with a summary of any issues identified by such monitoring;

b) for each Service Level, the actual performance achieved over the Week, and that

achieved over the previous [3] Service Periods;

c) Service level compliance evidenced with performance reports containing consolidated

data on performance and backed by capture of granular data.

d) the level of each Service Failure which occurred;

e) which Service Failures remain outstanding and progress in resolving them;

f) for any Severity Level 1 Service Failure occurring in the Service Period, the cause of

the fault and any action being taken to reduce the likelihood of recurrence;

g) for any repeat failures, actions taken to resolve the underlying cause and prevent

recurrence;

h) relevant particulars of any aspects of the performance by the SI which fail to meet the

requirements of the Agreement; and

i) such other details as the Bank may reasonably require from time to time.

6. Satisfaction surveys



In order to assess the level of performance of the SI, the Bank may undertake satisfaction

surveys in respect of End Users or various groups of End Users (“Satisfaction Surveys”). These

surveys may consider:

1. The assessment of the SI’s performance by the End Users against the agreed Service

Levels; and/or

2. Other suggestions for improvements to the Services.

The Bank shall be entitled to notify the SI of any aspects of their performance of the Services

which the responses to the Satisfaction Surveys reasonably suggest are not meeting the

SLRs.

The SI shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notification from the Bank ensure that

such measures are taken by it as are appropriate to achieve such improvements as soon as

is reasonably practicable.

7. Records

The SI shall keep appropriate documents and records (e.g. Help Desk records, system

availability, report generation response time, Service Failure log, staff records, timesheets,

training programmes, staff training records, goods received documentation, supplier

accreditation records, complaints received etc) in relation to the Services being delivered and

the other requirements to be satisfied. The records and documents of the SI shall be available

for inspection by the Bank and/or its nominee at any time and the Bank and/or its nominee

may make copies of any such records and documents.

The SI shall ensure that the Performance Monitoring System and any variations or

amendments thereto, the Service Levels, any reports and summaries produced in accordance

with this schedule and any other document or record reasonably required by the Bank are

available to the Bank on-line and capable of being printed.

8. Applicability of the Master Service Agreement

Apart from the provisions as set out hereinabove, the terms and conditions stated in the

contract shall apply mutatis mutandis to this SLR. In the event of a conflict in interpretation of

any Article in the contract and the SLR, the provisions of the contract shall prevail.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE BY DULY AUTHORISED

REPRESENTATIVES SET THEIR RESPECTIVE HANDS AND SEAL ON THE DATE FIRST

ABOVE WRITTEN IN THE PRESENCE OF:

WITNESSES: 1.

2.



SIGNED BY:

(NAME AND DESIGNATION)

FOR AND ON BEHALF OF BANK OF INDIA (FIRST PARTY)

SIGNED BY:

(NAME AND DESIGNATION) (SI)

Signature and Name Seal of the Bidder



FORMAT – 6.24. PAYMENT SCHEDULE BY THE BANK

1. Phase 1 Cost Payments – Software Cost

A. 10% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 on Signing the Contract by the Bidder and submission of Performance Guarantee

B. 35% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon installation of Software and signoff by the Bank

C. 5% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 on completion of IT Systems Audit and signoff by the Bank

D. 20% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon UAT signoff & IT Security Audit Observation Compliance sign-off by the bank

E. 20% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon Production Go-Live acceptance and signoff by the Bank

F. 10% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon 6 months of stabilization period after Production Go-Live acceptance and sign-off by the Bank

G. GAP licenses for OFSAA existing modules (ALM/MFTP/PFT/LRM/CRMS) will be paid 100% on delivery of licenses & implementation of Software Key.

2. Phase 1 Cost Payments – Implementation & Customization Cost

A. 10% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon successful transition from old system integrator and signoff by the Bank

B. 5% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon detailed Functional Requirement Specification signoff by the Bank

C. 15% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon Solution Design signoff by the Bank

D. 20% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon SIT & UAT signoff by the Bank

E. 5% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon IT security audit observation compliance signoff by the Bank

F. 35% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon Production Go-Live acceptance & sign off by the Bank

G. 10% of implementation cost of Phase 1 upon 6 months of stabilization period after Production Go-Live acceptance and sign-off by the Bank

3. Phase 1 – OFSAA Payments (New Modules- IndAS & RAROC) – Implementation & Customization Cost (Applicable module-wise) A. 5% of implementation cost of module upon detailed Functional Requirement

Specification signoff by the Bank

B. 10% of implementation cost of module upon Solution Design signoff by the Bank

C. 30% of implementation cost of module upon SIT & UAT signoff by the Bank

D. 5% of implementation cost of module upon IT security audit observation compliance signoff by the Bank

E. 40% of implementation cost of module upon Production Go-Live acceptance & sign off by the Bank



F. 10% of implementation cost of module upon 6 months of stabilization period after Production Go-Live acceptance and sign-off by the Bank

4. Phase 1 Cost Payments - Hardware A. 20% of the cost on delivery of entire hardware for the year. Payment will be

released only after full delivery of the hardware as per BOQ and signoff by the Bank.

B. 50% of the cost on upgradation, installation, commissioning & hardening of hardware in accordance with Information security requirement and signoff by the Bank

C. 20% of the cost on UAT sign off and IT System Audit and signoff by the Bank

D. 10% of the cost after completion of warranty period (or against a Bank Guarantee for the equivalent amount and valid for the entire warranty period)

E. Warranty starts from the date of UAT sign-off by the bank

F. AMC will start after completion of Warranty

5. Phase 2 Cost Payments – Software Cost

A. 35% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon installation of Software and signoff by the Bank

B. 5% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 on completion of IT Systems Audit and signoff by the Bank

C. 20% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon UAT signoff & IT Security Audit Observation Compliance sign-off by the bank

D. 30% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon Production Go-Live acceptance and signoff by the Bank

E. 10% of Software License Cost of Phase 1 upon 6 months of stabilization period after Production Go-Live acceptance and sign-off by the Bank

6. Phase 2 Cost – Implementation cost for setting up common data platform & common data ingestion

A. 20% of implementation cost of Phase 2 upon Solution Design Signoff by bank

B. 50% of implementation cost of Phase 2 upon successfully setup and configuration of Big Data Lake Platform, Message Broker and Stream Analysis components and sign off by bank

C. 30% of Implementation Cost of Phase 2 upon IT Systems Audit and sign off by bank

7. Implementation Cost of Analytical Use Cases to be staggered and will be based upon each use case implementation. The payment for each use case implementation will be as follows:

i. 20% of Implementation Cost after finalizing functional specifications, data requirements and sign off by the bank

ii. 30% of implementation cost upon UAT signoff by bank



iii. 40% of implementation cost upon Production Go-Live acceptance and sign-off by the Bank

iv. 10% of implementation cost of each use case upon stabilization period of 3 months and user adoption by the Bank

8. Phase 2 Cost Payments - Hardware A. 20% of the cost on delivery of entire hardware for the year. Payment will be released

only after full delivery of the hardware as per BOQ and sign off by bank.

B. 50% of the cost on upgradation, installation, commissioning & hardening of hardware in accordance with Information security requirement and sign off by bank

C. 20% of the cost on UAT sign off and IT System Audit completion

D. 10% of the cost after completion of warranty period (or against a Bank Guarantee for the equivalent amount and valid for the entire warranty period)

E. Warranty starts from the date of UAT sign-off

F. AMC will start after completion of Warranty

9. Incremental hardware: A. 40% of the cost upon Delivery of hardware

B. 50% of the cost upon installation of hardware and sign off bank

C. 10% of the cost upon completion of warranty period (or against a Bank Guarantee for the equivalent amount and valid for the entire warranty period)

D. AMC starts after completion of Warranty

10. ATS for Application & Database will be paid upfront every year and AMC for Hardware will be paid 6 months in advance. ATS for OFSAA existing modules ALM, MFTP, PFT and LRM modules to be paid from February 2022 whereas additional license procured for ALM, MFTP, PFT, LRM and CRMS modules and ATS for IndAs and RAROC modules will be paid after the expiry of warranty period. Note - ATS and AMC Cost will be paid after adjusting any penalty (if any) on account of non-compliance of service level requirements

11. Facility Management Services- Quarterly in arrears subject to SLA (Bidder to submit SLA details / report monthly to the Bank) and will be based on Actuals Note - FMS Cost will be paid after adjusting any penalty (if any) on account of non-compliance of service level requirements

12. Training Cost will be paid on actuals after successful completion of training by

respective OEM’s and after acceptance and signoff received from the bank

13. Any Other Charges - Depending on the nature of Services mentioned under ‘Any Other Charges’ of Pricing Sheet will be paid Half-yearly in arrears



FORMAT – 6.25. CERTIFICATE FOR NO DEVIATION (This letter should be on the letterhead of bidder duly signed by an authorized signatory). Sir, Reg.: RFP for Selection of System Integrator for Implementation of Next Generation DWH Solution Ref: Your RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ We (name of the company) hereby confirm that we had understood all the scope of the work mentioned in the RFP/Corrigendum’s and certify that NO deviation from the tender condition either technical or commercial and I am agreeing all the terms and condition specified in the tender specification.

Yours faithfully,




FORMAT – 6.26. CV FORMAT

Sr. No. Header Details

1.

Proposed position in the project: (Select the position as mentioned in 3.30.1.f.2. Team CVs (B2) Scoring for key roles)

2 Name of Staff [Only one candidate shall be nominated for each position]

3. Date of Birth

4. Nationality

5 Education Details

i. Name of Institution From To Degree Obtained

ii.

iii.

iv.

6. Certifications and Trainings attended

7 Area(s) of expertise and no. of years of experience in this area(s)

8. Total No. of years of experience

9 Total No. of years with the current firm

10. Details of Experience

Name of the Organization

From To Designation/ Responsibilities

i. <start with the current and go back in chronological order>

ii.

iii.

iv.

9.

Detailed Tasks Assigned on the Project [List all tasks to be performed under this assignment]

10. Relevant Work Undertaken that Best Illustrates the experience as required for the Role (provide maximum of 5 citations of 10 lines

i. ii. iii.

Name of Assignment or Project

Is this project one of the client reference project? <Yes / No>



Duration on the project (in months)

Year

Location

Employer

Main project features

Positions held

Value of Project [Approximate value or range value]

Activities performed

Name of Assignment or Project

Is this project one of the Client reference project? <Yes / No>

Duration on the project (in months)

Year

Location

Employer

Main project features

Positions held

Value of Project

Activities performed

<insert rows as relevant>

I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, that the CV of the proposed staff above correctly describes qualifications and experience mentioned, and that the proposed staff member is a permanent employee of our organization. I understand that any wilful misstatement described herein may lead to our disqualification or dismissal, if engaged Yours sincerely, On behalf of [Bidder’s Name]:

Authorized Signatory Name:

Title of Signatory:



Name of Firm:

FORMAT – 6.27. UNDERTAKING FOR CONSORTIUM SUPPORT SERVICES To:

Bank of India, MIS Department , Datawarehouse, 8th Floor , Star House, C-5, G-Block, Bandra Kurla Complex Bandra (East), Mumbai-400 051.

Gentlemen

Reg.: Procurement of _____________________________________

Ref: RFF Ref: BOI/HO/MIS/KGM/172 dated 03/03/2021

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- We hereby certify that: 1. The application / systems offered and/or other services or solution of another

consortium member and the solution proposed by us will operate effectively on the system proposed. By us.

2. We further confirm that we accept full responsibility for its successful operation.

3. We further undertake that we will be only single point of contact for any/all purpose.

4. We further submit that we do have a back to back agreement with all the consortium members. We further submit that required uptime, agreement to provide necessary support (including warranty period for the contract period) is available. We enclose documentary proof copy of agreement with the consortium members or service providers.

Dated this ....... day of ............................ 20__ _________________________________ ________________________________ (signature) (in the capacity of) Duly authorized to sign Proposal for and on behalf of _________________________________

Note: The certificate is applicable if bidder offers the products / services through its consortium member.



PART 7: ANNEXURE

7.1. Business Requirement Document

Column Name Column Definition

Requirement # Unique serial number to identify the requirements.

Requirement Type Highlights the requirement type ( For e.g. Functional , Non-functional, etc.)

Release (P1/P2) Phase 1 Release; Phase 2 Release

Architecture Building Layer (ABL)

This column is used for mapping of every requirement to the Architecture Building Layer.

Category High level category based on the functionalities related to different workstreams.

Description Description of the requirement for that specific category and Business process

Compliance Status The Requirement is: Compliant as ‘Out of Box’ functionality: Evaluated as “Out of Box” functionality of the solution. Compliant with customization: Evaluated as a functionality of the solution with customization. Non-Compliant: The functionality is not available in the solution.

Bidder's Remarks, if any (Applicable ONLY when selected Compliance Status is Compliant with Customization)

Bidder's Remarks (Applicable ONLY when selected Compliance Status is Compliant with Customization)



7.1.1. BOI: Enterprise Data Warehouse To-Be Architecture: Functional Requirements

Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture

Building Layer (ABL)

Category Description Compliance

Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected

Compliance Status is Compliant

with Customizat

ion)

FR01 Functional

P1 Visualization Layer

Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement performance assessment dashboards to track the key performance metrics (lead origination, slippages, delinquencies) of the RBCs / SME CCs / BCs / LCDs at a geographical / product level as well as the loan lifecycle with role based access control

FR02 Functional


Dashboards

The solution should have the capability to provide dashboards to empower LCDs / RMs to foster better relationships with key client stakeholders

FR03 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement product dashboards for all asset



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) and liability products. For each product, the dashboard must capture applicable product metrics. (E.g. for loans: Asset classification, total disbursements, etc.)

FR04 Functional


Data Acquisition

The solution should allow for automatic ingestion of structured, semi-structured and unstructured data from vendor platforms (E.g. credit score assessment, early warning signals, etc.) and the source systems without manual intervention.

FR05 Functional


Data Acquisition

The SI to develop and implement seamless integrations with all source



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) systems to ingest structured, semi-structures, unstuctured data & data streams without manual intervention

FR06 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement dashboards which allow real-time tracking of performance of loan accounts by product, by period of approval, and characteristics at the time of application approval to monitor the efficacy of credit scores, and to calculate return on risk adjusted capital, return on Basel-III capital and Risk adjusted yield



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)

FR07 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement overall portfolio dashboards for BMs, RBCs, Corporate exposure, NPA, PSL sectoral exposure and SMECCs

FR08 Functional


Analytics The solution should have enhanced analytical capabilities through easy-to-use GUI business intelligence tools to empower user departments and reduce TAT of data requests

FR09 Functional

P1 Data Warehouse & Data

Marts Layer

Data Quality

The SI to develop and implement automated data sanity checks to reduce manual effort by user departments to verify the data in the



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) end-use reports

FR10 Functional


Reports Tagging

The SI to develop and implement tracking and tagging of reports generated by the Datawarehouse team and other user department to create a centralized repository of business reports which are updated in regular intervals

FR11 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement customized of branch performance dashboards to accommodate the unique needs of special branches (e.g. Stock Broking, Corporate Banking, Bullion Branch, Retail Branch, etc.)



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)

FR12 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement dashboards with role based access control for monitoring branch performance and taking proactive interventions to boost performance. The dashboards are also expected to augment existing static financial metrics and performance reports to include Non-Financial Operational Metrics (Non-KYC account operations, Dormant account operations, Customer Relationship Management Metrics (Customer sentiment through



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) internal and external channels) and Operational Risk Metrics (incl. data from external sources such as news snippets)

FR13 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement overall portfolio dashboards for all user departments including NPA, FRM fraud flags, Complaints, PSL sectoral exposure integrating all source systems (including various systems, OCRM and HRMS) of the bank

FR14 Functional


Regulatory Complianc

e & Reporting

The SI is to identify gaps in the current Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss Statement and other



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) regulaotry reports to be made available in compliance of Banking Regulations Act, Companies Act and other regulatory/legal directives in the solution. The required data must be made available in the solution by the SI.

FR15 Functional



e & Reporting

The solution should be capable of generating income & expenditure statement and balance sheet as per user defined formats/statutory/ regulatory format.

FR16 Functional



e & Reporting

The solution should support generation of Long Form Audit Report in the format as desired by the bank



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)

FR17 Functional



e & Reporting

The SI to implement generation and printing of all statutory and regulatory reports in the format as required by the different statutory, regulatory and legal bodies

FR18 Functional


MIS The solutions should support collating various types of information for the purpose of various analysis of deposits.

FR19 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement map of all nodal / link branches to the HO for consolidated views across all dashboards

FR20 Functional

P1 Downstre

am Applications Layer

Master Data

Management

The SI to develop and implement a singular 360 degree view of the all the product related



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) information of a customer The SI must assist the CRM vendor to implement 360 deg view in the CRM solution.

FR21 Functional

P1 Downstre

am Applications Layer

Master Data

Management

The SI to develop and implement 'golden record' for the customers to obtain customer 360 deg view including transactional and behavioral attributes that would enable targeted interactions and better customer experience.

FR22 Functional


MIS The solution to provide the capability to generate adhoc reports / MIS reports as required by the user departments Should have facility to drill



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) down, composition / decomposition of report contents and perform audit checks.

FR23 Functional


MIS Solution to have facility of generating report of accounts linked to Aadhaar Number

FR24 Functional


MIS Solution to have facility of generating report of accounts linked to PAN Number

FR25 Functional


MIS Solution to have facility of generating report of accounts linked to customer id

FR26 Functional


MIS Solution should be flexible to configure ad – hoc reports in the manner and form required by the bank at no extra cost to the bank.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)

FR27 Functional


Dashboards

Solution should support reports of all types such as graphical, heat-map, dashboard, tabular with drill-down facility to the most granular level.

FR28 Functional


Dashboards

The SI to develop and implement reports for assessing geography, customer segment, product and channel-wise market potential, historical data and market share to arrive at sales target and budget

FR29 Functional


Dashboards

Solution should be capable of customized reports/MIS generation as per the requirement of Bank. Support various formats of reports as



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) required by the Bank

FR30 Functional


MIS Solution should provide facility to access, view, download and print the reports as per user access rights.

FR31 Functional


MIS Soultion should allow for report to be downloadable in excel, word, pdf etc. file formats.

FR32 Functional


MIS Solution should have flexibility to be generate reports using multiple dimensions and a combinations of them such as risk entity, legal entity, geography / location, process, product, risk type



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)

FR33 Functional

P1 OFSAA Support

The SI must support and maintain OFSAA solution implemented by the bank. The activities include but are not limited to: 1. Generating OFSAA reports 2. Version upgrade 3. Deployment of patches, etc. 4. Performance tuning 5. Support ETLs required and data upload to OFSAA data base 6. Enhancements/ new reports required by the bank/ regulator 7. Customizations to OFSAA as required by the bank/ regulator The SI must



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) perform the following activities: i) Procurement of GAP licenses (employee based / asset based) for existing following Modules. a) MFTP (Employee based requirement of GAP license for 8300 employees) b) PFT (Employee based requirement of GAP license for 8300 employees) c) ALM (Employee based requirement of GAP license for 8300 employees) d) LRM (Asset based GAP license for 25 billion $) ii) OFSAA CRMS (Basel-



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) III) licenses upon Migration from existing Reveleus CRMS (Basel-II) estimated additional licenses upon migration from reveleus is 28 billion $. iii) Implementation of New OFSAA Modules with licenses a) Ind-AS for Finance Department. b) RAROC for RMD Department.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)

FR34 Functional


MIS The SI has to propose and implement software for generating and password protecting the e-statements. The software must perform the following: 1. Generate monthly e-statements for bank's customers from the transactional data in the DWH solution in PDF, excel format in accordance with bank's SLRs. 2. Password protect the e-statement 3. Store the e-statements in the folder designated by the bank The software must have the capability to: 1. Design the e-statement as per the



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) bank's requirements 2. Specify the Password structure as per the bank's requirements

FR35 Functional


MIS The SI has to propose & implement ATS, licenses, provide FMS support and upgrade to latest version of IRIS software for regulatory reporting (XBRL). The SI must generate all the regulatory reports as specified by the bank. The SI should migrate the existing reports to the latest version and test the same. The reports



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) must be generated within the SLRs stipulated by the bank.

AN01 Analytical P2 Analytics Tools Layer

Asset / Security Selection

The SI should build analytical models for selecting the best combination of assets based on the following factors such as interest rate in a type of asset (product), credit cost, capital cost (on the risk weighted portfolio), liquidity position, etc. These assets can be across various departments of the bank (e.g. MSME Products, Retail Lending Products,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) Corporate Loans, etc.)


Asset Quality

Optimization

The SI should develop model to assign numerical value to credit risk associated with each and every product using Analytical models based on Customer demographic data, loan data, transactions, interactions, loan performance data


ATM and Branch Cash

Optimization

The SI must build models for ATM and Branch cash optimization based on predicted ideal cash opening requirement for branch and ATM, inflow forecast from these



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) channels, transaction trends, denomination-wise cash requirement, etc.


ATM and Branch

Locations Optimizatio

n

The SI to develop and implement analytics model to perform ATM Location optimization by examining profitability of the ATM, tracking ATM usage by self and other bank customers in each region/branch, analyzing ATM outage reasons, and performance of each vendor in order to arrive at the optimal ATM network


ATM Replenish

ment optimizatio

n

The SI should develop & implement optimal cash deployment model for a network of



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) ATMs based on the analysis of logistics costs, inventory policies as well as of the routing of replenishment vehicles. The optimal cash deployment model focuses on the reduction of cash-related expenses provided that ATMs do not run out of cash


ATM Withdrawal Forecastin

g

The SI must build models to Forecast the ATM withdrawals depending on the historical Transitions , trend and external factors


Branch Performan

ce & Profitability

The SI must build models to evaluate Branch performance in terms of profit, growth and risk, digital channel



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) penetration, growth in comparison with similar aged and sized branches, transaction and acquisition trend, asset quality assessment, wallet share of branch customers, etc. and derive an objective branch scoring mechanism


Budget Forecasting & Target

setting

The SI should build analytical model to arrive at sales target by considering Budget forecasting using cost projections, sales forecast, market potential, etc. along with Assessment of geography, customer segment, product and channel-wise market



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) potential, historical data, market share. The Sales Target must arrived for all regions, products, services and any combination thereof.


Call volume service

optimization /

Forecasting

The SI must build analytics model that should be able to Forecast call volume on different days based on historical data and also an Optimization model that suggests an appropriate number of operators for different peak periods of the working day, taking into consideration the following four performance measures: the expected waiting time,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) the expected number of waiting customers, the probability that a calling customer will have to wait, and the call center service level.


Channel Performan

ce & Profitability, Channel Planning & Optimizatio

n.

The SI should build models to generate Channel selection for sales and marketing for each customer segment based on channel usage, cost effectiveness, offerings, effectiveness for selling/up-selling/cross-selling, etc. SI to intergrate with Call center application, ACD, IVR, and lead mgmt system of OCRM, campaign mgmt and any other system



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) through API/ other modes/ methods to consume output of analytical reports/ models.


Collection agent

assignment / visit plan based geo-

location

The SI to develop and implement reports for weekly/monthly collection agent visit planning based on customer’s geolocation in order to optimize travel time and increase productivity


Concentration /

Exposure Manageme

nt

The SI should develop analytical model to monitor concentration risk in terms of all Customer segments, Sector, Geography, Product, Activity, Industry etc.


Contact tracing

The SI should build Skip-trace tools to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) allow business users mine their repositories for alternative contacts and business location of a delinquent customer


Cross Sell Analytics

The SI to develop and implement: 1) Analytics solution to automate identification of Fixed Deposits’ customers who could be eligible for a pre-approved credit cards against those fixed deposit based on defined criteria such as Fixed deposit amount, Fixed deposit maturity, Credit status, etc. and consequent intimation on the offering through the right channel 2) Automated



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) identification of prospective customers for current account products based on POS transaction volume / value analysis and consequent intimation on the offering through the right channel 3) Automated lead generation for complementary products such as on conversion of Auto Loan, generation of lead for Auto Insurance 4) Market Basked Analysis: Technique based upon that if a customer buys a certain group of items, s/he is more (or less) likely to buy another group of items



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)


Customer Acquisition Scorecard

- Prioritizatio

n

The SI should build an analytical model in event of excess leads generated for a particular product, statistical score card helps ranking the customer on the purchase probability, thereby channelizing resources effectively. This could entail correlation of historical data with existing leads and machine learning to calculate probability of conversion (the model should cover all products and servcies offered by the bank)


Customer Churn

Prediction

The SI to develop and implement model to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) predict customer churn using customer behavior, past interactions, patterns, etc. and the information could be shared with the relationship managers for engaging the customer


Customer Dormancy Manageme

nt

The SI to build & implement analytics solution to manage dormant customers by assessment of root-cause and the best corrective action (such as rate reduction, etc.) to be taken


Customer feedback / Interaction analytics

The SI to build analytics solution to mine Customer feedback data to derive customer sentiment



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) towards one or all bank products and social network platform data analysis to measure product level customer sentiment


Customer Life Time Value and Customer

Loyalty Analysis

The SI to implement analytics solution to calculate CLV for each of the customer and segment them according to their loyalty bucket to offer specialized interest rates/ products according to their relationship with the bank and profitability score. This is an existing model and SI should look to enhance the existing model based on the parameters stipulated by the bank



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)


Customer Profitability

The SI to implement analytics solution to assess the customer’s current economic value as well as critical drivers of that value to estimate the customer profitability The SI to implement analytics solution to based on the output generated from OFSAA MFTP module to estimate the customer profitability.


Customer Risk

Resilience Index

The SI should build an Resilience Index model which is a data driven evaluation model that can be used for continuous evaluation of the customer across the lifecycle



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) including acquisition, renewal, monitoring (EWS), collections and cross-sell for effective quick decision making. Evaluation could be based on dynamic parameters based on traditional and alternate data sources to account for one-off Covid-like events


Data mining and analysis for complaints manageme

nt

The SI to implement Text analytics, automated classification using AI/ machine learning algorithms and configurable inputs that detect, assess and classify complaints



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)


Delinquency

management

The SI to implement AI/ML solution to Assign numerical value to the probability of an account to become delinquent using the factors like Credit Score/FICO Score, Interest Rate, Installment , Annual Income, Debt-to-income ratio of the borrower, Number of days with a credit line that the borrower has had, Borrower’s revolving balance, Utilization rate of the borrower’s revolving line etc. The SI should bulid the required integrations with CIBIL,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) Data Agrregators, External data sources, exisiting service providers, NESL, etc. The SI should also Integrate with bank's Internal Rating model to obtain Probability of default.


Design and track

Campaigns for

customer's based on various

customer analytical

parameters.

The SI to develop and implement analytical models to identify product/ product bundles from a set of all products offered by the bank that can be effectively marketed to identified customer segments via designed targeted campaigns.


Down sell Analytics

The SI to build AI/ML solution to Identify



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) sales dropouts and offer vanilla / less-premium products


Event Detection /

Event Based

Marketing

The SI to build analytics solution based on Credit bureau triggers. Leads can be identified by partnering with Credit Bureau and analyzing the data to approach the customer with right product. Credit Bureau data acts as trigger as it could provide insights as to when a customer approaches any other financial institution with credit requirement Capturing the event trigger (such as a prospective customer visiting bank’s website), mapping it



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) with bank products/offers and triggering marketing message


Implementation of early

warning systems

The SI must build analytics driven model using social media feeds, customer payment records, credit score, industry/sector data, and triggers such as recently bounced/later payments, direct debit cancellation, sudden usage of card after period of inactivity, etc., to develop early warning systems



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)


Implementation of

self-cure identificatio

n model

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to develop self cure model to predict/identify high risk cases and assigning them to collecting agents helps increase in collector productivity. Early Warning Indicators must be built for Retail Loans, MSME Loans and Loans less than 1 Cr.


Lead Allocation /

Routing Analytics

The SI must build models that assess capability of sales staff, distribute leads basis the capability and availability and prioritize



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) leads with high probability


Lead Conversion Forecastin

g & Scoring

The SI should build models to assign a score to the newly generated lead by analyzing the potential and also identify the list of products that can be offered to the customer


Mitigate cyber

security risks

The SI must develop model using deep learning and other AI techniques, develop an ‘early warning system’ that detects Phishing campaigns, Trojans and malware


Next Best Action

The SI must build models to identify of the next best action for a product or a service (e.g., provide ‘x’ offer to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) customer Pertaining to MUDRA loan, MSME Term Loan, corporate loan) to a customer based on customer’s products, service requests, channel usage, sentiments, location, etc.


Operational Risk

Analytics

The SI should leverage analytics to build models to identify and proactively manage the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems developing solutions such as fraud analytics, business process analytics, workplace safety analytics,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) regulatory analytics, etc.


Process Optimizatio

n in customer service

The SI must build models to Identify bottlenecks, simplify operations, enhance process consistency, reduce waiting time using data and statistical analysis SI to pull data from the source systems for the data points required for analysis


Product Penetration

Analysis

The SI must build models to analyze the market penetration rate of all products offered by the bank and compare it with the similar products penetration rate of our



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) competitors. Also predict the Market penetration rate of newly launching product based on Market Basket Analysis, Sales Volume Forecasting


Product Profitability

The SI must build models to evaluate profits on a per-product basis across all channels, measuring margin across channels and micro-customer segments to identify ideal channel / segment for each product


Profiling people

using other bank ATM and send

notification with

nearest BOI ATM location

The SI must build AI/ML based solution to Send notifications to BOI customers using other bank ATMs with nearest BOI ATM location



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)


Sales Funnel

Management

The SI must develop and implement models for Casualty analysis and Process optimization(Predict likely reasons for lead casualty and improvise process to address issues) at each level of lead generation , product offerings based on Sales and geo-location data at customer level


Service Differentiati

on

The SI must build & implement analytics solution to provide service differentiation based on perceived customer value


Spend Analytics

The SI should develop analytical model by



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) Analyzing the spending pattern of the customer in various channels and products and thereby understand customer preferences for customer engagement and interactions


Stress testing

The SI must Leverage advanced analytics and develop simulations in order to accurately assess bank’s or investment portfolio’s performance (risk) in different economic scenarios. This can also be leveraged for market risk analysis, etc. With the aid of such stress testing models and balance sheet analysis,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) bank’s can undertake more informed action plan to mitigate risks and capture opportunities


Up sell Analytics

The SI must build models to identify leads eligible for Top-Up loans based on defined criteria such as existing loan maturity, credit status, delinquency records, etc. Automated identification of a target set of leads for credit card limit enhancement (or card upgrade) based on defined rules such as average limit utilization and spends, payment history, tenure, etc. Also for MSME



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) customers: The SI must build models to identify leads eligible for Top-Up loans , enhancement in Cash Credit and Overdraft Limit based on defined criteria such as existing loan maturity, credit status, delinquency records, GST Returns, Turn over in the account, Bank statement analysis, Financial Statement analysis i.e Networth/Net Profit, Financial Ratio etc, Internal/External Rating , average limit utilization and spends, payment history, tenure, etc.


Web Analytics - Optimizing

The proposed solution should be able



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) website usage

to convert raw web data into meaningful business information by capturing web usage and utilizing customer activities over internet and mobile banking


Win-Back Modelling

The SI must build analytics model to Identify reason(s) for customer to quit, evaluate profitability of lost customer and design targeted value proposition and communication to win back


Propensity & Impact Modelling

The ability to automatically select the most suitable campaign(s) for the customer based on the customer’s historic data e.g. loyal customer, bad payer, number



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) of disconnections etc. Governed by: 1) Business priority set by business - i.e. highest expected growth impact, or highest expected ROI 2) Propensity modelling (i.e. scoring on the likelihood of a certain customer action to happen 3) Impact modelling (i.e. scoring on the likelihood of a customer to accept a proposal. So for example the system should prioritise what campaign to push to a customer on the basis of out desire to maximize growth on that segment, starting from



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) the customers most at risk of churning and most likely to positively respond to a lock-in offer


Customer Behaviour Analytics

The ability to track customer activity over time by tracking interactions and integrating with social media channels - in order to deliver advertising targeted to the individual consumer’s interests and preferences


POS POS (Point of Sale) offer to current Account customer/ Cash Credit Account Customer.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion)


Profitability & Cost-Benefit

Analysis

Customer wise/Account wise profitability and cost-benefit analysis report.


Yield on Advance

Sector-wise scheme-wise Yield on Advance.


Cost on Deposit

Scheme-wise Cost on Deposit


MSME The SI to enahnce the Renewal model for term loan & working capital, etc. to enable the bank to identify accounts for auto-renewal of loans based on the parameters (customer history, etc.) mentioned by the bank. The high-level classification will be as follows: green/amber/ red zones. green - auto-renew the loan



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) amber - enhancement/ reduction in the loan- branch approval required red - performance of loan is not good


Accounts for NPA

Recovery

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to identify accounts to be targeted for recovery process such that the recovered amount and probability of recovery is maximum. The model must be able to group NPAs into user-defined buckets based on recovery amount and



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) recovery probability.


NPA Collaterals

& Provisionin

g

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to analyze securities/ collateral for the NPAs. The model must identify securities/ collaterals with high risk. The model must identify accounts which require additional provisioning.


NPA Settlement:

Haircut

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) arrive at the optimum haircut to be applied in case of NPAs. The model must analyze the borrower's financials and act a decision support system for settlement officers during settlement process.


NPA Recovery

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to analyze the inputs received from collection agents on NPA accounts to optimize the recovery amount and process.


Collection agent

Performance

The SI must build and implement solution using advanced



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) analytics and applying machine-learning algorithms to monitor performance of recovery/ collection agents


Cross Sell/ Up Sell using

Surrogate data

The SI must build analytical models to identify to identify potential leads and/or verify lead information from the LOS for first sale, cross-sell/up-sell of products/ services. The SI must ingest Surrogate Data from various systems (e.g. Telecom service providers, Electricity bills, etc.) to perform the analysis in addition to data from EDW & other source system



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture



Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicable

ONLY

when selected


with Customizat

ion) of the bank. The SI must implement integrations (APIs) with the Lead Origination System solution (assets & liabilities).


Additional Use Cases

as per bank's

discretion (2 per year)

Additional Use Cases as per bank's discretion (2 per year)



7.1.2. BOI: Enterprise Data Warehouse To-Be Architecture: Non - Functional Requirements

Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category

Description Compliance

Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when

selected Compliance Status is Compliant

with Customiza

tion)

NFR01 Technology

P1 Data Acquisition Layer

Data Acquisiti

on

The proposed solution must support all data formats from internal or external sources viz. structured, semi-structured and unstructured data. It must support ingestion of data in batches, incremental additions and real-time feeds. It must support data ingestion via CDC, ETL, Message Broker, SFTP/MFT, Web API, etc. There should be no limitation on the type, format and size of data ingested. Data may include Faltfiles, excel, log, feeds, audio, video, image, RDBMS, unstructured text, etc.

NFR02 Technology


Data Acquisiti

on

The data acquisistion components should allow to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) configure data ingestion processes from single or multiple source system, single or multiple files, single or multiple operational input files (e.g. excel, flat-files, pdf, images, files with delimiters, data stream, etc.)

NFR03 Technology


Data Acquisiti

on

Tools used for Data acqusistion should be able to ingest and replicate data by parallel processing

NFR04 Technology


Change Data

Capture

The proposed solution must support data acquisition and publishing the dashboards for end users, any job related to reporting and analytics on T-1 business day for some sources and Near Real time for some data sources on all days including month-end / quarter-end / year-end.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR05 Technology


Data Acquisiti

on

Automated buisness defined sanity checks, validations and reconciliation of data should be available as part of the proposed data acquisition solution to ensure the integrity of data.

NFR06 Technology


Data Acquisiti

on

All the Data acquisition methods/systems should generate audit and diagnostic logs for each load. An alerting report and monitoring utility should be proposed as a part of the solution.

NFR07 Technology


Data Acquisiti

on

Existing ETL Jobs to be Fine Tuned with repect to performance. Re-runnablity checkpoints should be present in ETL jobs (needs to be able to run at scheduled times, re-run when failed). The New developed ETL



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) jobs (if any) should be able to execute parallel read and write data into the DWH.

NFR08 Technology


Data Acquisiti

on

The SI must consider during design of next gen solution that when an ETL job runs the designated user must be able to log information like job duration,start time/end time, user information, the job status if success or failure, error message, etc. The ETL meta data repository should be query-able by designated user to extract this information.

NFR09 Technology


Change Data

Capture

The system must have the inbuilt/customised capability to notify the business any transmission loss of data due to failure in connectivity,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) network, system, hardware or any other reasons. It should automatically resume the load from the last successful checkpoints with minimal to no manual intervention.

NFR10 Technology


Change Data

Capture

The proposed change data capture solution must be able to load data in target DB with little to no latency. The proposed CDC solution must be able to load data into multiple databases with little to no latency

NFR11 Technology


Data The NEXT-GEN EDW solution should be capable on ingesting encrypted data from source system. It should support the encryption/decryption mechanism implemented at source system.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR12 Technology


Change Data

Capture

The SI must develop and implement seamless data acquisition from all source systems for all data types in near real-time and batch process (Incremental and/or Full Upload) as stipulated by the bank (as per industry best practices & standards).

NFR13 Technology

P1 Data Warehouse and Data Mart Layer

Data Quality

The SI must propose and implement end-to-end solution catering the data quality needs starting from data origin till the data consumption. These proposed tools to be used on its fullest capabilities for addressing various aspects of the data quality problem mentioned on BOI data set during data acquisition, data



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) transformation or data consumption as advised by Bank on case by case basis.

NFR14 Technology


Data Quality

The data quality solution must have compatibility and connectivity to a wide range of data sources i.e. proposed Tool (s) should be able to connect to a wide selection of data source types from the point of view of data management system such as RDBMS vs. NoSQL database and from a platform point of view such as on premises setup vs. cloud basis setup.

NFR15 Technology


Data Quality

The SI must develop and implement data quality use cases on Next Gen DWH solution as per industry standards and best practices. Validation rules should be



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) including but not limited to customers personal id validations, MIS Code, etc. and other relevant use cases as suggested by the SI and approved by the bank

NFR16 Technology


Data Quality

Data Cleansing activity - proposed solution must incorporate record de-duplication logics for enabling some aspects of data cleansing. Data correction file to be generated by SI based on the criteria stipulated by BOI during data cleansing activity

NFR17 Technology


Data Quality

Continuous ETL and Analytical validation Rules, filters/checks in data quality for each source systems defined and approved by the Bank should be implemented.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR18 Technology


Data Quality

The SI must build/setup & implement dashboard on proposed technology for Data Qulaity monitoring. The data quality dashboard must provide a complete view the status of regularly monitored data quality rules and must generate alerts to notify data administrators when an issue needs to be addressed. Report for Data correction progress to be generated and shared with BOI on frequency stipulated by BOI

NFR19 Technology


Data Quality

From a generalized “cleansing” activity point of view the proposed DQ solution must identify data values that are



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) coming from source which are short of meeting domain restrictions, integrity constraints or other business rules for user review.

NFR20 Technology


Data Quality

Implement Design Remediation Plan for identified DQ issues/gaps.(Identify areas for data remediation by performing root-cause analysis)

NFR21 Technology


Data Quality

Profile 'in-scope' data based on demand and services.

NFR22 Technology


Migration SI should propose and implement a detailed seamless automated migration plan from existing setup to proposed solution. Plan should focus on less manual intervention, data reconciliation



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) between the systems and minimum parallel run of existing and proposed solution. The SI must perform Historical data migration from existing system to new system. The existing tape data has to be initally restored and then again backed-up to new solution proposed by the SI.

NFR23 Technology


Migration Data migration activity to be carried out from existing Staging schema, ODS schema, EDW schema and Data Marts schema, user tables and any other schemas identified by Bank.

NFR24 Technology


Migration SI must also carry out the data migration from existing archival solution to new proposed one.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR25 Technology


Migration Migration of existing data extraction ETL jobs, reporting jobs, user details, etc.

NFR26 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Migration Migration of exsisting monitoring dashboard data points.

NFR27 Technology


Migration SI must also carry out migration of existing Data Quality rules and policies, Data Governance, Data Lineage.

NFR28 Technology


Migration Migration of all the relevant components of existing ecosystem as mentioned in as is architecture

NFR29 Technology


Migration For Migration process the SI should mention the bank with following details • pre-requisites for the migration process n the proposal. • list of all types of risks they expect during the migration. • provide any



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) downtime details if required on existing or proposed system during migration.

NFR30 Technology


Migration During migration process the vendor should review the as is architecture and de-duplication data and recommend improvements in overall setup if any

NFR31 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

The SI must implement end-to-end data governance solution

NFR32 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

Provide traceability – it should be possible to track and visualize any data transformation or any rule applied to data in the source system -> Next Gen DWH -> Downstream systems

NFR33 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management &

Data Governa

nce

Provide trust – The system should be able to ensure the users



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Data

Lineage Layer

that they are accessing data from the right source of information.

NFR34 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

Enforce security and privacy – Data inside the NEXT-GEN DW will be accessed by only authorized users.

NFR35 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

Automated propagation of changes to NEXT-GEN DW Data Dictionary and business glossary by multiple sources as and when changes occur in source.

NFR36 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

Capability to review the conformance to governance policies and processes periodically (monthly/quarterly) and make necessary changes.

NFR37 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Data Governa

nce

Metadata Management Capability: Tool should cater to three broad categories of



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Lineage Layer

metadata; Business metadata, Technical metadata and Operational metadata

NFR38 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

Parallel processing (Applicable to all solution components): Data governance tool should be able to handle concurrent users and be scalable to run all kind of job (eg: Data Lineage on simple/medium/complex jobs running on multiple tables) as per the RFP

NFR39 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

The solution components including all the applications and policies of the Next-Gen DW ecosystem to be reviewed periodically by SI and make necessary changes to get the maximum benefits from the setup. SI should



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) provide statistics which Bank my demand in connection with this like user details who is using the services, hit rates, application runtime and downtime, hardware memory and storage usages, etc.

NFR40 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

SI should provide a robust change management framework to track versioning, change history with date and user information, track migration of code from development to production, security.

NFR41 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

Performance benchmark of all components of Next-Gen DW to be given by participating Vendors

NFR42 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Data Governa

nce

The proposed tool should have Repository Search & Filter feature based on



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Lineage Layer

user-defined criteria

NFR43 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Data Governa

nce

The proposed tool should be able to provide a view of data lineage as it traverses systems and business process and apply ownership, quality and semantic contexts to those views.

NFR44 Technology

P1 Audit Based Control Layer

Data Governa

nce

The SI should develop automated reconciliation methodology suitable for each source system depending on the nature of data. The reconciliation reports should be displayed real time for monitoring. BOI should be notified through alerts for any discrepancies in reconciliation.

NFR45 Technology


Data Governa

nce

The SI proposed solution should have data reconciled in every data flow



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) activity in any/all layers including data marts in automated way at the time of loading itself

NFR46 Technology


Data Governa

nce

The NEXT-GEN EDW solution should be able to drill down in case of data reconciliation failure to the stage to identify the error and should be able to identify the errors on near real time basis. The SI can leverage AI/ML capabilities for reject processing wherever applicable.

NFR47 Technology

P1 Data Security & privacy

Layer

Data Encryptio

n

SI should implement a solution for all Data at Rest Encryption and all Data in Transit Encryption. Performance of the system should be minimally impacted due to encryption solution. The overall SLA for data processing



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) should be adhered to, keeping data encryption as an important activity.

NFR48 Technology


Layer

Data Encryptio

n

The SI team will determine tables / columns/ Cell-level encryption/Table space-level encryption that needs encryption by discussing with data owners with different bank departments before implementing the encryption solution.

NFR49 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should perform the Data Classification activity as per the organisation's policy.

NFR50 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should assess the Data Loss Prevention solution of the bank, identify and resolve the gaps.

NFR51 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should assess Perimeter firewalls implemented in the bank, identify



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) & resolve the gaps.

NFR52 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should assess Intrusion Prevention System in the bank, identify & resolve the gaps.

NFR53 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should assess Web Application Firewall in the bank, identify & resolve the gaps.

NFR54 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should assess SIEM solution in the bank, identify & resolve the gaps

NFR55 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should assess the PAM solution in the bank, identify & resolve the gaps.

NFR56 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI to review access logs as per the Bank's Policy

NFR57 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI to capture & monitor all database logs and other access logs in the SIEM tool.

NFR58 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should perform Internal VAPT assessment and resolve the issues. SI needs to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) comply with any advice / resolution given by bank's Information Security team.

NFR59 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should ensure that Internal application security testing should be performed and managed.

NFR60 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI should ensure that External vulnerability assessment of infrastructure and applications should be performed, managed and issues are resolved. The SI to resolve all the issues identified during the VAPT within the timelines stipulated by the bank's InfoSec team.

NFR61 Technology


Layer

Data Security

SI to implement patching any vulnerabilities identified in vulnerability assessments conducted by



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) them. SI to install software update patches.

NFR62 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI to implement end-to-end Visualization solution for all the existing reports & new reports required by the bank

NFR63 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The proposed reporting solution should be automated with little to no manual intervention from the bank side to cater reporting needs

NFR64 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

Data flow should be real time into dashboards in the proposed NEXT-GEN DWH solution

NFR65 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

Drag and Drop feature to customize reports/dashboards

NFR66 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The proposed solution should provide automated data reconciliation status for each data loads/data



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) movements on real time basis

NFR67 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

Dashboards should have the required drill-down capability and must be intuitive

NFR68 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The proposed solution should provide a good GUI and must be interactive

NFR69 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

All dashboards must be accessible to users based on Role-based-access-control from within and outside BOI network (intranet & internet) on all devices including but not limited to Mobile phones, tablets, iPad, etc.

NFR70 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI should propose an architecture which is High Performing, Scalable, Resilient and Reliable which will handle all volume and performance demands. The architecture



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) should not have any single point of failure

NFR71 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The BOI users in the branches should be able to access the reports using the reporting solution. The SI will be responsible to provide & implement any network configuration change or any additional hadware required

NFR72 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

SI to propose & implement tools to migrate the reports from the existing solution to new solution. The SI to co-ordinate with bank's EDW team for the same.

NFR73 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed reporting solution should be able to generate account-wise specific reports. The reports are to be discussed with the bank



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) during implementation.

NFR74 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed solution should monitor of all data sourcing tables/data marts on daily basis. Automated alerts via email/sms for jobs status like failure or successful should be provided to the bank The solution must support automated scheduling of reports based on the bank's requirements. The generated reports must be desimated to bank's users in an automated manner.

NFR75 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed system must consists of a reporting solution that support for all regulators globally in all required formats, including but not limited to excel



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) file, pdf, file with delimiter, XBRL, XML or other file-based electronic submission.

NFR76 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

Role based access to reports and dashboards: The proposed solution should provide a completely controlled and secure environment by providing appropriate permission to view granular data to designated users only.

NFR77 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The proposed reporting solution should be compliant with RBI guidelines.

NFR78 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed visualisation solution/tool(s) should have the capability to do reporting on all types of available of Data Formats (Structured, semi-structured, unstructured): • Click stream data



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) • Audit Logs • Documents • Multimedia data (Images/Videos/Audios) • XBRL format • ADF, etc.

NFR79 Technology

P1 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed visualisation solution/tool(s) should have the capability to save queries and analysis. The solution/tool(s) should enable the BI user to save the data filters, selections and drill-down paths used in decision-making process so that they can be reused.

NFR80 Technology

P2 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed Virtualization solution/tool(s) should have the capability to connect to various data sources and access to various databases and file types, such as delimited values files, text, Excel and XML,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) SQL/NoSQL databases, etc. The Virtualization Solution must be seamlessly integrated with Data Warehouse, ODS, Data Marts, etc. solutions

NFR81 Technology

P2 Visualization

Layer

Federation

The SI proposed Virtualization solution/tool(s) should have the data blending capability to permit the user to blend data from various data sources. This includes but is not limited to accessing the data and mapping or creating relationships with data from multiple sources The Virtualization Solution must be seamlessly integrated with Data Warehouse, ODS, Data Marts, etc. solutions

NFR82 Technology

P2 Visualization

Layer

Reporting tool

The SI proposed visualisation solution/tool(s)



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) should support “easy to create and maintain” reporting framework / model containing all business concepts / measures used in reporting.

NFR83 Technology


ETL Framewo

rk

The SI to build and implement end-to-end ETLs are required by the proposed solution

NFR84 Technology


ETL Framewo

rk

The SI proposed ETL framework should allow joining multiple sources/tables/inputs etc.

NFR85 Technology


ETL Framewo

rk

The SI proposed ETL framework should be able to maintain history of records in the DWH.

NFR86 Technology


ETL Framewo

rk

Orchestration of jobs and triggering jobs should be possible from an easy to use interface. Reports on job status and success / failure / retrigger should be sent to concerned



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) stakeholders on a continuous basis. The tool(s) used for data transformation should be aligned to data sources and types / formats of data residing on NEXT-GEN DW.

NFR87 Technology


ETL Framewo

rk

The proposed ETL Tool should be compatible to implement the data Quality, privacy and security policies of the Bank while transforming and storing the data. The proposed tool must have capability to perform data-masking as stipulated by the bank during data transformation in ETL.

NFR88 Technology


Cloud Migration

The proposed solution should be capable of being seamlessly migrated to cloud. The solution components must have an on-



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) premise and on-cloud version available for seamless migration to cloud.

NFR89 Technology


Cloud Migration

The NEXT-GEN DWH system should be able to load and consume data from private cloud-based infrastructures.

NFR90 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer

Analytical Master

Data Manage

ment

The SI must implement a full fleged Master Data Management solution

NFR91 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer

Analytical Master

Data Manage

ment

The SI proposed MDM solution must be an anlytical MDM solution.

NFR92 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer

Analytical Master

Data Manage

ment

Master Data Management tool (s) should deliver consolidated, complete and accurate view of business-critical master information to all the operational and analytical systems across the Bank.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR93 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The SI to implement Data Lake solution to store structured, semi-structured, un-structured data & data streams.

NFR94 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The SI to implement solution to seamlessly acquire data in the data lake with no manual intervention and make the data available for consumption by downstream solutions The system / solution should be able to ingest data in real-time and in batches.

NFR95 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed Data Lake should be Unified, Horizontally scalable, support parallel processing & storage, based on open platform and support all data types & formats.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR96 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed data lake solution should be able to query relational and non-relational data for employing iterative AI/ML algorithms.

NFR97 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The data lake solution should have capability to ingest data in real-time, perform in-memory processing and must be equipped with tools to perform analytics on ingested data in real-time

NFR98 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The system / solution should have capability to seamlessly integrate with downstream/upstream applications and allow data to be either pushed/pulled.

NFR99 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The data lake system/ solution should support open source analytical, statistical and AI/ML tools for



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) analysis and reporting

NFR100 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The data lake system/ solution must integrate with all downstream applications currently used at the bank (Mentioned in as-is technolgy stack)

NFR101 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed data lake system/solution should have job/data governance capability

NFR102 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The data lake system / solution should be able to store large amount of structured, semi-structured and unstructured data (based on the bank's projected data volumes) irrespective of the storage format ( CSV, documents, images, videos, GIS, binary and any other arbitrary data formats ) that are required by the



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) downstream application. The system / solution should be capable of ingesting data from any source system/databases including but not limited to 1) Oracle 2) DB2 3) MSSQL Server 4)Flat Files 5 ) Flat files with delimiter 6) CSV files, etc.

NFR103 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

Proposed data lake system/ solution should have the flexibility to be seamlessly migrated to public/ private cloud.

NFR104 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution components must be capable of being seamlessly migrated to data-lake. The data lake must cater to all structured, semi-structured, un-structured data along with data streams. It must have enterprise data



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) warehousing capabilities.

NFR105 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The SI must perform one time initial data migration from DWH to Data Lake

NFR106 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

As data will be ingested from DWH to DATA LAKE, changes being done (incremental changes) in DWH through ingestion and updation should be reflected in DATA LAKE setup in real time basis.

NFR107 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

DATA LAKE setup must have landing and staging layer and should support data ingest from all Source Systems. Data ingestion from new Source Systems for new data requirement will be added directly to DATA LAKE whereas DWH will keep ingesting data



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) from existing Source Systems, the way it is working now, till SI moves all source data ingestion to DATA LAKE setup.

NFR108 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

DATA LAKE should have capacity to run minimum 5,000 jobs per day (complex jobs) and having capacity to run minimum 1500 jobs concurrently without affecting the performance of the system.

NFR109 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The Data Lake solution must have over 99.5% uptime

NFR110 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

Proposed solution should have framework in place to monitor/handle hardware failures or corruption in underlying file system level. It should also have capability to enable exact point-in-time recovery of files



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) or directories in the cluster from accidental deletions or corruption due to user or application error

NFR111 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The system / solution should be able to ingest data from packaged applications like EDW, CRM, OFSAA, ACRM, HRMS, e-merge, CAPS, ATM Switch, IB, MB, UPI, social media, Mutual fund agencies, insurance companies application, API, various log files, etc.

NFR112 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must support data ingestion from ODBC sources, DB links, messaging queues, etc. with high throughput and low latency.

NFR113 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution should have easy to use GUI based



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) framework to configure sources to DATA LAKE, select table/columns and rows of data to be ingested

NFR114 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution should allow data ingestion from a single or combination of source systems/files/operational input files/sources

NFR115 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution should be able to ingest data from big tables like CBS through change data capture process

NFR116 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution should have audit and error logs for auditing and troubleshooting

NFR117 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must support search for object space, tagged data sets, specific fields or raw text



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR118 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must enforce security and privacy – Data inside the Data Lake should be accessiable by only authorized users. Data at rest/in-motion should be encrypted

NFR119 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution should be intergrated with the Active Directory of the Bank.

NFR120 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must support querying both structured and unstructured data in the Data Lake for making business decisions.

NFR121 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must support access to the data stored by using SQL like queries.

NFR122 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must support drill-down to individual data sources and viewing specific records of a



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) source to analyze output of data profiling

NFR123 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution should have capability to seamlessly connect by transforming the data with downstream/upstream applications and allow data to be either pushed/pulled downstream

NFR124 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The proposed solution must have capability to replicate data from Production setup to the DR setup of same the configuration

NFR125 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

Development and UAT environments to be set up in addition to Production Data Lake & DR Data Lake

NFR126 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The data lake solution should be able to handle large & complex data with atleast 1000 concurrent users



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR127 Technology

P2 Data Lake Layer

Data Lake

The SI must propose & implement archiving, backup, recovery & purging solution for the Data Lake as per the policies stipulated by the bank & regulators.

NFR128 Technology

P2 Visualization

Layer

Data Virtualiza

tion

The SI to build and implement data virtualization to ensure seamless data access & processing for operational, analytical, MIS, regulatory reporting, etc. purposes across all data repositories.

NFR129 Technology

P1 Data Warehou

se

Process SI to meet all the SLA stipulated by the bank. (SLA table required to be created with inputs from bank). (Escalation matrix needs to be designed with the bank)

NFR130 Technology

P1 Data Backup

&

Business Continuit

y Plan

The SI should provide Business continuity plan,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Recovery

Layer measures and arrangements to ensure the continuous delivery of buisness critical services and products by BOI in case its data center is impacted.

NFR131 Technology

P2 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Business Continuit

y Plan

SI must update & conduct BCP Drill twice each year during the contract period at a date stipulated by the bank and on-demand if required by the bank.

NFR132 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Business Continuit

y Plan

The SI must perform identification of necessary resources to support business continuity, including personnel, information, equipment, financial allocations, legal counsel, infrastructure, etc.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR133 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Business Continuit

y Plan

The SI should consider the below points while drafting the BCP plan 1. All types of threats must be considered 2. Dependencies and interdependencies should be carefully analysed during planning 3. Network and telecommunications should be available 4. Alternate sites should be available 5. Employee support should be available, etc.

NFR134 Technology

P1 Data Archival Layer

Data Archival

The SI to build and implement data archival & backup solution in accordance with the SLRs & policy stipulated by the bank

NFR135 Technology


Data Archival

In the proposed solution, the history records i.e. data older than specific duration as identified by BOI



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) to be archived in low cost cold storage. The SI should provide and implement the cold storage, archival & backup solution

NFR136 Technology


Data Archival

The SI should propose solution for Archival which is cost effective and flexible for storage and processing

NFR137 Technology


Data Archival

The SI must implement data archival solution such that the archived data should be available for all end users in the form of a single view via Data Virtualization Layer and in adherance with the stipulated SLRs for analytical/reporting purpose.

NFR138 Technology


Data Archival

The SI must propose an automated process for archiving data as per Banks policy. The SI must reconcile the



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) archived data and provide the reconcillation report with the bank.

NFR139 Technology


Data Archival

The SI must propose a solution to store backup of entire solution on suitable cost-effective, fast recovery infrastructure. The SI must propose both disk-to-disk & tape backup solution.

NFR140 Technology


Data Archival

In the proposed solution mixing and merging of data from live environment to and from archival environment must not result in any significant loss of system performance and response time.

NFR141 Technology


Data Archival

The SI must propose an archival and backup setup that must support automated Data Reconciliation whenever the data is archived



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR142 Technology


Data Archival

User should be able to work on DB even while backup is in progress. They should be able to run statistics and reorganize their tables. The background backup process must not hamper performance of user queries.

NFR143 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Data Recovery

The SI must propose and implement the DR solution in adherance with the SLRs stipulated by the bank and at the premises stipulated by the bank. The solution implemented must adhere to the RTO & RPO stipulated by the bank.

NFR144 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Data Recovery

The proposed solution is expected to have a monitoring engine that can determine the health of production environment and



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) raise alerts / trigger for taking remedial actions to Bring-Up the DR environment as the default NEXT-GEN EDW as required.

NFR145 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Data Recovery

The SI must note that in case of DC failure or downtime, switching over to NEXT-GEN EDW – DR must have minimal manual intervention. The handover from Production to DR environment should be seamless and must not incur any data loss / data corruption. Jobs in progress must be restarted with minimal impact (including data loss) with automation tools and in adherance with the SLRs stipulated by the bank.

NFR146 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Data Recovery

The NEXT-GEN EDW and the NEXT-GEN EDW DR should always be in sync



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) e.g. jobs developed and deployed in production, should be deployed in DR as well, etc. The same applies to any admin activity, security policy or other activities on NEXT-GEN EDW.

NFR147 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Data Recovery

BOI reserves the right to enforce mock-up scenarios for failure to ensure that the NEXT-GEN EDW – DR solution is working as expected. The SI should support the Bank to test such scenarios.

NFR148 Technology

P1 Data Backup

& Recovery

Layer

Data Backup

The SI should propose how the DR solution will be in synch with the production solution.

NFR149 Technology


Layer

Data Privacy

The SI must implement Data Masking of fields identifed by the bank

NFR150 Technology

P1 Data Security

Data Privacy

The proposed solution should



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) & privacy

Layer have a capability to disable unmasking of masked data according to users’ requirements

NFR151 Technology


Layer

Data Privacy

The SI proposed Tool should be able to have selective masking of columns functionality in user specified tables.

NFR152 Technology


Layer

Data Privacy

The SI must make sure the masked data is usable

NFR153 Technology


Layer

Data Privacy

The NEXT GEN EDW solution should incorporate data masking solution that should support various methodologies like but not limited to Substitution, Nullifying and spacing, Number and date variance and Format-preserving encryption.

NFR154 Technology

P1 Downstream

Downstream Data

The SI must implement solution to enable



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Application Layer

Consumption

seamless consumption of data by downstream applications in the required data format and frequency as stipulated by the bank.

NFR155 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer

Downstream Data Consum

ption

The NEXT GEN EDW solution should support bulk data and targeted data extracts via statistical tools and APIs

NFR156 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer


ption

Near Real-time data should be available for reporting via ODS area of NEXT GEN EDW solution

NFR157 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer


ption

The NEXT GEN EDW solution is expected to have the capability to seamlessly integrate with all downstream applications implemented in the Bank and be flexible to support all end users in the Bank based on future needs.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR158 Technology

P1 Data Warehouse and Data Marts Layer

Data Marts

The SI should build dedicated data marts as per BFSI industry standard models and previous experience/successful implementations. Major portion of the reporting and analytics request are to be met from data marts. The vendor must also do periodical reviews (as per the frequency decided by the bank) for the requirements for data marts and update the data marts accordingly.

NFR159 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer


ption

To cater to the analytical reporting requirements, the NEXT-GEN EDW solution should support open source library / proprietary / supported open source statistical and machine learning tools configured, etc.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR160 Technology

P1 Downstream

Application Layer


ption

The NEXT-GEN EDW solution should facilitate generation and distribution of Adhoc/ canned / automatic distributed reports from EDW solution to downstream end users like Analytics, CRM, OFSAA, etc.

NFR161 Technology

P1 Analytics Tools Layer

Analytics tools (Data

Science, ML)

The SI should propose an analytical solution / tool (s) for performing the below scope of activities on BOI data sets: • Benchmarking • Predictive & Prescriptive Analytics • Social Media Analytics • Web Analytics • Geolocation Analysis • Ad-Hoc Analysis • Trend Indicators • Profit Analysis • In-Memory Analysis • Statistic Analytics



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) • Data Mining, etc.

NFR162 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI must migrate existing analytical models to new proposed solution, create new models and provide support on demand basis.

NFR163 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI proposed analytical solution/tool(s) should have pre-built models which can be directly used with BOI data sets to get insights.

NFR164 Technology


Programing

Languages

The SI should propose an analytical solution / tool (s) which can be Integrated with R, Python, Keras, Tensorflow,EDW, ODS, OCRM,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Loan processing system, external system (e.g. credit bureau), etc. and other frameworks / languages

NFR165 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI Proposed analytical solution / tool (s) should incorporate pipelines to orchestrate the entire machine learning process from data preparation to deployment.

NFR166 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI Proposed analytical platforms must facilitate the automation of tasks such as feature engineering and hyper parameter tuning.

NFR167 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI Proposed analytical solution / tool (s) should have but not limited to: • Analytics on real-time data in real-time/near real-time • Centralized monitoring and management



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) • Performance and scalability

NFR168 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI Proposed machine-learning platform is expected to have the ability to automate the process of iteratively searching for the best model from a set of candidates. This feature has also been called "model factory".

NFR169 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI Proposed machine-learning platforms should either support multiple models out of the box or provide an option to custom-code the same.

NFR170 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI must propose AI/ML framework that run on scalable architectures

NFR171 Technology



Science, ML)

The SI must deploy analytical models/workflows as industry standard web service



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion)

NFR172 Technology


Analytics Sandbox

Analytics notebooks which should be shared, and experiments be replicable across users / teams performing similar analysis

NFR173 Technology



Science, ML)

While designing the solution templates for common data processing / end to end applications, tag data sets and re-use operators across machine learning pipelines

NFR174 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Logging and

Monitoring

The SI to build and implement logging & monitoring solution to enable audit based control of the entire solution

NFR175 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Logging and

Monitoring

The NEXT-GEN EDW solution should extract useful information from system logs to understand the efficiency of system and detect any fault.

NFR176 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Manage

Logging and

The NEXT-GEN EDW solution should generate



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) ment & Data

Lineage Layer

Monitoring

audit and error logs for auditing and troubleshooting. The SI proposed logging solution should provide the user to control the events/items being logged. For instance, logging is only enable in case of failures only.

NFR177 Technology

P1 Meta Data

Management & Data

Lineage Layer

Logging and

Monitoring

The NEXT-GEN EDW solution should support logging of operational activities of all user activities without impacting the system performance.

NFR178 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI to propose and implement all the infrastructure components required by the Next-Gen EDW solution

NFR179 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI is required to propose infrastructure which is compliant with BOI's InfoSec policies,



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Information Technology Act, 2000 and its amendments, and other statutory & regulatory requirements.

NFR180 Technology


Infrastructure

The proposed infrastructure must NOT be currenlty & throughout the contract period, End-of-Life/ End-of-Support/ End-of-sale by the OEM. In case the product is declared End-of-Life/ End-of-Support/ End-of-sale by the OEM the SI must replace it with latest version at no extra cost to the bank.

NFR181 Technology


Infrastructure

The proposed infrastructure must be latest, best-of-breed, must meet BOI's current and projected growth volumes for the entire period of the contract and adhere to the



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) stipulated SLRs by the bank

NFR182 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI must propose the entire solution in High-availability mode in DC with no single point of faliure.

NFR183 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI must propose the same CPU type which is of the same generation/ family/ architecture for all the servers

NFR184 Technology


Infrastructure

The production and non-production environment must be physically separate

NFR185 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI must provide SAN based storage facility for all environments

NFR186 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI is required to propose & implement SAN & TOR switiches for all locations as required

NFR187 Technology

P1 Data Warehouse and Data

Infrastructure

In case virtualization is implemented, the SI must ensure



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) Mart Layer

that there is no single point of failure.

NFR188 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI is required to propose & implement DR infrastructure which is 100% replica of the production infrastructure

NFR189 Technology


Infrastructure

All components of the server must be hot swappable. There should be no down-time/ Disruption due to any component failure

NFR190 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI is required to provide & implement RACK and all other components required for all the environments

NFR191 Technology


Infrastructure

The SI is required to assess & propose bandwith required for the entire duration of the contract by the solution while adhering the to the SLRs stipulated by the bank

NFR192 Technology

P1 Data Warehou

Infrastructure

The SI is required to furnish sizing



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release

(P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks,

if any (Applicabl

e ONLY when


with Customiza

tion) se and Data Mart Layer

adequacy letter in the format stipulated by the bank in the RFP

7.1.3. BOI: Enterprise Data Warehouse To-Be Architecture: OFSAA Functional Requirements

Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status

Bidder's Remarks, if any

(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia

nce Status is Compliant with

Customization)

OF01 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Both Classical and Risk Adjusted Performance Measures (RAPM) a. Return on Assets (RoA) b. Return on Equity (RoE) c. RORAC d. RAROC e. RORWA f. Capital Analysis



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF02 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The solution should be capable of calculating and reporting profitability for the following dimensions apart from customer, at minimum: Accounts Products Line of Business (LoB) Geographies Branch Zone NBG Overseas Centres Bank (Domestic Operations) Bank (Overseas Operations) Overall Bank

OF03 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The Solution should be capable of calculating and reporting the performance measures on both ex-post and ex-ante basis

OF04 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The Software should be versatile enough to use any one of the Regulatory Capital or Economic capital in the computation of the RAPM

OF05 Functional

P2 OFSAA RAROC The System should provide flexibility to construct multiple reporting hierarchies for various dimensions like branch (by geography, by line of business), customer segment



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

(occupation, industry, sector etc)

OF06 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Ability to create bank-specific customer segments leveraging multiple dimensions

OF07 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Ability to analyze and report RAPM for customer, segment and the ability to aggregate to other higher dimensions like Product, LoB, Geography etc.

OF08 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC System should store historical data. Analytical processing may be done at a point in time, but reporting needs to be done over multiple time periods for trend analysis on multiple dates

OF09 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Allow business users to define their own reports, dashboards, alerts, metrics, and immediately share and collaborate on it with the entire community of users

OF10 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC From a reporting perspective, the Bank would expect flexibility to view the outputs from multiple dimensions in the form of values, percentages, ratios, graphical formats etc.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

Support aggregations, trending, variance, Top N, Bottom N, by various dimensions including customer, product, business unit, currency, branch, time etc.

OF11 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Should provide ability to seamlessly drill down from summary level to granular detail levels. For example the Bank may want to analyze why a branch is not profitable. There should be a provision to drill through to customer / account level detail to do causal analysis as and when required by the Bank.

OF12 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The Application should provide the flexibility to carry out What-If analyses. For instance, Bank may wish to play around with the Rate of Interest (ROI) to find out the change in RAROC.

OF13 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Reports should be available for download into MS Excel, PDF, CSV, HTML etc

OF14 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Should allow definition of alerts and collaboration

OF15 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Should allow business users to define their own reports, without having to write code, via the UI



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF16 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The Application should be able to integrate with Bank's existing Software Systems such as MFTP, Basel 3 Credit RWA Calculator.

OF17 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The Solution should also be capable of computing LGD, EAD on account level if a separate dedicated software is not available for EL/ECL calculation in the Bank

OF18 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Hurdle Rate: The Solution should compute Cost of Equity of the Bank as per Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM).

OF19 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC Hurdle Rate: The System should also calculate Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) by averaging Cost of Equity & Cost of Debt.

OF20 Functional

P1 OFSAA RAROC The Solution should support deployment of the RAROC Calculator at the Branch Level

OF21 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should support Classification categories (IFRS9 Phase1) of the financial assets based on the entity’s criteria (provided by bank) with reference to Business Model & SPPI criteria



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF22 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Ability to consider only relevant transactions for the purpose of ECL Impairment computations with reference to the principal measurement categories for the financial assets prescribed under IFRS9 Phase 1.

OF23 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution support transparent, rule driven mechanism to identify increase in credit risk (siginificant deterioration assessment)

OF24 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should provide pre-defined (out of box) rules for IFRS9 Stage 1, Stage 2 & Stage 3. The rules listed below for stage determination should be supported out of the box: - Rating Based - LTV Based - Days Past Due Based - New Account Origination Based - Industry Based - Country Based - Approach Based - Credit Status Based (defaulted / impaired)

OF25 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Ability to incorporate user defined (bank specific) staging rules through the solution front end screen



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF26 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should able to define bank specific staging rules with complex nested rules and exception rules, for stages 1,2, and 3 at legal entity / LOB/ subsidiary & group levels

OF27 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Ability to re-assign stage assignment (manually) by bank user through front end based on the authorization along with justification functionality.

OF28 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should allow for modification / remove the user defined stage determination rules from banks authorized user along with approval functionality (maker-checker)

OF29 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should incorporate input data field changes (if any) corresponding to bank specific criteria for stage determination with reference to different portfolios / subsidiary or local regulation related requirements

OF30 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should allow different staging rules for different legal entity, regions to meet both local & group reporting / disclosure requirements



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF31 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Ability to flag exposures in the system where the stage assignment has not been executed due to missing input data & flexibility to apply default values for missing input data as well as for final stage determination

OF32 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should provide staging movement summary (previous month to present month)

OF33 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should able to compute 12 month ECL & Lifetime ECL based on stage assignment. Solution should provide out of box methodologies for computation of 12 month ECL & Lifetime ECL. Solution should support at minimum following methodologies for computation of ECL:

OF34 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Cash flow based method: Solution should support both expected loss or incurred loss approach. The solution should be able to compute EIR and EIS for the purpose of generation of expected cash flows.

OF35 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Provision Matrix method: solution should support direct application of



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

provision rates based on bank's policy

OF36 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Recovery Rate method: solution should support calculation of provision on the basis of average recovery period and the IRR

OF37 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Collateral Value based method: solution should support calculation shortfall as difference between collateral value and carrying amount. Allowance needs to be calculated on the basis of shortfall. This method will be applied to mortgage products

OF38 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS In context of 13.1, the solution should support individual or collective assessment. Solution should allow formation of cohorts for collective assessment

OF39 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should provide the flexibility to define or customize bank specific calculation methodologies for the computation of ECL

OF40 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Ability to add / edit the ECL computation rules through front end screen by business users with authorization functionality



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF41 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should have the ability to compute ECL at portfolio, legal entity, LOB, subsidiary & group levels. How does it differentiate the local vs multi jurisdiction from ECL methodologies & run execution perspective?

OF42 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should have the flexibility to compute the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) or take it as an input (download) from banks existing system

OF43 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS The solution should be capable of generating cash flows or it should take the cash flow data provided by bank as a download for ECL computation

OF44 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should have functionality for below : a. Baseline Provision b. Scenario Provision, c. Modelled Provision d. Simulation Analysis e. Pre adjusted / post adjusted provisions

OF45 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should have capability to consider the management overlays / relevant adjustments provided by the bank as a part of ECL computation



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF46 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Flexibility of dynamic updates on the ECL computation & reporting process. ( e.g. reusing the business rule for different jurisdiction ECL computation, assigning the existing methodology for new products from the bank etc)

OF47 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should have below capabilities : a. Lineage - Calculation & data (input, processing, result) b. audit trail functionality c. online reference information for computation logic used for respective ECL computation steps (read only)

OF48 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should provide the functionality for new model development & deploy them immediately for ECL computation (shorten cycle for model deployment)

OF49 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Should provide the ability to execute the all statistical models in single environment. This includes models for IFRS 9, Basel etc

OF50 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should provide graphical user interface for



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

model development & execution purpose

OF51 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Bank may want to use their existing model setup / infrastructure for model. Does solution provide the flexibility to host the existing models or take the model outputs or parameters for ECL computation purpose? The new systems will be expected to support the flexibility for modeling approach (new build , use of existing model or taking model output).

OF52 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Does solution provide the ability to update model parameters, models or inputs required based on change in banks policy decision or whenever required

OF53 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should able to incorporate PIT related models / methodology based on bank specific logics & user defined mapping tables

OF54 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Does solution provide manual data upload functionality (e.g. excel file) for calculation parameters , macro variables etc



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF55 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Ability to do model monitoring, manage model repository & support the model life cycle management (e.g. model owners, changes made, approvers, creation date / expiry date etc)

OF56 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should support exception handling mechanism with reference to missing data, business logics & generate the reports as a part of ECL computation

OF57 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Should support integration of ECL outputs with downstream systems / applications

OF58 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS The solution should have a capability to support hedge effectiveness testing if and when the bank decides to implement the same

OF59 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS Solution should support following reports at minimum out of the box

OF60 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Provision related

Allowance for credit losses by Basel Asset class / product type

OF61 Functional


Impaired assets by product / basel asset class/ line of business

OF62 Functional


Historical transition matrix



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF63 Functional


EIR report

OF64 Functional


Predicted transition matrix

OF65 Functional


Loss forecasts

OF66 Functional


Trend analysis of allowance / charge off by line of business / product over time

OF67 Functional


Comparison of provision across products & line of business

OF68 Functional


Stress test reports

OF69 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Stage

Determination

Related

Stage classification by product / line of business

OF70 Functional


Determination

Related

Stage transition matrix

OF71 Functional


Determination

Related

Solution should provide different report formats (dashboard, graph, tabular format etc) with the user friendly functionality of drill down to granular level data / slice & dice / data elements filter.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF72 Functional


Determination

Related

Solution should have flexibility to generate the new reports as per bank / disclosures requirements in addition to change in existing out of box reports as per requirement

OF73 Functional


Determination

Related

The cash flow engine embedded in the system for IFRS 9 calculations should be common and shared with ALM to ensure that data and calculation duplicacy is minimal

OF74 Functional


Determination

Related

The system should have a shared, common modeling framework for all behavioral analysis that is required to be implemented for credit risk or behvaior modeling for IFRS 9, ALM / Liquidity risk or customer analytics

OF75 Functional


Determination

Related

The system should share a common data model with other analytical applications such as ALM and FTP to ensure that there is zero data duplication

OF76 Functional


Determination

Related

System should come with inbuilt data quality checks and a facility to build bank specific data quality rules, if required

OF77 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Income

Solution should support calculation of interest



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

Adjustment

based on EIR and net adjustment to be passed into P/L

OF78 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Income Adjustm

ent

For the purpose above, solution should be able to uptake transactions as inputs from the the core banking systems

OF79 Functional


ent

Solution should maintain a trail of interest accrual calculation as of every transaction date

OF80 Functional


ent

Solution should provide income adjustment calculation for every account as of a particular processing date

OF81 Functional


ent

Solution should have capability to use EIR to calculate PV of in case of restructuring or modification to the loan to calculate gain /loss

OF82 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: ECL

Reconciliation

Solution should provide a reconcilaition feature that enables users to compare the ECL of two different periods and understand quantum contribution of each factor involved in the ECL computation process to the change in the ECL

OF83 Functional


Reconciliation

User should be able to select ECL processes to be compared over a user interface

OF84 Functional


User should also be able to select / refine factors



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

Reconciliation

that will be attributed for ECL change

OF85 Functional


Reconciliation

User should be able to view the output in graphic / intuitive formats without having to customize/code reports / screens

OF86 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Accounti

ng Enablem

ent

The application should allow consolidation of all the parameters / values that are required to be accounted for, from the perspective of IFRS 9 (across the three phases) and enables the user/Institution to push the data from the applications to any downstream accounting systems at an account level or at any aggregated level. The level of aggregation can be defined (configured) by the bank in the integration process based on a varied set of dimensions.

OF87 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Accounti

ng Enablem

ent

Following information is required to be stored: The following information is stored: § Expected Credit Loss § Allowance and Provision Amount (separately) § Impairment Gain / Loss § Fair Value Gain / Loss



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF88 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Product Modelin

g

System should capture relevant details at the customer account level for cashflow calculations such as repricing flags, outstanding principal, interest rates / benchmarks, maturity date, payments dates, rate caps / floors, accrual basis, compounding basis etc

OF89 Functional


g

System should model all the banks products - both on and off balance sheet for cashflow forecasting

OF90 Functional


g

Should support modeling of non maturity products

OF91 Functional


g

The system should be able to model the following:

OF92 Functional


g

Products with multiple reprice benchmarks and/ or spreads

OF93 Functional


g

Products with teaser period

OF94 Functional


g

Products with seasonal payments/ patterns



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF95 Functional


g

Products with constant instalment and varying maturity

OF96 Functional


g

Products with instalment reset due to rate reset

OF97 Functional


g

Products with baloon payment

OF98 Functional


g

Products with account specific payment schedules

OF99 Functional


g

Products with embedded options

OF100 Functional


g

Derivative products

OF101 Functional


g

System should support front end definition of customer / product amorization/ reprice behavior

OF102 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Dimensionality

Should provide a flexible definition of Chart of accounts to meet regulatory and reporting requirements of the bank

OF103 Functional


Should provide multi level hierarchy to group product / branches based on requirements of the bank



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

for regulatory / internal reporting

OF104 Functional


Should support multiple currencies

OF105 Functional


Should support sub classifications such as Asset/Liability, Fixed/Floating, Benchmark, Credit Rating, Term, Customer Segment, Counter party, hedging, optionality, SLR, Liquidity classification, investment category , Future etc for ALM and profitability analysis

OF106 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Rate

Management

Should support fixed and floating exchange rates

OF107 Functional


Management

Should support multiple yield curves including transfer pricing, discount and benchmark curves

OF108 Functional


Management

Should support defining risk free curve for each currency

OF109 Functional


Management

Should be able to derive curves from existing curves



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF110 Functional


Management

To generate reports and dash boards as per regulatory (RBI) specifications/disclosure requirements/ management reporting. The tool should be flexible to amend defined template to incorporate new requirement.

OF111 Functional


Management

The Tool should cover disclosure requirement under Ind AS 109, other ECL related disclosures.

OF112 Functional


Management

The tool should compute 12 month and lifetime ECL for all accounts and allow stage allocation and ECL computation without resubmission of inputs.

OF113 Functional


Management

The system should be capable of computing LGD

using work‐out method as per the nature, applicability and data availability of credit risk exposures.

OF114 Functional


Management

The system should provide for optimal utilization of available collaterals at facility level as part of ECL computation in line with the regulatory guidelines. The system should be able to use all collaterals for Ind AS 109 including financial collaterals.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF115 Functional


Management

The tool should handle amortization of fees/commission/costs/discounts/premiums as integral part of EIR computation.

OF116 Functional


Management

The Tool should support in modelling the term structures of the PD, LGD and EAD. This includes the ability to engage in multi-year (e.g. 1-year, 3-years, 5-years, etc.) default (PD), loss (LGD) and exposure (EAD) estimates to fulfil the 12-month and lifetime ECL measurement requirements.

OF117 Functional


Management

Ability to allow user to change the order in which staging rules are executed.

OF118 Functional


Management

Tool should have the ability to integrate EIR/any other rate chosen by bank, with impairment calculation.

OF119 Functional


Management

System should be capable for manual updation of data of central accounts, MOC, MOC Reversal etc.

OF120 Functional


Management

Ability to add/edit the ECL computation rules through front end screen with authorization facility.

OF121 Functional


To compute PD, LGD and CCF parameter in case



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

Management

not available from other system.

OF122 Functional


Management

The Tool should provide governance for ECL activities to be carried out by various teams to make the process repeatable, transparent and auditable. The system should provide workflow for orchestration of activities and override of results.

OF123 Functional


Management

To compute credit risk RWA as per IND AS/RBI guidelines.

OF124 Functional


Management

The tool should support multi-currency exposures. The application should be configured to translate the balances into INR or any other desired currency or vice versa.

OF125 Functional


Management

The tool should be enabled to provide customized reports on ECL estimates based on various dimensions as required by Bank at the time of implementation. An indicative list of dimensions to include: Entity Branch/region/zone Line of Business Product Ledger/Account code Department



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF126 Functional


Management

Capabilities to capture outstanding and limit information for relevant Bank facilities as per requirements of Ind AS 109.

OF127 Functional


Management

Should support simulation including sensitivity type analysis and scenario type analysis to simulate the impact on ECL levels from different assumptions and economic scenario.

OF128 Functional


Management

Ability to apply relevant adjustments to measure ECL values (at both the ECL parameter level and the estimated loss amount level). The adjustments include management and / or regulator overlays, and prescribed or specific adjustments to the PD, LGD and EAD parameters.

OF129 Functional


Management

Classification of financial asset in the categories as defined in Ind AS. System should enable classifications into three categories i.e. Amortized cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI) and Fair value through Profit and Loss account (FVTPL).



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF130 Functional


Management

Tool should have all possible Business Model embedded in system. Also there should be SPPI feature as Pass/ Fail shall be embedded in system for each security. Logic shall be built in system for classification based on the results of business model and SPPI test for each security/ instrument. Tool should have functionality of override of classification at an account level.

OF131 Functional


Management

Tool should provide staging movement summary/stage transition reports from one period to next.

OF132 Functional


Management

The ability to generate multiple economic scenario to be used to condition the forward ECL measurement

OF133 Functional


Management

System should be able to drill down the ECL, PD, LGD and EAD estimation into industry wise, vertical wise, product wise, collateral wise, year wise/quarter wise/Other frequencies.

OF134 Functional


Management

Tool should facilitate to arrive at account level undrawn balances and respective ECL.



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF135 Functional


Management

The tool should support drill down capability to individual account/loan level through in memory processing.

OF136 Functional


Management

The Tool should be able to integrate with any existing development environment, the credit risk models currently employed by the Bank, including internally developed models and or external vendor developed models. This includes Internal Ratings Based models, internal scorecards / rating models, application and behavioural models.

OF137 Functional


Management

The tool should have capability to capture outstanding and limit information for all revolving and off balance sheet exposure.

OF138 Functional


Management

Tool should allow choosing a discount rate for discounting of recovery cash flows and recovery cost.

OF139 Functional


Management

Tool should allow user to build LGD prediction models using suitable statistical models.

OF140 Functional


Management

The Tool should distinguish between senior and subordinated facilities allocating required LGD to



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

unsecured portion of the facility as per IRB guidelines.

OF141 Functional


Management

The tool should provide for effective LGD where the bank is having other financial/AIRB collateral and pool of collateral.

OF142 Functional


Management

For estimation of EAD & CCF, system should enable undrawn analysis, UGD (Usage Given Default) analysis.

OF143 Functional


Management

Tool should allow running of previous month/quarter/years portfolio and should enable generation of attribution analysis from the same i.e. ability to drill down on the cause for change of ECL number.

OF144 Functional


Management

User should be able to select portfolio, scenario and models in any combination and run the same once portfolio, scenarios and models are defined.

OF145 Functional


Management

The ability to generate multiple economic scenarios to be used to condition the forward ECL measurement (e.g. to condition the 1-year, 3-years, 5-years ECL estimates). This includes incorporating any internal



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

economic scenarios generated via Stress Testing, capital planning and business planning.

OF146 Functional


Management

ECL Execution logs should be available on the user interface to enable debugging of any of the previously executed ECL runs.

OF147 Functional


Management

Tool should have capabilities for Lineage – calculation & data (input, processing, result)

OF148 Functional


Management

Tool should provide staging movement summary/stage transition report from one period to next.

OF149 Functional

P1 OFSAA Ind-AS: Cash flow

Assumption

Ability to adjust installments to be paid earlier than contractual schedule or to be paid with the amount > or < contractual payment amount. · For Home Loan, if the customer pays over than monthly installment payment, the remaining maturity becomes shorter. · On the opposite way, if the customer pays over than monthly installment



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

payment, the remaining maturity will be longer.

OF150 Functional


Assumption

Ability to adjust installments to be paid later than contractual schedule or to be paid with the amount < contractual payment amount. (Delay Payment) - Late payment and sometimes pay less than the installment amount. Ability to provide cash flow calculation and show how the cash flow look like and how is interest rate calculation.

OF151 Functional


Assumption

Ability to assume good loans turning into bad loans and stop realizing cash inflows from selected portion of such loans. (Good to Bad Loans) - The customer stops payment consecutively over 3months



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF152 Functional


Assumption

Ability to assume cash inflows from bad loans turning to good loans. (Move the stop realizing cash inflow from 2.16 back to normal Loans)

OF153 Functional


Assumption

Ability to generate cash flow of amortized leasing loans cash flow correctly. (Amortized Hire Purchase Loan)

OF154 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set drawdown assumptions of the unused lines in terms of amount and date. (Drawdown unused line before next review date or maturity date)

OF155 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set drawdown assumption according to the obligation for AVAL, LG. (Drawdown for AVAL and LG before next review date or maturity date)

OF156 Functional


Assumption

Ability to adjust the maturity of time deposits to be earlier than contractual maturity both partial amount and entire amount early withdrawal. (Early Withdraw of Time Deposits and BE)

OF157 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set roll over behavior of matured time deposits to be originated in other kinds to funding products. (Roll over of Time Deposits to other



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

funding products such as BE)

OF158 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set behavioral cash flow for demand deposits in terms of amount and date. (e.g. Slot demand deposit to other bucket classify by % assumption per bucket)

OF159 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set the bond selling date at any time before maturity date. (Bond sell-off before maturity)

OF160 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set the bond selling price at the market value and/or with a predefined haircut.(Bond Haircut and Market value)

OF161 Functional


Assumption

Ability to recognize and accrue the income from the discounts of the discount bonds to be treated as interest income. (Recognizing Interest Income from Discount bonds)

OF162 Functional


Assumption

Ability to set the equity selling date at any time at the market value and/or with a predefined haircut. (Investment in Equities sell-off assumption)

OF163 Functional


Ability to generate cash flow to be step rate. By rate change from fixed rate to float rate (Fixed



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

Assumption

rate to Floating rate in same contract)

OF164 Functional


Assumption

Ability to generate cash flow of Step Up Rate Deposit. (Fixed rate step up by period)

OF165 Functional


Assumption

Ability to generate cash flow of Loan by Tier (Interest rate change by tier amount, e.g. Staff loan)

OF166 Functional


Assumption

Ability to generate cash flow of Specific cash flow Loan (Specific cash flow pattern, e.g. Subsidiaries loan)

OF167 Functional


Assumption

Ability to generate cash flow of Bill Discount Loan. (Discount Loan Cash flow )

OF168 Functional


Assumption

Ability to have several options of payment pattern e.g. Bullet loan, Amortization Loan, Constant Payment, Customized Payment Pattern

OF169 Functional


Assumption

Ability to generate cash flow of Deposit by Tier (Interest rate change by tier amount)



Requirement #

Requirement Type

Release (P1/P2)

Architecture


Category


Status


(Applicable

ONLY when

selected Complia


Customization)

OF170 Functional


Assumption

Ability in flexible to set up calculation day convention and payment day convention of both principle and interest payment e.g. No adjustment though it is new announcement holiday or Adjust to next working day when the calculation day or pay day is on holiday

OF171 Functional


Assumption

Ability to pre-fixed rate or post-fixed rate of transaction

OF172 Functional


Assumption

Ability to create the amortization profile of Savings Accounts based on the assumption of:- - Time series of withdrawal of each time band e.g. 10% in 1M, 30% in 6M and 60% in 1Y - Historical Data



7.2. OFSAA: Change Requests and Licensing Requirement Requirements of Oracle Financial Services Analytical Application (OFSAA)

1. Procurement of additional licenses with ATS of existing modules (MFTP, PFT, ALM & LRM) to remain Oracle Licenses Policy Compliant

2. OFSAA-CRMS (Basel III) License Fee with ATS for migrating existing Reveleus CRMS (BASEL-II) application to OFSAA-CRMS (BASEL-III)

3. Implementation of New modules: Ind-AS (IFRS 9) (for Finance), RAROC (for RMD) 4. OFSAA Support Services for existing modules & proposed new modules during the

contract period 5. Procurement of required Erwin Licenses


7.3. Reports List of dashboard/ report categories and count are mentioned below. The detailed report list will be shared with the selected SI: The details will be provided upon submission of signed hard copy of the NDA & Integrity Pact as per the format 6.2 & 6.17 respectively to the bank.